These
are the most popular lesson plans and curriculum
units accessed by teachers on the web site. Enjoy!
What Makes A Good Friend?
The Ocean Biome
Breads from Around the World
The Great American Melting Pot
Catching on to Catcher in the Rye
The Leaning Tower of Pisa
Digging Into the Past
The Real Way to Moolah Beach!
Tarantulas
The Vision Contest
The Darkling Beetle
Creating a Poetry Web Site
Are We Alone?
Pedestrian Safety
A Walk in an Impressionist Garden
Power Point Poems
Let's Rock
The
Renaissance
Making e-Books
Drawing the Line
Below is a list of our Teacher Designed Activities.
Curriculum: TDA: sql
"CELEBRATING ME" |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 7 to 11 |
How It Works: In the "Celebrating Me"
project, each student plans, writes, rehearses, and delivers a speech
explaining about his/her unique talent, interest, or ability. Along with
the speech, the student creates a visual representation of his choice,
which can be a demonstration, poster, diorama, or collage. The purpose
of the project is to give students an opportunity to experience and
succeed in public speaking, and to recognize and celebrate their own
unique achievements and interests of their peers. While preparing and
participating in this project, students are developing and organizing
their writing, editing, speaking, and listening skills. A variety of
learning styles can be accommodated.
Methods of instruction include teacher-directed and student-directed
activities. Students work independently to plan and write their
speeches, and create their visuals, and present them to the class.
Assessments used are rubrics, self-assessments, and teacher
observations. Five classes of 25 seventh grade students in heterogeneous
ability level classes have participated each year. It is appropriate
for grades four through eight.
|
The Students: This is a wonderful project to
do at the beginning of a new school year, because it helps students get
to know each other quickly, and the teacher can learn each child's
strengths, many of which may never be demonstrated in the daily
classroom.
|
The Staff: Susan Nicolini-Saylor Flood Middle School, Stratford |
What You Need: Graphic organizers, note cards, paper; poster board, markers |
Overall Value: "Celebrating Me" involves a
combination of cognitive and affective skills resulting in a motivating
and enjoyable learning experience. It fosters self-awareness,
appreciation and recognition of one's own individual talent or interest,
and those of others, while using speaking, listening, and viewing, as
well as writing. Since each student selects a topic in which he is
already knowledgeable, or has experienced success, the interest level is
intrinsic. Positive self-concept and confidence occur as students
prepare their speeches and share them with the class, thus working to be
effective communicators.
|
Standards: Positive Self-Concept
Interpersonal Relations Speaking, Listening and Viewing
Writing
|
"EVERYBODY IS A STAR!" |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: Everybody Is a Star!" is a
forum for studying public speaking, performance art, literary concepts,
writing, and critical analysis in ways that guarantee active and
responsible involvement of all students. Students write their own
original plays or scenes, dramatize historical events or scenes from
literature studied or work with published dramas.
After initial instruction, the culminating activity can be repeated
throughout the year to review literary concepts and enhance new pieces
of literature. Background lessons include the history of drama and
biographical information about famous dramatists. Literature lessons
include types of drama; parts of a plot; character development; and
stereotyping. Written assignments include reviews of television programs
and live plays; scripts for videotaped reviews; self and peer
assessment forms; and directions for theatrical face painting. Public
speaking lessons include elocution exercises and the actual performing
of plays and critiques before the class. Lessons can be added or deleted
depending upon time constraints, students' abilities, and individual
teachers' goals without compromising the effectiveness of core leanings.
All of the above are treated in ways that are age - appropriate for
middle school.
Written reviews are evaluated in traditional ways and in peer evaluation
formats. Actors are evaluated on evidence of practice, voice
projection, expression, correct pronunciation, and other aspects of the
actual performance, plus the effort to bring props and costumes. Oral
reviews are also evaluated as performances. Their content is evaluated
on organization of ideas; use of constructive criticism; support for
others in the class; understanding and application of literary terms;
poise; effort; and insight.
|
The Students: Middle school English classes
varying in size from 20 to 25 students participated in this unit. It is
appropriate for grades five through eight.
|
The Staff: Barbara Groves East Ridge Middle School, Ridgefield |
What You Need: Cold cream, face paints, cotton, video/audio equipment (optional), overheads |
Overall Value: Classroom plays often engage a
few students in speaking roles while the rest watch; this approach
demands active listening because students view performances while
serving as critics. Teamwork, building positive self-concept, and
responsibility converge in this unit with strong academic content in
writing, and speaking, listening and viewing skills. It promotes true
revision, assigns active roles at all times, and brings critical viewing
out of the classroom and into the television room.
|
Standards: Positive self-concept Responsibility Speaking, Listening and Viewing Literature Writing
|
"Hola, Ohio, Jambo Hello Children" |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 2 to 5 |
How It Works: Children gain an awareness of
the culture of five different areas -- Mexico, Japan, China, Africa and
the USA -- by comparing the similarities and differences in customs,
languages, literature and celebrations. Children make flags, murals,
masks, jewelry, musical instruments, learn to count in other languages
and prepare and sample new foods. The project culminates in an
exciting,,"Festival Day Around the World." Students: This project
is adaptable for all primary grades as well as bilingual and special
education classes. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Sally M. Johnson, currently a
kindergarten teacher, holds a BS and MS from Chicago State University.
She has twenty years of teaching experience in the Chicago public
schools. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
The room should accommodate learning centers so student groups can work
simultaneously on various activities throughout the classroom. Cooking
equipment is needed to prepare ethnic foods. Outside Resources:
Public and school libraries provide literature selections and videos.
Children enjoy visits to ethnic grocery stores and restaurants. Parents
assist with arts and crafts projects and the preparation of ethnic
foods. |
Overall Value: Children come to appreciate
the differences between people in the world while becoming aware that
people everywhere have much the same needs. The project enhances and
reinforces all academic areas while allowing flexibility in the
selection of specific activities. |
Standards: |
"How-To" Mania |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 8 to 10 |
How It Works: This program is designed to use
attention-getting activities to excite middle school students about
writing a "how-to" process paper. Step One: Introduce the process of
writing a "how-to" paper using visual charts to display the various
steps. Place a shoe in front of the class and have students tell you
orally,"how to" move your hands to tie the laces into a bow. Answers
can be taken from various class members or you can select a specific
student to give you the instructions. Repeat the process several times
as interest remains high and allow students to try their hand at
following the directions of their friends. There is more than one way
to tie a bow (I learned this from students who showed me an easier way
the first year I taught this program) so be sure to ask for volunteers
who know other ways to accomplish the task. While interest is high,
have a student list the steps involved on the chalkboard and then move
the students into a rough draft of a "How to Tie Your Shoes" paper. For
ESL students draft a model paper on the board they can follow to
complete their own successfully. Step Two: Demonstrate,"how-to" make a
balloon animal (it is really very easy) and have your students record
the steps. Students are highly motivated by the chance to get a
balloon, so it's OK to ask to see their finished,"How to Tie Your Shoes"
paper and/or their pre-writing, outline, or cluster of ideas for
their,"How to Make a Balloon Animal" paper before giving them a balloon
to experiment with. Most novices cannot blow up animal balloons so get a
pump. Two hand pumps are enough for an average-size class. Avoid the
plastic pumps because the first time they are dropped, the tips break
off and you are back to using lung power to fill the balloons.
Complainers never get the color balloon they want, so get only one or
two colors or rule the that students must take the color they are given
to, defuse this complaint. After three years my principal agreed that I
would pop all practice balloons before the child leaves the room and
any student wanting a replacement to take home could pick it up right
after school. The extra $8.00 for another bag of balloons saved the
principals, other teachers and staff more than enough anguish to pay for
itself. For ESL, post and practice phrases like,"fold about six inches
of the balloon," "twist,","tie," etc. to help them draft their
sentences. If you move around the room while students are
experimenting, you can help them develop the wording for the steps they
are trying to describe. Step Three: Students create and present their
own,"how-to" topic. They may teach any skill you approve to the class.
Extra credit is given for props, handouts, and assistants. Each
student does one. Making a sandwich, putting on makeup, and,"how to"
ask a girl out on a date are a few of the eighth grade's favorite
topics. Take three days for preparation, with the first for topic
selection and pre-writing outlines, the second for a draft of the
speech. The Student:,"How-to Mania" has been used successfully with both
eighth and sixth grade regular English and ESL students. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The student's language arts
teacher will be able to accomplish this program successfully with the
administrator's patience and support. |
What You Need: Materials: 1) Posters, visual
aids and handouts to present the writing process of the,"how-to" paper.
2) A pair of shoes with laces. 3) At least two gross of
professional-grade 260 balloons available through mail order or carnival
or party supply stores. 4) Two solid metal balloon pumps or an
electric inflator, if money, is no object. 5) Large sheets of drawing
paper (legal size is sufficient if no other is available). 6) Portable
public address system, podium, or school record player with a
microphone. 7) A classroom with room for students to engage in
creativity. Outside Resources: No outside resources required |
Overall Value: Students will have had the
opportunity to learn the steps to producing a "how-to" paper and have
four to five opportunities to review the steps with creative, hands-on
projects. |
Standards: |
"IF WALLS COULD TALK" |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 6 to 14 |
How It Works: "If Wall Could Talk" is a
project which demonstrates to students the connection between written
and visual forms of communication. After completing a study of poetry
students are encouraged to interpret the written word in a visual
format. The resulting illustrations are integrated into a mural which is
painted on a wall in the library by the art teacher. The names of the
student artists and the student who selected the quote are included in
the mural. In celebration of poetry, art and their efforts each student
receives a personal invitation written by a current fourth grade student
to return to the library and their alma mater for the "unveiling of the
mural".
During library visits students are involved in discussion and recitation
of poetry, examine literal and figurative interpretation and practice
extraction skills in the selection of a line of poetry. The quote is the
basis for demonstrating their illustrative and compositional skills in
art class.
Assessment is performance based. Students meet with the media specialist
to evaluate the poetry they have selected for recitation. The media
specialist also measures the value of student selected quotes based on
criteria established during lessons. Peer assessment occurs as students
"vote" for the quote they would like to see incorporated into the mural.
Illustration and compositional skills are measured through their final
project in art class. One quote and twenty-five to sixty illustrations
are selected to be part of the mural.
|
The Students: One hundred fifty fourth grade students participate in this project. It is appropriate for grades 4-12.
|
The Staff: Jacqueline Rogalski and Nancy Linton A. Ward Spaulding School, Suffield |
What You Need: Volumes of poetry, markers, paper, paints and brushes.
|
Overall Value: Skills in art and literature
are promoted and cultivated. Students become familiar with and learn to
appreciate poetry and the mural as art forms. Critical and creative
thinking skills are used through the quote selection process and
interpretation of its message through visual imagery. Anticipation and
excitement about the project increases as students view selected
illustrations being added to the new mural. Self-esteem is enhanced
individually and as a class. The lasting legacy of their efforts is
revealed at the "Unveiling". The entire school community enjoys and
appreciates contribution.
|
Standards: Intellectual Curiosity
Sense of Community
|
"Kid's Korner" - A Library Within A Library |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 2 to 10 |
How It Works: Young would-be authors meet
before classes begin to write and illustrate their own books. The
books, available for borrowing, are displayed in a special section of
the school library, the,"Kids Korner." A laminated color copy of the
book goes home with the young author. The culminating event is an
all-day festival which includes: -an assembly in which students
dramatize their books, -a student drama troupe traveling to other
classes -young authors reading their books to others -a
paper-making demonstration, -presentations by professional storytellers,
children's authors and/or illustrators. Students: This program
was open to students of all abilities in grades K-8. The class of 15-25
students met four days a week, from 8:00-8:30 A.M. When a book was
completed, the next student on the waiting list took the place of the
just-published author. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Shirley Wyzguski holds a BA from
Northeastern Illinois State College and an MA from Northeastern Illinois
University. She developed this program while Director of the
Library/Learning Resource Center at Mayo Elementary School. Mayo's
students won recognition and numerous awards in district-level Young
Authors' competitions. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
An area of a classroom or library can be set aside as a work area for
the Young Authors. A "supply center" with paper, pencils, markers and
art materials and a "publishing station" are all that's needed to start
the program. Outside Resources: Multi-color copying and laminating
can be done at commercial copy centers. Field trips to Harold
Washington Library, various museums, etc. throughout the school year
enhance students' experiential background, giving them more ideas for
creative writing. |
Overall Value: The flexibility of the program
allows for a constant flow of new young authors. The process of
writing and illustrating books combines the practice of countess skills
into a tangible outcome which can be proudly displayed. Students
exhibit tremendous growth in communication skills, comprehension and
critical judgment. |
Standards: |
"Let's Eat Out" |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 6 to 7 |
How It Works: Children will be introduced to
and will develop a conscious awareness of the,"real" world. The
business aspect of marketing a restaurant, the on the job experience of
waiting tables and cashiering, will make an impact as they focus on
future employment possibilities. To begin, the children will meet in
small groups, brainstorm, develop restaurant themes and select their
menu items. As the project continues, the children might work
individually or with partners. Class time will be allotted to create
menus and appropriate prices. When menus are complete, they will be
displayed and utilized in math class as a center activity. One day per
week, six children will be allowed to go to the center. Responsibilities
of the students in each role will include: the Patron, the Cashier,
and the Waiter/Waitress. The students will change roles weekly so that
all students will actively participate in all roles. The concept
of,"playing restaurant" is an exciting way of following Dewey's,"learn
by doing" principle. DCPS MAJOR SYSTEM PRIORITIES: Graduation, Rate,
Achievement, Job Preparedness. THE STUDENTS: The class is
departmentalized and mathematics is taught to approximately 160 fourth-
and fifth-graders. The math period is 60 minutes daily. The range of
ability levels extend to both ends of the spectrum. The project can be
adapted to older as well as younger children. At-risk groups and gifted
students can benefit because the sophistication levels can be easily
adjusted. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Ms. Scholnick's teaching
experience includes: elementary school teacher for 22 years, Teacher of
the Year 1985, member of the writing team for the Saturn Proposal which
is the new Gilbert L. Porter Elementary School of Discovery, received a
MiniGrant developed to provide aerospace data from NASA for the Teacher
Education Center and Dade County Public Schools, participated in the
Educational Research and Dissemination Program in fall 1990, Facilitator
for the Mathematics and Science Teacher Enhancement Training 1991
Conference. She has implemented adaptations of this project for the
last seven years (grades three, four, five). |
What You Need: MATERIALS AND FACILITIES: Any
corner of the room with a table and chairs is adequate. A cash box,
play money, receipt books, table settings and materials to make
individual menus will also be necessary. Laminating the menus would be
helpful for longevity. OUTSIDE RESOURCES: As a culminating activity,
children and teachers can go to a restaurant and,"eat out." With a
partner, they will total their estimated bill and determine the amount
of change each of them will be due. This should be expanded to overall
observation of a real restaurant--adding menu items, tax, etc. |
Overall Value: This project gives real life
meaning to math and it develops awareness of careers. It gives
dimension to the concepts of adding, subtracting, multiplying, dividing,
estimating, counting money and making change. It is self-motivating
because the children are enjoying themselves. It make learning fun! |
Standards: |
"MY MUSIC, MY HISTORY, MY LIFE" |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: Music from the beginning of
time has been a method of recording history. Events and changes in our
world also affect music. In 1989 singer/song writer Billy Joel recorded
the song, "We Didn't Start the Fire." Through music, Billy Joel told the
history of the world during his lifetime. He listed people, major
events, and important social issues that dominated the years of his
life. Through this project students explore the world of their lifetime.
They research not only changes in music over these years, but the
changes and events in the world that have affected music. After
researching and reporting on both musical and non-musical events, the
students construct a timeline of the years from their birth to present,
which display their findings of this era.
Students began the research in the media center using periodicals such
as Time and Newsweek in addition to encyclopedias and almanacs. Students
then proceed to the computer lab where they utilize software such as
Bookshelf and Middle Search that contain current articles and stories
covering a variety of topics. In addition, the class is guided through
an on-line web search of their topics. The last step is to compile the
data, categorize the information by year and create additional verses
for the Billy Joel song. This requires students to apply their knowledge
of rhythm and meter. One music teacher guides the students through this
project and the media specialist and computer aide assist with the
research. This would make an excellent interdisciplinary project with
Language Arts.
|
The Students: The students who participated
in this project were grade 8 general music students of varying ability
levels including the learning disabled. These students do not
participate in the school's performing groups. This project is
appropriate for grades 6 - 12.
|
The Staff: Catherine J. Larson Madison Middle School, Trumbull |
What You Need: Students conducted the
research in the library and computer lab. The writing, construction of
the timeline, and creation of additional lyrics took place in the music
room.
|
Overall Value: The recent world has changed
tremendously. Communism has fallen in Europe, space exploration has
opened a new chapter, and the war on drugs and literacy are strong
voices from the government. Technological advancements such as
computers, VCR's, and digital recording have played a major role in many
changes. They have been responsible for a major change in the music
industry and the roles of composer, performer, and producer. Students of
today are unaware that these technologies are still in their infancy.
Through this project students better understand the connection music has
to culture and life. Finally, it allows the students to apply their
learning in a relevant medium. Putting lyrics to music is not an easy
task. It is not as simple as breaking down the syllables. Words have
rhythm. Applying knowledge of note values and meter to the rhythm of the
words to construct the verses proves to be a challenge task. The
accomplishment is realized when students are able to perform their
verses to the music of "We Didn't Start the Fire."
|
Standards: Intellectual Curiosity Motivation and Persistence Reading Writing Reasoning and Problem Solving
|
"Parent Awareness Workshops: Strategies For The Workforce 2000" |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 2 to 8 |
How It Works: The purpose of this project was
to acquaint parents with the current changes in mathematical
instruction as we prepare their children for the Twenty-First Century.
As teachers in public education, parent support is essential for such
change. In an invitation, we stated the various topics that would be
covered: why mathematics instruction is changing; the value of
manipulatives, problem solving, cooperative grouping, authentic
assessment; and some practical suggestions for parents on helping to
incorporate mathematics into their child's everyday life. The project
we have submitted is representative of one of three workshops held for
parents throughout the school year. RATIONALE: The purpose of this
project was to explain to parents that we, as educators, could no longer
justify vast allocations of instructional time to rote procedures in
computation, when today, nearly everyone uses calculators to compute
accurately and more efficiently. Passive regurgitation of abstractions
can no longer be the primary means of instruction when so much research
and wisdom of practice show us the vast benefits of active construction
of understanding... all based on realistic applications and the
common-place use of concrete materials and pictorial models. The role
of children is to explore, investigate, validate, discuss, represent and
construct. The role of the teachers is to guide, discuss, create
environment, question, listen and clarify. This change is demanded due
to the significant impact of available technology, particularly
calculators and computers; the changing world of work, wherein
mathematical ability is increasingly the key to maintaining our economic
viability; the growing body of research particularly in the field of
cognitive psychology about how students best learn and retain knowledge;
and the dismal student achievement data drawn from the National
Assessment of Educational Progress and the highly publicized
international comparisons of recent years. We pointed out the need that
we, as adults, have to broaden our understanding about how the world is
changing. These changes bring about new and different needs... needs
which we are not measuring up to. Selections were read from various
books, pamphlets and articles that are part of our parents lending
library which includes materials that have been collected since its
inception in 1989. The materials read and the selections given to the
parents all supported our claims.AUDIENCE: This project is easily
replicated to parents of any school-age child. Any topic can be
addressed using this format. |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: To prepare for this math
workshop for parents, it was necessary for us to compile articles from
newspapers, magazines, professional journals and books on the subject to
support the philosophy of teaching math with the emphasis on thinking
skills and problem solving. Our materials also included a sampling of
all the manipulatives that we use in our math program. An overhead
projector and overhead manipulatives are needed to explain concepts and
do problem solving with the group. It would be an asset to have a
well-known speaker endorsing the necessity of teaching children math
skills that will be needed in the workplace in the Twenty-First Century.
|
Overall Value: Children need to know that,
when confronted with a problem that requires more than just rote
memorization of facts, many different avenues may be employed to solve
the unknown. Our project shows parents how we develop logic, reasoning
and critical thinking skills amongst their children. We also show that
there is more than one right way to arrive at an answer. Children are
encouraged to be creative and share their different ways of problem
solving with the rest of the class. Our group felt it was important to
share with the parents what their child's math class is typically like.
By holding these workshops during the evening hours, we wanted to gain
the parental support and endorsement to the changes rapidly occurring
within today's classrooms. |
Standards: |
"PLAYWRIGHTS AND MARIONETTES" |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 3 to 10 |
How It Works: Imagine five marionettes coming
to life before your eyes as they perform an original play. Imagine the
faces of the puppeteers as they introduce themselves and their
marionettes at the post production party. It begins simply with a
story...The teacher tells a favorite story with a marionette. The
students become so excited they have to create their own marionettes for
story telling. The class discusses how they will construct them and the
materials they will need. As their marionettes are 'born' they need
Baby Books to commemorate the day. All books are read at share meeting
by the students or teacher.
The newborns' personalities emerge as they join us at a meeting to
select a group of four or five fellow puppeteers for collaborative play
writing. The writing process is employed as the teacher meets with each
small group to develop plays for their marionettes. Works in progress
are presented to the whole class at share meeting. The students receive
constructive criticism and suggestions. The teacher for the whole class
reviews instructional points. The teacher also acts as a scribe and
records information for later revisions. Students design and create
scenery for the plays. Rehearsals begin and lines are memorized.
Excitement mounts! Each group is given a special day to perform its play
for other groups and parents using a student made stage and props to
augment the marionettes.
|
The Students: This project accommodates all
learning styles. The completed plays will serve as the project
assessment. Twenty-five kindergarten students, grouped heterogeneously,
participated in this project.
|
The Staff: Mary Stewart Bargar Edgewood Magnet School, New Haven |
What You Need: Scrap Wood, Metal Screw Eyes, Tongue Depressors, String
|
Overall Value: The students enhance their
writing skills, as seen in the Common Core, by conceiving ideas and
selecting and using detailed examples, illustrations, evidence, and
logic to develop topics throughout their play writing. The students
enhance their interpersonal relations, by participating actively in
reaching group decisions during writing and performance. On the
performance dates, students, parents, and teachers celebrate the
knowledge gained and skills achieved when the plays are performed and
discussed in postproduction sessions.
|
Standards: Positive self-concept Interpersonal Relations Writing Speaking, Listening and Viewing
|
"S.T.A.C.K.S. (Some Techniques to Access Computers for Kids' Sake)" |
Category: Technology |
Grades: 1 to 6 |
How It Works: The Project: As an introduction
to utilizing an authoring computer software program, special needs
students create their own personalized high-tech books
called,"S.T.A.C.K.S.". |
The Students: |
The Staff: This project was developed and
implemented by a Speech and Language, therapisVComputer Coordinator and a
Special Education teacher. Additional teachers or staff members willing
to learn about an authoring computer program can implement this
project. |
What You Need: This project was developed and
implemented by a Speech and Language, therapisVComputer Coordinator and
a Special Education teacher. Additional teachers or staff members
willing to learn about an authoring computer program can implement this
project. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
"Sensing" Science |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 3 to 4 |
How It Works: "Sensing" Science is a hands-on
approach for instructing basic science concepts. Its purposes are to
create a positive and motivating incentive for enhancing and enriching
the students' critical thinking skills and the students' interests in
science through the use of meaningful hands-on materials and activities.
Preparation of the project involves the selection and purchase of
appropriate and meaningful,"hands-on" science materials that students
can see, smell, touch, hear, and/or taste. Students are then introduced
to these various materials during their instructional science periods.
Simple investigative and exploratory activities using the,"hands-on"
materials are designed to give students an opportunity to use critical
thinking skills to discover the,"hows" and,"whys" pertaining to various
science concepts. As a culminating activity students are encouraged to
prepare a simple project, demonstration, and/or experiment using the
various,"hands-on" materials for a "Sensing" Science Day. At
the,"Sensing" Science Day students have an opportunity to share their
work and what they have learned with parents and community members as
well as other students within the school. DCPS MAJOR SYSTEM PRIORITIES:
Achievement, Critical Thinking. THE STUDENTS: This project has been
used in several first- and second-grade classes. Both regular academic
classes and special instructional classes have successfully
participated. The project is easily adapted for all levels of students,
including kindergarten as well as classes with students of Limited
English Proficiencies. It can be implemented within one individual
classroom or within an entire grade level. "Sensing" Science lends
itself to cooperative learning situations, as it can be used with either
small or large groups of students. |
The Students: |
The Staff: With a doctorate degree in Early
and Middle Childhood Education, Karol Yeatts is an 11-year teaching
veteran for DCPS. Dr. Yeatts was Dade County Public Schools' 1989-90
Math Teacher of the Year and was the 1990 Florida Mathematics Classroom
Teacher of the Year District XI Winner. She is a nominee for the 1991
Presidential Award for Excellence in Science and Mathematics Teaching.
Dr. Yeatts has received several Dade Public Education Fund Teacher
Mini-Grants and was a 1990-91 Impact II Developer (Manipulatives:
Motivating Mathematics). |
What You Need: MATERIALS AND FACILITIES:
"Sensing" Science can be used in any classroom setting. The,"hands-on"
materials can be easily stored in plastic bags or containers and placed
on book shelves or in tote bins. A list of materials and activities are
available for teachers interested in adapting the project. OUTSIDE
RESOURCES: This program can be operated without any outside resources.
However, the school's PTA is an excellent source for obtaining parent
volunteers and additional materials. A Field Trip to the Museum of
Science is an excellent outside resource to consider for enhancing the
students' interests and curiosity in the,"hows" and,"whys" of their
world. |
Overall Value: This project provides the
means for creating a positive and motivating incentive for enhancing and
enriching the students' critical thinking skills and their interests
and acquisition of basic science concepts through the use of,"hands-on"
sensory materials and activities. Your students will look forward to
Science and who knows, maybe a future Nobel Prize winner may be among
the participants! |
Standards: |
"Write" in the Center of It |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 2 to 4 |
How It Works: This on-going activity was
developed to promote success and confidence in reading and writing. It
incorporates the whole language approach to learning. Children are
exposed to a variety of literature. They learn to appreciate fictional
and non-fictional books. The literature is extended across the
curriculum since everything is based on a theme. The children write in
their journals in the morning, during their center time and always in
the writing center. The writing center is the most popular center in
the classroom. The boys and girls cannot wait to share their writing
with someone willing to listen. The use of inventive spelling and
student word banks is encouraged for writing success. The children
learn to write for a variety of reasons and to a variety of audiences.
Story prompts, pictures and questions are posted daily. The children
are encouraged to make individual and class books. Before making these
books, the students are exposed to literature with repetitive texts.
Here, they are gaining confidence with reading, because their stories
have a pattern. This success snowballs into more stories and books
and lots of fun!, To help the students identify letters and sounds,
books focusing on a specific letter are introduced. For example, when
reading Make Way for Ducklings by Robert McClosky, the children focus on
the letter,"d." In addition, they make their own books entitled, Make
Way for the D's!, They come up with everything that starts with,"d" to
make their own books: Make way for the dogs!, Make way for the
dinosaurs!, Make way for the dads!, Make way for the deer!, The boys and
girls illustrate their books and share them!, They feel great because
they are reading. As they learn other letters, the class helps to pick
books they wish to rewrite. As we work on specific themes, we also
incorporate the book writing. When we worked on our HOMES unit, they
rewrote books related to the topic of study: "Houses for Everyone Ñ A
hole is a house for a mouse. A shoe is a house for a foot. A face is a
house for a nose. A skull is a house for a brain." This program works
hard at encouraging writing in every subject area. While learning to
write, the children become readers. The Student: Kindergarten students
in a developmentally appropriate classroom environment have participated
in this program with success. It can be used by first and second
graders. |
The Students: |
The Staff: This program was used for three years by a kindergarten teacher in a hands-on, print-rich environment. |
What You Need: Materials: A print-enrich
environment is a must to have success with this program. Materials
needed include: notepads, sentence strips, stapler, scissors, plenty of
table space, markers, shaped paper, chalkboard, newsprint, glue, tablet,
tape, booklets, pencils, crayons, chalk, variety of literature.
Outside Resources: We have used the school and the public library for
additional books. |
Overall Value: "Write in the Center of It" is
a program that not only helps children learn to read and write, but
also builds confidence. They look forward to sharing their writing with
everyone. The children are learning to share and appreciate literature
in all content areas. Most importantly, these kindergarten students
start,"writing" as early as the first day of school. Their reading and
writing improve daily with teacher and peer encouragement throughout the
year. |
Standards: |
"INHERIT THE WIND" |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: High school English students
from grades nine through twelve explore the theory of evolution and read
the highly relevant play "Inherit The Wind" and a series of articles
and essays about the famous Scopes trial that centered around the right
to teach evolution. They incorporate technology as they research the
topic and write their own essays on whether evolution should be taught
in school.
Students first read a New York City student's published opinion on the
1999 Kansas law that banned evolution questions from state tests. They
evaluate her essay and read a New York Times article about the Kansas
law and other accounts of the Scopes trial from 1925. They take notes
and write short essays on their opinions of the events. They also read
an article outlining the conflict between religious faith and the theory
of evolution. Again they take notes and write essays expressing their
opinions. They read the play "Inherit The Wind" at home, and for each of
the five scenes, they write an account using the point of view of one
of the characters in the form of a letter to a friend or a diary entry.
They also read the play in class and discuss issues raised and the
literary devices the authors use in a play, which is a fictionalized
account of the 1925 trial. Students write essays based on the play and
choose five topics to research using the Internet.
|
The Students: A wide range of student ability
is acceptable. I used these lessons with ninth graders in New York City
who happened to also be studying evolution in their biology class. |
The Staff: Peggy Maslow, a New York City high
school English teacher for 23 years, has used technology in the
classroom for over 16 years. She has also been her school's newspaper
advisor for almost two years. She has taught all levels of students
ranging from those with reading difficulties to honors, and has taught
courses in journalism, mystery, American literature and other topics.
|
What You Need: Completion of this project
will take ten or more class periods. Students will be reading the play
"Inherit the Wind" by Jerome Lawrence and Robert E. Lee. Computers with
an Internet connection and search engine such as Netscape are needed. A
basic working knowledge of computers is necessary. |
Overall Value: Researching the background
issues first will enhance the students' understanding and motivate them
to be more engaged while reading "Inherit The Wind." For the students I
teach, the issue of religious faith being in conflict with the theory of
evolution is a very exciting one. They become very animated in their
discussions. Furthermore, students will be motivated to express their
opinions about the conflict by drafting and writing essays, then
revising and editing them. The research exercise that follows allows the
students tremendous choice in finding an area of interest. Using the
Internet is integral to finding and using the background information and
even more important in doing the research on a related topic of their
choice. |
Standards: Technology: Students employ the
computer and the Internet as research tools and resources; compile,
analyze, and evaluate data; and develop word-processing and research
skills. English: Students read informational materials to develop
understanding and to reach a conclusion; produce a report which includes
appropriate facts and details; develop several main points relating to a
single thesis; analyze and revise work; respond to drama using
interpretive, critical, and evaluative processes; and critique a
document. |
0ur Neighborhood Online |
Category: Technology |
Grades: 4 to 8 |
How It Works: This interactive web page
program, Our Neighborhood Online, allows general and special education
language-impaired students to learn about various aspects of their
neighborhoods and share this information with others through the World
Wide Web. It provides students with a way of incorporating
speech/language class goals into the real world. These goals include
comparing and contrasting, describing and explaining, increasing
vocabulary, following directions, developing critical thinking skills,
role playing/seeing another person's point of view, and effective
communication. To attain these goals students develop web pages
addressing particular questions. For example, to learn vocabulary words
and develop critical thinking skills, they examine the concept of
neighborhoods. By asking what a student's house, block, and
neighborhood look like, they build vocabulary and learn to describe and
explain. By describing their neighborhoods, they learn to compare and
contrast. The students write paragraphs describing their neighborhoods,
relate why they live in particular places, and draw pictures of their
homes. They then type and save their work on the classroom computers
and scan their pictures on the scanner in the library. Their work is
put on the Our Neighborhood Online web page, www.homeroom.net
/Schools/schlsUSA/queens/p193qns1/Krinitz/ mskrinitz.htm. The next web
page that students explore examines the history of their neighborhoods.
The web site http://homeroom.net/ Schools/schlsUSA/queens/p193qn
allows students to access community based information and other school
web pages. They create a survey asking others about their neighborhoods.
They receive responses to their surveys from various parts of the
United States and countries around the world, and answer mail on an
ongoing basis. They also summarize and chart the responses they
receive. The students' web pages highlight favorite neighborhood places
and present results of the neighborhood survey, as well as a survey of
neighborhoods in which the teachers lived as children. |
The Students: Ten fifth and sixth graders
with speech/language impairments are involved in this program. Students
at all levels can participate in this program and improve their
skills. |
The Staff: Barbara Krinitz is a
speech/language teacher at two district elementary schools. She has
been involved for a number of years with improving communication skills
through the use of video and computer technology. She is the recipient
of the Innovative Teaching with Telecommunications Award from
Thirteen/WNET. Our Neighborhood Online has been used in the school
since November 1997. |
What You Need: Nicholas Juszczak, a parent
who created and operates Homeroom.Net, helped with the web page design.
Students use the Internet-connected computers in the library or the
computer lab. With Internet access in the classroom, the program can be
expanded to include children in other grades and allows more
program-related use of the Internet. Students use history textbooks
(e.g., Old Queens, New York in Old Photographs) and newspaper articles
that relate to the history of local neighborhoods. They interview
family members and local residents. |
Overall Value: The students share stories
about their neighborhoods with people in other parts of the world. This
program has improved student knowledge and use of computers and
computer technology, and has shown them how concepts learned in class
are useful in the real world. It gives them a sense of importance and
success and provides cross-curriculum learning experiences. |
Standards: |
100% Smart-Seven Ways of Learning |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 6 to 10 |
How It Works: 100% Smart based on Howard
Gardner's theory of the seven, intelligences enables students to explore
their own strengths in, terms of learning styles. Each student soon
discovers that each, of the seven intelligences is part of them, but
that some are, more fully developed than others. The power of
discovering one's, strengths and using them to learn is a critical
component of, education and self-esteem. Through discussion,
reading, drama, math and writing the students, learn about Gardner's
theory of learning. Students complete, questionnaires categorized by
linguistic, musical logical-mathematical, spatial, bodily-kinesthetic,
intrapersonal and interpersonal intelligences. After scoring the,
questionnaires, students utilize their math skills in fractions
decimals and percents to create personal pictorial circle graphs, with
each of the seven, pie-shaped pieces in the right, proportions to truly
reflect the data collected about themselves. These are filled with
symbols depicting their use of that, intelligence. For example, one
student who plays the harp might, use that symbol for musical
intelligence while another uses a, tape recorder to represent his/her
love of listening to music. The finished graphs are visual,
proportionally correct statements, of the diversity of learning styles
within our classroom, community. Students use the ideas expressed on
their graphs to write prose, and poetry about themselves as learners.
Each student presents a, demonstration of one of his/her strengths in
one of the seven, intelligences. One might perform a jazz dance to
demonstrate a, strength in the bodily-kinesthetic area, while another
might, display his/her watercolors to demonstrate a strength in the,
spatial area. I have been challenged by Gardner's work to revise my
classroom, curriculum so learning styles of all students within the,
classroom curriculum are honored. The seven intelligences are, displayed
in our classroom and we refer to them almost daily as a, way to
understand ourselves and others as learners. This project was
stimulated by my mentor project on gifted, education. Networking within a
research group of the South Coast, Writing Project also added ideas.
This project is the essence of all the Frameworks as its primary, goal
is the development of positive self-esteem for all students. Its
primary purpose is to help students recognize not, only their own
strengths as learners, but to appreciate the, diversity of strengths and
talents of all members of their, classroom community. This project
was used in my heterogeneous fifth/sixth grade, classroom. One of my
teammates also used this project with her, sixth grade students. |
The Students: |
The Staff: I have taught grades 1-6 for 21
years with an emphasis on upper, grades. I was a South Coast Writing
Project fellow in 1982 as, well as a fellow in literature, math and
history/social science, projects. I have been a Mentor for seven years. |
What You Need: Materials needed are white tag
board for graphs, colored pencils, and pens. Teacher packet includes
questionnaires, samples of, student graphs, writing ideas, and a
bibliography. A copy of In, Their Own Way, by Thomas Armstrong is
helpful. Outside resources are not needed. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
20th Century Biography: 21st Century Research Techniques |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: Biography is a cross-curricular
project which introduces students to varied research techniques,
including specialized software, encyclopedias, books, periodicals and
the Internet.
Students select a famous twentieth century person as follows: Grade
9-- Californian; Grade 10--person from Brazil, Spain, China, South
Africa, Sweden, or India; Grade 11--American who excelled in performing
arts, science or literature; Grade 12--American politician.
First, students locate their subjects in an encyclopedia (book,
CD-ROM, or Internet), then read a biographical article (book or
magazine). They may also interview family or community members. Students
search the Internet to locate additional significant information, e.g.,
early life, important dates, significant contributions, important facts
everyone should know, and the reason this person is remembered.
Students must also locate one graphic on the Internet for their
projects.
Students receive small group instruction about word processing,
graphic outlining software, and search techniques for the Internet. They
have three weeks to research the biography, which they submit with
graphic design, text outline, and notes; first edited and corrected
drafts, final copy, title page, bibliography, and Internet graphic. In a
culminating activity, students present their reports orally to
classmates. They may earn credit in their history and English classes,
also. |
The Students: 1997-98: 120 resource and special day class students. |
The Staff: Beverly has taught special
education for 35 years, and obtained technology grants for a 17-station
state-of-the-art special education learning lab. Donna, a special
education teacher for six years, emphasizes history and health in her
individual instruction. |
What You Need: Computers, biographies,
periodicals, cross-platform software such as Netscape, Inspiration,
Microsoft Word, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, various CD-ROM encyclopedias, teacher
packet. |
Overall Value: Students develop confidence
with word processing, refine their library research skills and learn to
search the Internet for specific information. They build cooperation and
communication skills by working in small groups, sharing techniques for
locating information from various sources, and editing each other's
work. Students receive credit for each project requirement and receive
frequent feedback for each part of their project.
The California History/Social Science Framework recommends teaching
students to select and organize electronic sources of information. The
English/Language Arts Framework stresses the need for general education
and special education to work together to make needed curriculum
modifications. |
Standards: |
6th Grade Power Newsletter |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 8 to 8 |
How It Works: The 6th Grade Power Newsletter
was developed in response to students' desire to create a newsletter
that reflects their interests and concerns. While its focus is on math
and science, the newsletter covers many topics. Its purpose is to
provide students with a vehicle through which they can express their
ideas and recognize their contributions to the life of the school
community; while, school procedures and curricula are constantly
dictated to them, here is one activity they are in control of. Students
also benefit by learning the complexities of publishing, including
research, writing, printing, and distribution. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Leondro Dellapina initiated 6th
Grade Power during the 1992-93 school year with the intention of
motivating students and enhancing their self-esteem. In response to its
widespread popularity among, students, he plans to initiate seventh and
eighth grade newsletters. |
What You Need: Newsletter staff is currently
at eleven (one president, two editors, seven reporters, and one artist).
When the project is expanded to other grade levels, staffing will
reach approximately twenty. Computers with a basic word processing
project are essential. A camera is optional. |
Overall Value: Because it is produced by and
for sixth graders, 6th Grade Power gives students a sense of ownership
and accomplishment in seeing the finished product of their efforts with
their names standing out in the credits. "Requests for additional
copies of the newsletter have been overwhelming," exclaims Dellapina.
"The sixth graders want to be involved, and the seventh and eighth
graders have asked to have their own newsletters," he says. |
Standards: |
A CELEBRATION OF WOMEN |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: "A Celebration of Women"
encourages a deeper understanding of the role of women in history.
Through English, science, math, and social studies, students get a
flavor of the importance of women in our lives. The unit continues to be
valid as the teachers observe both male and female students coming to
the realization that without the contributions of women, we, as a
species, would not be as developed as we are. Using research, students
will come to see that throughout history women have been minimized.
Because this unit includes all team teachers, students are exposed to a
variety of learning styles through written, spoken, visual,
investigation, application, demonstration, and performance experiences.
The students discover their interests and talents by experiencing the
different opportunities of this unit.
|
The Students: Using methods of instruction
that include teacher guided lessons, small and large groups, as well as
independent study, students are given a variety of way to obtain their
information th at creates a level of excitement and anticipation.
Ninety-five eighth grade students, all of v various levels of ability
and interest participate in this unit each year. Each year a new
component is added and a new insight is revealed. This unit is
appropriate for all middle level grades.
|
The Staff: Beth Jenkins and Evelyn Didato Schaghticoke Middle School, New Milford |
What You Need: Literature about notable women and their accomplishments, internet access, art supplies, and videos.
|
Overall Value: The study and appreciation of
women has varied, immediate, and life long value. Students are observed
throughout the unit for their understanding and acknowledgment of the
information being shared. This is seen by how the students discuss the
topics, demonstrate and role play the scenes, and document their images
and appreciation of women. The life long assessment comes from the
student-how well they perceive, react to, and acknowledge the women they
encounter during their lives.
|
Standards: Intellectual Curiosity Responsibility and Self-reliance Learning Skills Speaking, Listening and Viewing
|
A Chip Off the Old Block |
Category: Science |
Grades: 5 to 8 |
How It Works: Research skills, higher-level
thinking processes, application of life skill strategies, and
application of the scientific method are integral parts of this unit
which is designed to introduce genetics and heredity to elementary
school students. Chip Off of the Old Block is presented to students
in spiral bound unit packets which are kept in individual student
portfolio folders. Students become knowledgeable about the thinking
skills they are using for each activity, have a copy of the
curriculum/activity classification model, and end of unit assessment
criteria.
Unit activities allow students to learn research strategies, apply
higher level thinking processes, plan and carry out an experiment
using the scientific method, and apply problem solving strategies.
Activities are presented in a manner that allows students to discover
new information about genetics and heredity, rather than learn about
it through written information alone. |
The Students: Designed for grades
3-6,
academically talented
students, or 4-6 average ability.
Cooperative
learning groups of
3 to 4 students are
recommended. |
The Staff: Classroom or gifted resource teacher |
What You Need: Student
portfolios, spiral
bound unit
packets (which include 12
student pages, a curriculum
cube, and a student/teacher
assessment), poster board, or
science
fair display boards. |
Overall Value: All of Bloom's Taxonomy levels
are addressed in the unit, however, emphasis is placed on analysis,
synthesis, and evaluation processes. Calvin Taylor's Life Skill areas
are applied as students perform tasks requiring productive thinking,
communicating, predicting and forecasting, planning, and
decision-making. In addition, the scientific method (purpose,
hypothesis, materials, procedures, results, and conclusion) is applied
as students conduct research in small groups. |
Standards: |
A Constructivist Unit On Simple Machines |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 6 to 8 |
How It Works: A Constructivist Unit on Simple
Machines is an interdisciplinary unit designed to teach the concepts
and workings of simple machines through exploration and investigation.
Students are immersed in hands-on experience with various simple
machines including screwdrivers, gears, and levers. The scientific
method of conducting experiments (hypothesis, materials, procedure,
observation, and conclusion) is presented and reinforced from the
beginning of the year. Throughout the year, students learn that there
are many failures, unsuccessful experiments, and incorrect conclusions
drawn in a scientific experiment before there are successes. Students
are informed about scientists and inventors who stumbled upon a
discovery, were not considered good students, or spent their lifetime
researching just one idea. It is important for students to realize the
trial and error nature of science as they acclimate to a constructivist
classroom. Students pretend that they live during the period of
colonial New York, which is studied as part of the fourth grade social
studies curriculum. They are posed with problematic tasks that might
have arisen during that time period. As a result, students work
together to create simple machinery that facilitates the work to be
accomplished. The students work in cooperative groups on most
activities and serve as facilitators for each other in various
capacities. Students serve as translators, recorders, artists, or
structural engineers. All students become problem solvers as part of
this program. |
The Students: Students participating in A
Constructivist Unit on Simple Machines are members of a heterogeneous
fourth grade class. The students vary in their learning abilities and
command of the English language. |
The Staff: Pearl Halegua is a teacher at P.S.
196 who is interested in incorporating math, science, and technology
into her interdisciplinary science unit. Pearl has implemented A
Constructivist Unit on Simple Machines for the past two years. She has
received a masters of education at Hofstra University where she
received a Leadership in Middle School Math (sponsored by the National
Science Foundation) certificate in 1997. Pearl also leads family
workshops in math, staff development, and has been part of the math
literacy committee in CSD 28. |
What You Need: This program uses a variety of
resources including picture books, videotapes, science books and other
textbooks, teaching manuals, and other supplementary material that are
easily reproducible. The local lumber yard also contributes pieces of
wood and dowels for the class to use. Other material varies depending
on the specific lesson plan. |
Overall Value: A Constructivist Unit on
Simple Machines allows students to view themselves as investigators who
are able to use scientific methods and other means of organizational
and mathematical skills to solve a problem. They also learn about the
many failures and unpredictable outcomes involved in science and
technology before achieving success. |
Standards: |
A Day in An Egyptian Bazaar |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 5 to 10 |
How It Works: A Day in an Egyptian Bazaar is
an engaging simulation which ends a semester-long study of the people
and history of ancient Egypt. It is an integrated thematic unit that
involves the entire class in a simulated historical drama of an ancient
Egyptian marketplace. Higher level thinking, cooperative learning, study
and research skills are used in two main areas: developing the Egyptian
characters that the students will play, and developing the authenticity
of their marketplace and the goods they will trade. This is part of a
year-long study of ancient civilizations and uses the core literature
book, The Egypt Game . Intensive cross-curriculum study of the time
period and mini-dramas prepare the students for the day. The physical
environment of the classroom is changed to simulate the marketplace.
Cooperative learning groups research facts and design posters, murals,
signs and market stalls to be used around the room for the day of the
Bazaar. Displayed student projects, accumulated during this intensive
study, include: hieroglyphics practices, "cubit" and other mathematics
projects, Egyptian structures (pyramids, villas and houses) and god and
goddess posters. Curtains, sheets, and rugs are used around the
classroom to transform it. Baskets, skins, cloth and large leaves are
used as "grocery bags" to carry the commodities traded. These bartered
items include: wheat, salt, herbs, spices, makeup, flowers, plants,
food, amulets, cotton cloth, jewelry, and sandals. Services bartered
include those of scribes, lawyers, priests, and teachers. Students
arrive for the day in historical dress and "in character." The
characters are borrowed from student classroom study, research and the
core literature reading. They include tax collectors, royal court
members, nomads, Berbers, Hebrews, slaves, guards and warriors. A royal
procession and marketplace trial are some of the authentic experiences.
"It was scary when the pharaoh arrived. The guards made us get out of
the way," stated one of the participating students. Other comments were:
"I sold all my handmade jewelry the first half hour," and "Taxes!
Taxes! Taxes! Every time I made a good trade, a scribe would come and
ask for taxes." This is a highly motivational simulation for students,
staff and parents alike. It promotes positive attitudes towards history
and literature. Students compare aspects of ancient life and consumerism
with those of today. Assessment tools include test, projects, student
participation and reflections as well as teacher observations. State
Framework: This supports the History/Social Science Framework which
emphasizes the study of major historical events and periods in depth so
that students may see the rich details of history, as the well-told
story using primary and secondary resources and a variety of teaching
styles. The Students: Sixty-eight heterogeneous (including ESL and
Special Education) sixth graders participated in 1991-92 and 1992-93.
This "Market Day" simulation can be easily adapted to any Grades 3-8
classroom and any historical period. |
The Students: |
The Staff: I have taught 6th grade for 18 years Ñ the last six years at Solvang. I have also taught Grades K, 3-4, and 7-8. |
What You Need: Facilities and Materials:
Lists of framework-aligned history periods, matching core literature
books and A.V. materials are available upon request. Access to a video
camera, VCR and a television is helpful. Outside Resources: Museum
visits tie in well with this unit. Any parent or community member
willing to help with drama coaching, painting and setup is helpful. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
A Feather in Everyone's Cap |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 2 to 3 |
How It Works: Every child in the classroom
has a past that connects them to their present, and this was the theme
for this integrated social studies unit. For the heritage unit, the
students worked cooperatively with their parents and each other to make a
more meaningful learning experience. First, they created a heritage
feather for the Thanksgiving turkey and a pictorial of their life with
their parents. Parents and community members were invited into the
classroom to share their heritage. In class, children learned map
skills by making a balloon globe, learning a continent song, locating
their country of origin on a map, charting their ancestor's journey,
graphing their ancestor's country of origin, and creating a class
timeline for the life of a pilgrim. Children also learned about the
life of a pilgrim as they made butter, wove a miniature sweater, ground
corn and played old-fashioned games. |
The Students: This project involved 31 kindergarten children. It was an all day, self-contained class and meets daily. |
The Staff: Pamela Cicora has been teaching
for six years. During this time, she has received numerous awards to
implement innovative projects. |
What You Need: A trip to the school library
provided the students with a variety of literature books and videos
about life as a pilgrim. Guest speakers were invited to the school to
share artifacts and information about the country of their origin. Many
projects were completed with parents, a parent volunteer, or a group
setting.The children worked at tables within the classroom. This
allowed them to work cooperatively or individually. Most of the
supplies were available through the school or through parent donations.
A toaster and a hot plate were also helpful. |
Overall Value: This heritage unit is full of
hands-on activities. Youngsters learn best through hands-on activities
that are meaningful and that incorporate learning by using all the
senses. These activities incorporate each student's personal history,
that of fellow students, and also the pilgrims. Individual, small group
and whole class learning experiences are utilized. The unit is
evaluated through hands-on projects, oral discussions, and social
interactions. |
Standards: |
A Historical Musical Review 1900-1980 |
Category: Classroom Management/Intergroup |
Grades: 8 to 8 |
How It Works: The,"Historical Musical Review"
is an interdisciplnary unit designed to provide sixth grade students
with a broad overview of what life was like in the United States from
1900-1980. All classes are asked to, search and present information
regarding the current events, fads, fashions, famous people,
entertainment, music, sports and scientific inventions for each decade.
Students are divided into four classes and are given the task of
studying one specific time period: 1900's-1920's, 1930's-1940's, 1950's
or the 1960's-1970's. Students become the,"experts" on their time
period and are told they will be,"teaching" the rest of the team (the
other three classes) what they have learned. Within each class,
students have the, opportunity to select areas of study based on
personal interests. Student,"teaching" takes place during a culminating
activity which brings all four classes together in a format called,"The
Historical Musical Review". At that time, students in each class
showcase their knowledge and talents in ways designed to both educate
and entertain an audience of parents and peers. Students work both
independently and in groups on the creation of these presentations which
make the events and people of the not-so-distant past come to life.
Examples of student performances includes, skits about topics ranging
from the Great Depression to Woodstock, dance performances which teach
the foxtrot, waltz, charleston and hand jive, monologues and role
playing of famous people such as Hitler, JFK, Al Capone, Charlie Chaplin
and Elvis, displays of reproduced art work and musical selections
ranging from the Beatles to Bing Crosby. Scenery, costumes, love beads
and even grand father's World War II uniform are part of the show. The
day after the musical review a set of questions, developed by each
class, is administered to the team for evaluative purposes. Each class
will evaluate, the responses in order to determine the level of learning
that has taken place due to the Musical Review. Throughout the unit
team teachers provide the basic framework for student learning.
Appropriate information is disseminated, bibliographies compiled and
made available, literature infused, Writers Workshop applied, videos
shown, research questions written and assessed, music played and
discussion established. THE STUDENTS: This unit was designed for a
team of ninety sixth grade students, but is adaptable for any grade.
This project appeals to students of all ability levels. Topics of study
are of high interest to students, and all children meet with success
due to the fact that they can select areas of study based on their
interest and learning style. |
The Students: |
The Staff: This unit can be implemented by a
team of teachers or a single classroom teacher. It can also be expanded
to include teachers from a wide variety of disciplines, especially a
media/library instructor. |
What You Need: The items necessary for this
unit are reference materials, videos, musical tapes and records.
Outside resources have included a dance instructor, piano player,
volunteer parents or grand parents who can provide background
information based on their own experiences. |
Overall Value: Sixth grade students are
provided with the opportunity to learn about periods of U.S. History
which are not introduced to them in the curriculum until the second
semester of their junior year of high school. Students develop a sense
of history and life as a continuum as they make con connections between
events of one decade and the next. The culminating presentation ion
allows students of all abilities to share their knowledge and talents
while gaining experience performing and speaking in front of an
audience. |
Standards: |
A HOUSE DIVIDED |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: The report of artillery rings
out as Clara Barton steps on stage to narrate the kick-off the
integrated unit, "A House Divided". This skit, performed by staff,
stimulates the intellectual curiosities of seventh grade students, and
introduces them to the Civil War. "A House Divided" helps students to
recognize the historical impact the war had in shaping American culture
and understand how it affects us today. In the opening activity, each
student shadows a character from the video, THE BLUE AND THE GRAY.
Creating empathy with the character, each student keeps a journal, which
helps him or her to analyze events, and attitudes that lead brother to
fight brother. For the following six weeks, all core and unified arts
curricula are focused on the Civil War.
The unit engages students in a variety of planned activities. One major
study is the selection and completion of an independent research
project, where students choose an area of interest and investigate the
historical facts surrounding the person or event. Students can choose
different projects ranging from battles to technological advances in
communication to music of the war to the beginnings of the Red Cross. In
another component of the program students are authentically drafted
into the Northern and Southern armies. Commissioned officers are
appointed through an application and interview process. Officers
experience first-hand the qualities needed for effective leadership.
|
The Students: The student's day is organized
into four blocks of time. One block is teacher directed instruction; the
other three are devoted to research, project work, and stage
performance. Students self-monitor progress giving teachers a means of
measuring student performance. The post assessment includes a persuasive
writing prompt using CMT guidelines. The culminating activity is an
evening presentation to parents and the community. where students
perform their own plays. Family and friends view projects, eat food, and
listen to music of the Civil War period. Every grade seven student,
regardless of ability level, is included in this unit.
|
The Staff: Marcus Asbridge, Jeanne Benoit,
Vicki Espeseth, Beverly Griffith-Williams, and Robert Skopek Putnam
Middle School, Putnam |
What You Need: Texts, periodicals, laser disks, and CD Roms |
Overall Value: The overall value of "A House
Divided" is that it creates a vehicle for critical reasoning and higher
order thinking. The unit is designed to generate active learning
experiences requiring students to perform tasks based on information
gained from research. It teaches collaboration because projects are
organized into cooperative groups. "A House Divided", ultimately,
requires students to gain an understanding of an important historical
event by becoming responsible and accountable for their own learning.
|
Standards: Intellectual Curiosity Learning Skills
|
A Jaunt through Genres: Creative Involvement with Literature |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 5 to 6 |
How It Works: The purpose of this literature
project was to introduce students to a variety of genres and to allow
them opportunities to respond to novels using higher-level thinking
skills. Each month, a different genre of literature was introduced as a
reading requirement. The students were then required to find a book of
interest, categorized under the specific genre, and read it. After
completion of the book, the students completed a multiple-choice test
using the Accelerated Reader Computerized Testing Program. A different
creative project was assigned each month to coincide with the genre
being studied. The teacher presented the project requirements at the
beginning of each month, and then students worked independently in class
to complete their projects. The projects were designed to be
interesting, fun, hands-on and meaningful ways for students to engage in
the literature |
The Students: A total of sixty-one students
participated in the reading program. The students consisted of two
classrooms of fourth graders. The students were grouped according to
ability level and were taught at that level. The two groups completed
the same genres throughout the year, adapting appropriate criteria,
books, etc. according to their academic needs.
|
The Staff: Yvonne DiPetro and Alice Hood have a combined teaching career of 18 years. Their program has been in use for two years.
|
What You Need: Resources included computers
(at least one per classroom) that have the software for the Accelerated
Reader Computerized Testing Program installed. An Accelerated Reader
Book List, access to school and/or public libraries and field trips
helped with this project. Guest speakers were The fourth grade
classrooms had two computers per room with the Accelerated Reader
Computerized Testing Program installed. Accelerated Reader Book lists
and books that are read come from either the school library or the
public library. A chart listing the various literature genres is
helpful.optional. |
Overall Value: This literature program allows
each and every student to use reading as a tool for learning and
thinking across the curriculum. Each student feels success as he or she
reads age appropriate/ability level appropriate literature and responds
to it in a wide variety of meaningful ways. The project can be adapted
to fit any grade level and involves all students regardless of academic
ability. All teachers would benefit from using this program which
extends the understanding of the uniqueness and universality of student
experiences through multicutural literature. |
Standards: |
A LEAGUE OF THEIR OWN: THE STRUGGLE FOR GENDER EQUITY |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: The concept of gender equity in
sports is investigated through actual interviews with pioneers who
played a significant role in breaking down gender barriers in our
society. Students are introduced to the period before Title IX, an era
in American History which many traditional history books do not address.
As part of their efforts to learn more about sex discrimination,
students act as investigative reporters by contacting and interviewing
female athletes who played sports prior to the Title IX legislation. By
interviewing primary sources students attempt to identify ways in which
female athletes were discriminated against in sports.
To gain a further understanding of the gender equity issue, students
view the videotape "A League of Their Own." Students work in cooperative
learning groups to develop questionnaires that are sent to former
female baseball players from the Rockford Peaches of the All American
Girls Professional Baseball League. The AAGPBL was the focus of the film
"A League of Their Own." The research tool is designed to give students
a genuine understanding of how American society was divided on the
basis of gender. |
The Students: Students create magazines that
serve as supplements to their textbook. The magazines pay tribute to the
pioneers who paved the way for today's female athletes. Included in the
magazines are interviews with past and present female athletes,
biographies, letters to the editor, reader response activities,
editorials, graphics and photographs. Students complete a performance
assessment checklist of the activities involved in the project. |
The Staff: Michael Riccio Wooster Middle School, Stratford |
What You Need: A regular classroom provides a
fine setting for implementing this project. Contacts were made with
former members of the Rockford Peaches of the AAGPBL. This proved to be
an exciting part of the project for it gave the students an opportunity
to interview real people who played an integral role in our country's
history. At an assembly students learned from pioneers the struggle and
sacrifices made prior to Title IX and the opportunities that exist today
for women.
|
Overall Value: The unit of study gives
students an opportunity to examine a topic that is not covered in
traditional history books. Students learn from primary sources the
realities of sex discrimination in our country, but most of all they now
have new heroes such as Jennifer Rizzotti, Rebecca Lobo, and Lisa
Leslie. The performance assessment tasks link students' prior knowledge
and provide opportunities for new connections to be made; however, the
best measure of the unit's success can be found in the students'
excitement.
|
Standards: |
A LITERARY JOURNEY TO PARIS: MAD ABOUT MADELINE |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 2 to 7 |
How It Works: "In an old house in Paris that
was covered with vines, lived twelve little girls in two straight
lines..." So begins the l939 French children's tale, Madeline, by
Ludwig Bemelmans. The story of a petite girl raised in a Paris boarding
school, Madeline and her subsequent sequels have endured as a classical
literary triumph for over fifty years. Madeline's heartwarming stories
with happy endings appeal to children while giving them an awareness of
phonics and rhyme. The Caldecott-winning illustrations of famous Paris
landmarks are a plethora of line, shape, and color.
For these reasons, Madeline provides the perfect literary setting for
acquainting second grade children with classical literature, French
culture and geography, and timeless art, while connecting reading,
writing, listening, and speaking skills. The variety of activities and
lessons give all children an opportunity to learn through learning
styles chosen by the students. Reading, writing, art, public speaking,
and music are among the curricula areas addressed.
Lessons include the author's use of story elements and description.
Story maps of events are constructed to identify a writing concept
crucial for young writers, the idea that each story needs a beginning,
middle, and end.
Each student works through the writing process to compose an original
Madeline story. The teacher uses a checklist to assess the student's
inclusion of essential process writing elements. Students self-assess
their work before submitting their final copy using a student checklist.
The unit culminates with a "Madeline Breakfast" where students share
their work.
|
The Students: An academically heterogeneous
class of l9-22 children has participated in this project each year. It
is easily adapted for all primary-aged children.
|
The Staff: Elizabeth F. Szewczyk The Eric G. Norfeldt Classical Magnet School, West Hartford |
What You Need: Multiple Madeline copies, nonfiction books on French culture and geography, French music, paper and writing/drawing tools.
|
Overall Value: This project enables every
student to experience another culture through classical literature. By
offering students a variety of learning modes through multiple projects,
all students participate at their full ability.
Sharing their knowledge during a formal culminating event provides
social interaction and academic recognition. Conversations laced with
"Bienvenue" and "Tres bien" prove that classical literature for young
children is truly timeless.
|
Standards: |
A Photo Gallery Of Famous Chicago Landmarks |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 6 to 8 |
How It Works: Students study Chicago's top
twenty-five landmarks. Activities for this project include: learning
about the landmarks' history, their architects and how the Chicago Fire
of 1871 changed everything taking a walking tour of the Loop
planning an architectural bus tour serving as tour guides for each
other. Using black and white film, students photograph the buildings
they visit. They develop, print and mount their photos for display.
They also sketch and paint some of the landmarks they've visited.
Students: This program was designed for 5th graders as a Social
Studies Chicago Unit. It is adaptable for intermediate and upper
grades. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Yollande Gottlieb is a fifth grade teacher at Walt Disney Magnet School. Al Weismeyer is head of the Photography Lab there. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
Books about Chicago landmarks such as Chicago on Foot and Chicago--
Growth of a Metropolis help students identify and locate buildings.
Cameras and black and white film are needed as well as art supplies for
sketching, painting and re-creating famous landmarks. Outside
Resources: A trip to the Chicago Historical Society should precede
any downtown tours. Parents are needed to assist with downtown walking
tours. |
Overall Value: Children learn about Chicago
history and architecture and have fun at the same time. They, capture
Chicago landmarks, on film and on paper and have the satisfaction of
seeing their work displayed. They share their newly acquired knowledge
of Chicago's history by acting as tour guides for fellow students. |
Standards: |
A PICTURE IS WORTH A THOUSAND WORDS |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 2 to 10 |
How It Works: The strength of imagination,
the vitality of the written word, the spirit of team-building, and the
magic of creating a glorious cooperative group activity are all captured
in "A Picture is Worth a Thousand Words." This project is a highly
effective approach to creative writing that encourages students to play
an active role in the development of a story. In preparation for this
language arts activity, students are divided into six small cooperative
groups. A group leader, recorder, time-keeper, and "encourager" are
assigned. Each group receives a comprehensive resource packet which
includes a self-evaluation guide. To begin, students view a poster-size
laminated picture. They are instructed to cooperatively discuss the who,
what, where, when, why, and how questions as they apply to the picture.
They are encouraged to analyze the plot, decide on a sequence of
events, discuss the mood, and develop a conclusion. All responses are
written in the appropriate section of their booklets. Next, using a
graphic organizer, students plan their story. In some instances,
cooperative groups may decide to develop a play or a puppet show.
Together they think about what they want to write, draft their story,
and edit for interesting sentences, unique vocabulary, and writing
mechanics.
|
The Students: As students work, the teacher
rotates among the groups to facilitate the communication process among
the students. Polaroid pictures taken of the project "in process"
ensures task relevancy and motivates students. To culminate the learning
process, each group enthusiastically shares its finished project with
the class. Presenters learn the importance of voice tone, body language,
and eye contact. Using their evaluation guide, students use cooperative
learning and brainstorming techniques to evaluate their work. Polished
presentations are taped and displayed along side finished writing
pieces, illustrations, props, and instant photographs at the Education
Expo held each spring.
|
The Staff: Merle Hart
|
What You Need: A VCR and an instant camera. |
Overall Value: In this fresh approach to
creative writing, students feel excited and enthusiastic about language
arts. They become fascinated by the development of their stories, learn
to fully appreciate the power of the written word, and feel a sense of
pride as they share their successes with each other. Students also
benefit from working with and learning from other students as part of a
small cooperative group with a common goal. Photographs of the teams
provide visual reinforcement, further enhancing the concept off "us",
"we", and "our".
|
Standards: Positive Self-Concept Intellectual Curiosity
|
A Qualitative Study Of Acceleration |
Category: Science |
Grades: 9 to 10 |
How It Works: This is a challenging math
project that promotes math skills and accurate record-keeping through
lively activities. Working in small groups, students learn about
acceleration by: using stop-watches to time each other over a 50 yard
distance, recording times for crawling, hopping, skipping, jumping,
running and walking forward and backward, averaging times and comparing
the graphed results To study the effects of gravity on acceleration,
they: use angled ramps, water-drop carts and other materials to
produce more results, develop twelve graphs on acceleration, use the
graphs to discern the elements that affect acceleration Students:
This project was developed with sixth graders. It will be expanded in
1994 for grades seven and eight and LD students. The project can be
readily adapted for lower grades. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Ken Benedix, departmental Science
teacher at Dirksen School, holds a BA from Northeastern University. He
has won several grants and has been teaching Science for five years. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities: A
large area such as a hallway or playground is needed for the experiment
measuring speed over a 50 yard distance. All other experiments can be
done in a regular classroom. Materials needed include stop-watches,
graph paper, ramps, books, water carts and adding machine tapes.
Outside Resources: Outside resources are not necessary for a
successful project, but parent involvement is an asset. |
Overall Value: Students gain personal
knowledge and experience of the world around them through
interdisciplinary activities. They apply basic math skills to study
scientific concepts relating to acceleration. |
Standards: |
A QUICKTAKE JOURNEY |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 2 to 8 |
How It Works: A QuickTake Journey is a
motivational program that integrates writing and computer technology to
foster reflective and descriptive writing skills in functionally diverse
students. The new electronic camera technology is incorporated into
student journals to introduce students to computer graphics and to
skills such as punctuation, spelling, grammar, and style. Each child
describes the events of the year in a bound journal. The children use
the QuickTake camera to record events, to edit and caption pictures on
the classroom computer, and to incorporate the photographs into their
journals. The pictures offer a strong impetus for writing. The
students are able to evaluate their personal growth over a full year.
These professional-level books enhance self-esteem, serve as personal
measures of growth, and function as mementos of the classroom
experience. Students A group of 60 third grade students participate in
this project. Members of this heterogeneous group, which includes five
learning disabled children, have writing abilities from emergent to
independent. The program can be adapted to any grade level. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Two third grade teachers coach the
children in the writing process throughout the year, enlisting the
services of other staff members to model personal writing styles. Both
teachers have completed a course on integrating technology in the
classroom, and they instruct the students on the techniques for using
the electronic camera and computer graphics. |
What You Need: The students need bound
journals for their writing and photographs. The students use the Apple
QuickTake camera; all photographic editing and captioning is performed
on classroom Macintosh computers. All project activities take place in
the classroom or during regularly scheduled field activities. Outside
Resources No outside resources are necessary. |
Overall Value: A QuickTake Journey enables
students to take ownership of their own writing. The program enhances
student writing skills, integrates multimedia technology into the
classroom, and introduces students to modem photojournalism. The
journal enhances student self-esteem by tracing student progress through
the year and presenting students with a tangible product of their
endeavors. |
Standards: |
A Recipe for Writing |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 6 to 7 |
How It Works: By mixing explicit writing
instruction and modeling with an assortment of practice exercises such
as writing poetry, plays, letters and descriptive paragraphs, students
become confident young writers. They enjoy a year's worth of imaginative
writing assignments. Practice exercises include:· letters to their
parents to win approval to go to summer camp· reports on the lives of
famous African-Americans· a detective story that takes place in their
classroom "office" · planning every aspect of a theme party and staging
an original drama for other classes This is definitely a recipe worth
trying! |
The Students: This project involved 28 fourth
graders, meeting twice a week, for one hour sessions. It can be
adapted for students of varying ability levels in grades two and up, and
in larger or smaller groups.
|
The Staff: Linda Barrett holds a BA in
Elementary Education from Purdue University and a master's degree in
Library-Information Science from Dominican University. Paris Winston
earned a BS in computers from Northern Illinois University and an MA in
Teaching from Columbia University. |
What You Need: The project requires the
following materials: all kinds of writing materials (colored pens,
paper, journals, folders, etc.); an assortment of books covering
different genres of writing; lumber, paint, brushes, and tools for
constructing play sets; catalogs and grocery store flyers; material for
costumes; computer(s) for word processing; a printer; students'
certificates. |
Overall Value: Students enjoy the
out-of-the-ordinary writing exercises; their learning success is
evidence of the effectiveness of this award-winning project.
|
Standards: This project addresses the
following Illinois State Goals and Chicago Academic Standards (CAS):
Goal #3, CAS A-C, Goal #4, CAS A-C, Goal #5, CAS A, CFS 2,3,4, and 7.
|
A Scavenger Hunt! |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 2 to 14 |
How It Works: "A Scavenger Hunt!" -- the
words themselves have always meant fun, mystery, and discovery.
Students have the freedom of active research, without realizing that
they are learning discovery techniques, critical thinking skills,
cooperative learning techniques, and more. The scavenger hunt is
designed to increase the students' use of various resources in the
library or media center. The student is challenged to locate specific
information, most of which is not readily found in encyclopedias or
dictionaries. For example, a student might be asked to locate specific
data about Bob Denver of,"Gilligan's Island" fame. The student enjoys
discovering that this supposedly bumbling comedian is actually a college
professor of English Literature with a Ph.D. Having done this
research, the student has now begun to develop research skills using
something in which he/she is interested in. The newspaper is also a
great source for the scavenger hunt, specifically useful when preparing
students to formally learn its parts, use, and enjoyment. For example, a
student might be asked to find the acronyms for,"Prisoner of War"
(P.O.W.) and,"Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries" (O.P.E.C.).
DCPS Major System Priorities: Intergroup Relations, Critical
Thinking, Achievement. The Students: This project has been implemented
over the past five years with hundreds of, Citrus Grove Middle School
students. With very little restructuring, the scavenger hunt can be
used with grades K-12. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Judy Davis is a reading resource
teacher, formally of the Houston, Texas school system, who has attended a
reading institute at Kinlock Park Middle School and is a member of the
Dade Reading Council. Gerth PoitierWhitehead is an English teacher,
alternate union steward, team leader at Citrus Grove Middle School, and
has developed different curriculum proposals for QUIIP and, Black
History Month Observance. The project has been implemented in both
classrooms for more than eight years. When it is used to teach library
skills, the media specialist can help the younger students locate the
appropriate reference materials. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities: The
project, can be introduced in the classroom with basic reference
resources such as encyclopedias, Guiness Book of World Records, Roget's
Thesaurus, an almanac, or a biographical dictionary. A literature
anthology, commercially produced games such as,"Trivial Pursuit"
and,"Jeopardy" and teacher-made questions from a variety of sources are
additional resources. However, a media center with a large variety of
specialized reference books is the best resource. Outside Resources:
The scavenger hunt is a universal activity which can be adapted to
practically any setting outside a classroom or school library.
Scavenger hunts can occur on a field trip to the Seaquarium, MetroZoo,
Matheson Hammock, Vizcaya, Museum of Science, The Barnacle, Miami
International Airport or even the family garage. The list is endless!
Learning can happen anywhere! |
Overall Value: Students seem more
enthusiastic when they explore a topic with which they are familiar.
Their prior knowledge has been used as a stepping stone to increased
awareness. |
Standards: |
A School of Poets |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 10 to 11 |
How It Works: How does a teacher create a
poet in one week? -- by implementing this project. Using A School Of
Poets, students are taught easily to create their own poetry through a
step-by-step process which includes writing and analyzing poetry. The
result is that students learn a variety of forms while creating a
beautiful book they will treasure. DCPS Major System Priorities,
Student Achievement, Standard English, Intergroup Relations, Parental
Involvement, Blueprint 2000 Goals, Student Performance, Learning
Environment, The Students, This project has been used with eighth-grade
students. It is easily adaptable for any grade level by adjusting the
requirements and can be used with both large and small groups. It can be
taught to advanced, regular, ESOL and remedial level students because
it relies on the students' ability to use what they already know. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Beth Rivero has been teaching
creative writing and language arts at North Dade Middle School for five
years. She wrote the humanities curriculum for North Dade Middle's
International Studies program and designed the curriculum for the
Pre-International Baccalaureate program. She was trained at the Writing
Institute and is a member of Dade County's Global Cadre. In 1991-92, she
was the Global Teacher of the Year for Region I. Currently, she is
completing her master's degree in educational leadership. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
Students will need markers, typing paper, a variety of literature
textbooks (all levels) or books of poetry, a folder, and a thesaurus.
Thesauruses make it easier for the students to create better products
using their own ideas. Optional equipment may include computers and a
binding machine. The teacher may want to have a hole puncher and
markers available in the classroom. Outside Resources: High school
students may be encouraged to do the research on their own at public
libraries. Parents are encouraged to loan books of poetry to the class
for use in preparation of the project. Using a poet as a guest speaker
is a terrific culminating activity. |
Overall Value: "But I don't know how to write
poetry" is an answer that teachers hear whenever they ask students to
write a poem. Students can create their own books of poetry, use
critical thinking skills and identify the parts of speech. This poetry
notebook project allows students to gain valuable knowledge about poetry
and skill in writing it while letting them have fun accomplishing an
enjoyable goal. It does not require additional work on the part the
teacher and it is easy to grade. Finally, students leave class at the
end of the year with a book of their own that they wrote and
illustrated. |
Standards: |
A Virtual Look at the American Constitution |
Category: Technology |
Grades: 10 to 12 |
How It Works: This program used a
teacher-constructed website to teach the concepts and contents of the
American Constitution. The time period in which the actual creation of
the document took place was also researched. The purpose was to give
students an interactive and tactile approach to learning history through
the use of technology. Students accessed websites and navigated
through them to find information. Once they had located information
about a particular assignment, they read, researched the information,
and answered questions on teacher provided worksheets in order to show
their comprehension of the subject matter. The innovative aspect of
this project was that it could be used in a variety of ways. Teachers
could guide students through activities if they were not knowledgeable
in computer use or in the use of a website. |
The Students: This project was used in
addition to regular classroom studies in the eighth grade. All students
were given the opportunity to use the website and this provided
motivation for all achievers to complete their daily tasks.
|
The Staff: Lori Farley is a first year teacher in the Akron Public Schools.
|
What You Need: Computers with Internet
connection and printers are needed for this project. If a teacher
wished to construct his/her own website, Claris Works Home Page software
was needed. Computers, printers and accessibility to the Internet were
needed for the project. |
Overall Value: This project was a wonderful
way to get students actively involved in their own learning. They also
got quite a sense of accomplishment when they were able to successfully
navigate through the website to find the information for which they were
searching. Watching unmotivated students be so proactive about their
own learning was a fabulous experience. Teachers can easily adapt this
project for their classrooms and even get the students involved in
creating their own websites.
|
Standards: |
A World To Share: A Multicultural Approach |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 6 to 8 |
How It Works: This project represents the
work of a team of five teachers developing and implementing a new
curriculum. This Club program supplements a multidisciplinary,
intergrated curriculum built around the national and regional origins of
the student body. A WORLD TO SHARE is organized around
student-selected interest groups called Clubs. The subject matter of
each Club is determined by individual teachers on the team. Coordinated
themes are planned so that activities in one interest group supplement
those of other groups. Students discover the commonalities found in
different cultural formats and learn to appreciate the value of
cooperative learning. This is a student-driven project. It is a
curriculum of choice. Club choices include: Stamp Club, Health Club,
Fine Arts Club, Creative Arts Club, Choral Club and Environmental Club.
Before Club meetings begin, each student develops a family
biographical profile based on cultural heritage. Club activities are
coordinated around a monthly theme. Each club researches another aspect
of the culture selected for the month, working in its own interest
area. Each Club develops a publication in the form of book, journal,
passport or brochure. These documents become the basis for a shared
classroom reference library. A year-end Festival serves as a
culminating activity for all. Students: About two hundred 4th and
5th grade students participated in this project. Students in Special
Education were included. The project is infinitely adaptable. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The teachers who developed this
project have worked together as a team for over three years in an open
classroom. Classroom experience levels range from three to twenty-three
years, in both public and private schools. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
Needed materials and facilities depend on which interest areas and
activities are chosen. Detailed information for each Club's materials
is outlined in the teacher's packet prepared for this project.
Outside Resources: The input and assistance of families and the
community are essential. Field trips to local museums, libraries, food
markets, arboretums, theater performances and the Philately convention
are only a few of the many exciting available outside resources. |
Overall Value: While the teacher(s) choose
the topic, the content of each club is personal and relevant to the
student population and offers them the opportunity to choose their own
areas of interest and study. Students also learn and appreciate the
similarities and differences of each other's cultural backgrounds. |
Standards: |
A.I.D.S. Awareness |
Category: Science |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: Equipped with comprehensive
research, A.I.D.S. Awareness is an A.I.D.S. education unit in which
students produce a video to teach their entire school population. While
this country is waging what may appear to be a hopeless battle against a
most undiscriminating health hazard, too many teenagers continue to
rely on an unfounded belief in their own immortality. They must be
redirected!, Peer influence and accurate information-sharing between
high school students, through the popular medium of TV/VCR video, is an
effective supplement to A.I.D.S. education programs. Students research
the latest data and methods of combating A.I.D.S. Using this
information, students draft a pamphlet to distribute to the entire
school at a special session. Students prepare a pretest and a post-test
based on their 20 minute video presentation, sharing, information from
their research papers about A.I.D.S. From this classroom sharing, they
create a brief narrative about A.I.D.S. and, through community guest
speakers and a field trip, gain additional information. Producing a
video creates a high interest level in this issue. Writing and sharing
research papers is a wonderful way for students to gain new information,
and creating a pretest and a post-test reinforces the information. The
video and the information presented will have an impact on the entire
high school due to PEER PERSONALIZATION. DCPS Major System Priorities:
Standard English, Achievement, Critical Thinking Skills, Intergroup
Relations. The Students: The project involves high school science
students, but could also be adapted for health and social studies. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Michael Hornstein is a registered
pharmacist and substance abuse counselor who has taught Anatomy and
Physiology for the past eight years. He has previously been awarded a
grant in A.I.D.S. Awareness and has published a paper about cocaine. An
audio-visual technician/school volunteer would enhance this program.
Parent chaperones on field trips are necessary. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities:
Books and articles about A.I.D.S. are vital materials to this project.
Outside Resources: The blood bank or a hospital are necessary
facilities. Guests are an integral component as well. |
Overall Value: This project will have an
impact on teenagers' unfounded belief in their own immortality enabling
them to perform intensive research and to interview specialists in the
field. By means of a high interest level video, 30 students will
educate and influence their peers. |
Standards: |
A-B-C "Cook-Off" |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 1 to 3 |
How It Works: : "A-B-C 'Cook Off'" provided
kindergarten students with a weekly cooking encounter that incorporated
math, science, social studies and language experiences. It was a
hands-on activity which utilized all of the senses as students created a
tasty dish. Each week a letter of the alphabet was chosen to be in the
"cook-off". As children prepared and made the dish, they reviewed and
discussed what they had done during the week with the "cook-off" letter.
The verbal responses that were made while an ingredient was added, or
the mixing bowl was passed, or the mixture was stirred, were the
measures of success |
The Students: The entire class of
kindergartners participated in the weekly "cook-off". During the week,
the children did many letter activities in both large and small groups
that could be adapted to achievement levels. A teacher and a parent
volunteer monitored the activities.
|
The Staff: Donna Knox has been teaching for 22 years and has worked with kindergarten children for the past six years. |
What You Need: Each week a note was sent home
with two students to inform the parents of the needed "cook-off"
ingredients. The ingredients were sent to school on Thursday to be
ready for the Friday cooking. |
Overall Value: Children learn best when using
all of their senses. The A-B-C "Cook-Off" lets children explore the
alphabet letters by seeing and hearing the letters in books that are
read to them. They feel and touch the letters as they make them with
paper, clay, their bodies, and other sculpture they have made. The goal
of this experience is to bring a tasting taste of learning to the young
minds that devour it! |
Standards: |
Academics Integrated With Movement |
Category: Instructional Inquiry |
Grades: 3 to 6 |
How It Works: Instructional Inquiry Process:
Academics Integrated With Movement (AIM) is an intense one-on-one
program integrating academics with related services of physical,
occupational, and speech and language therapies for students with
physical disabilities. These nonambulatory, severely involved students
verbalize physical movements being performed in response to the
teacher's instructions. Instruction is based on the Program of Studies.
The physical and occupational therapists select functional movements;
the speech and language clinician determines the appropriate language
expected. The program focuses on language that encourages
internalization of academics and movement. Each student has an
instructor to guide him or her through physical movements because the
students are unable to complete the selected physical movements without
assistance. The research will determine if this approach allows for
coverage of academic material while enabling students to function
physically in the classroom independently or with less assistance. In
addition, the study hopes to show that the training will help students
access activities and materials more easily and improve speech patterns
and attending skills. The Students: Seven students in primary
elementary education for students with physical disabilities will
participate in this study. The program will be implemented each day
with one hour of instruction five days a week. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Teachers, a physical therapist, a
physical therapy assistant, occupational therapists, the speech and
language clinician, public health training assistants, public health
attendants, volunteers, and parents will be involved in the research. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities: The
regular classroom for students with physical disabilities will be
needed. Floor mats and specially designed seats are necessary.
Adaptations to regular chairs and tables will help facilitate
independent movements. Outside Resources: Parents, other relatives
of the students, and community volunteers will help with the program. |
Overall Value: It is anticipated that
students' academic performance and independent movement will increase,
causing an improvement in the students' attitudes and self-confidence.
As a result of this improvement, the students will be able to use more
spontaneous speech and will be eager to participate with students who
are not as severely involved physically. It is hoped this learning
experience will empower them to try new movements. If this approach
proves effective, it can be extended as needed for students with
extremely limited physical capabilities. |
Standards: |
Academy of Space Sciences |
Category: Science |
Grades: 5 to 6 |
How It Works: To interest students in outer
space, astronomy and their accompanying sciences, this project helps
teachers create a classroom space academy. Students assume that space
travel is already in effect, they are cadet-trainees and have to learn
how to, plot a route to Mars for exploration and then return. There are
three final projects: a test on Mars, a final exam dealing with the
planets and a space scrapbook, which has to be completed by the end of
the unit. DCPS Major System Priorities: Achievement, Critical
Thinking, Parental Involvement, Blueprint 2000 Goals: Learning
Environment, Student Performance, The Students: The population for this
project included 150 students, nine to 10 years of age, who were
divided into four homerooms. All levels participated, including students
in the Gifted, Academic Excellence, regular classroom and ESOL
programs. Classes met every day, although not all students met every
day. Tuesdays were reserved for total class instruction or to view
special videos. This unit can be adapted easily for any size class of
students. |
The Students: |
The Staff: With a master's degree in
elementary education and a master's degree in administration &
supervision, Arnold Pakula has been teaching for more than 27 years,
with the past 18 years as a fifthgrade science teacher at Highland Oaks.
In 1984, he was chosen Teacher of the Year at Highland Oaks, as well as
Area runner-up. Mr. Pakula writes his own units for science and
language arts. |
What You Need: A self-contained classroom
would be ideal but a wide-open one has been used. Bulletin boards should
reflect the learning environment with maps and photos of the solar
system and computer generated banners. At least two computers, with
special space-science simulations, should be available for the students
to use. Outside Resources, Useful outside resources include public and
classroom libraries for research, a VCR, a TV, and space videos. Field
trips to a Planetarium, NASA's SpacePort USA at the Kennedy Space
Center, and Space Camp (Titusville--where the launch of the shuttle can
be viewed) are encouraged. Space-oriented speakers also can add an
interesting angle. |
Overall Value: Through the incentives
offered, students will become immersed in this unit. They will enjoy
actually researching, writing letters to government officials to promote
America's space program and learning. Additionally, this project is so
interesting and versatile that for many students it may become a family
project. In the end, students will be hooked on the study of space,
continuing with related activities long after the unit is finished. |
Standards: |
ACE: Achievement Center at Edison |
Category: Instructional Inquiry |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: ACE investigates what happens
when the at-risk student population is provided individualized
instruction in the core curriculum with the intent of successfully
mainstreaming them back into the regular classroom after four weeks.
The center will function as an on-site alternative approach to education
for students who need more instructional and behavioral attention than
the demands in the regular classroom allow. All students will receive
constant and individual tutoring in core academics (math, science,
English, and social studies) from a minimum of three teachers from those
areas. A trained social worker and a crisis intervention team member
will counsel for behavior modification and supervise to ensure the most
supportive environment possible. It is anticipated that the ACE program
will provide meaningful one-on-one instruction for the at-risk
population. Once the teacher referrals and parent-student contracts
have been assessed, class size will be limited to no more than 15
students. At the end of the four-week period, the ACE screening
committee will assess whether a student has met the academic and
behavioral goals that would allow him or her to be successfully
mainstreamed back into the regular classroom setting. Assessment will
be based on, but not limited to, attendance, grades, attitude, and
maturation as an achiever. Its include those who are making no progress
in the regular classroom and who need ongoing individual attention with
academics and behavior. During the first semester, the primary focus
will be ninth and tenth graders since they have been the most at-risk
academically and behaviorally at our school. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The ACE team is composed of the
reading specialist serving as coordinator, a trained intervention team
member, a social worker, a full-time instructional aide, three or four
teachers in the core curriculum, and at least one peer tutor. |
What You Need: Although a regular classroom
suffices, a self-contained room with a bathroom and separate office
space with a telephone offers maximum opportunity for student
concentration, engagement, and achievement. ACE personnel will maintain
a daily folder that will track attendance, behavior, and the status of
the students' work. Parents will be actively involved beginning with the
original referral into the center. Students entering the center will
have routine sessions with their counselors and the social worker or the
psychologist at least once a week. |
Overall Value: Ideally students will become
more engaged in the classroom activities, behave more appropriately
ensuring academic progress, and display sufficient skills to receive
passing grades. Support from home will reinforce the entrance contract
provisions. |
Standards: |
Acoustics and Signal Processing |
Category: Science |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: Acoustics and Signal Processing Using Computers is a week-long series of explorations into the physics of sound, music and speech. In
these explorations, student lab groups use microphones connected to
computers to display and analyze the sound waves produced by various
musical instruments and their own voices. Students begin by
using the microphone to record soundwaves produced by striking tuning
fork. The computer graphs the soundwave, giving students a good
visualization of what is occurring. Then the students use the computer
to perform a Fourier Transform on the waveform. The computer displays
the results in the form of a bar graph, which shows the fundamental
frequency and the harmonics. Without the use of a
computer to analyze the data, the only way to find the fundamental
frequency and harmonics is by using an oscilloscope, which is beyond
the scope of a high school physics class. But with the computer,
students can immediately "see" the waveform and analyze the
fundamental frequency and harmonics. Since data-gathering is simplified
by the computer, the students have more time to do analysis. For
example, they compare the natural frequencies of tuning forks and
musical instruments to the natural frequencies of sounds produced by
human voices. Also, they can compare the differences between vowel
sounds and consonant sounds. As a final project,
students design and build their own homemade musical instruments. After
the instruments are constructed, the students analyze the natural
frequencies of their instruments and compare these frequencies to the
sounds they have been observing all week. They prepare overheads
presenting the particular musical characteristics of their instruments.
And on the last day of this unit, each group "performs" a song with
their instruments and presents the results of their sound analysis to
the rest of the class. These presentations, along with written tests
and teacher observation, allow us to assess student understanding and
knowledge. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Alan has been teaching high school
physics for seven years. His previous career was in geophysics. He is a
technology Mentor for his district. Curt taught high school for four
years. He is attending seminary in 1997-98. |
What You Need: A Macintosh or IBM-compatible
computer and an interface box/microphone are necessary. The box and
microphone can be purchased from Vernier Software or Pasco supply
company. Further information can be found in the teacher packet. We use
resources at Santa Barbara City College, UCSB, local industry, and
parents. Hardware support and consulting are being provided by QUEST,
the Engineering School, Physics Department, and Graduate School of
Education at UCSB. Equipment and texts are being supplied by the Tech
Prep Program at SBCC. Some parents and local industry have helped with
software support. |
Overall Value: Students demonstrate basic comprehension of material previously not used in high school classes. |
Standards: |
Across the Curriculum through Video |
Category: Global Education |
Grades: 11 to 11 |
How It Works: Across the Curriculum through
Video is an interdisciplinary project that integrates the ninth grade
English and social studies curricula. The social studies unit, which
covers the history, geography, and culture of India, China, and Japan,
is reinforced in the English class with oral, reading, and writing
exercises related to these countries. By relating the subject areas,
students see the connections between various subjects as teachers
discover ways to transcend the boundaries of their disciplines. In the
project, lessons, student presentations, and day-to-day planning
sessions are videotaped; seeing themselves on videotape motivates
students and allows them to critique their own work and observe their
progress. At the same time, teachers use the tapes to learn about
interdisciplinary instruction. Teachers can use the tapes to rework or
restructure their lesson plans to meet specific objectives. Videos
present special projects, role playing, interviews, news shows, skits on
historical events, and debates. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Robert Gross, communications
coordinator at August Martin for the past 11 years, developed the
project in collaboration with Ann Ferrelli, who serves as a faculty
advisor for the school newspaper. By recording the actual development
of an interdisciplinary curriculum, they hope to provide other teachers
with ideas for interdisciplinary teaching as well as an exciting
learning tool for students. |
What You Need: Across the Curriculum through
Video involves four ninth grade classes (two English classes and two
social studies classes), two English teachers, two social studies
teachers, an advanced video class, and a video teacher. The classes are
taped by an advanced video student or in the TV studio by the video
class. All lessons are coordinated by the, English, social studies, and
video teachers. Advanced video students edit the final tape. |
Overall Value: "Knowing that they are on
camera has motivated students to take their work and themselves more
seriously," say project disseminators Gross and Ferrelli. Students in
the classes involved in the project have higher scores and improved
attendance and have become more expressive and invested in their writing
and performance. At the same time, the project has been a valuable
means for teachers of English and social studies to work together to
coordinate their lessons. |
Standards: |
ACT OUT (ACTors Original Upbeat Theater) |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 2 to 10 |
How It Works: All the world's a stage!,
Here's an active project that gives every student speaking and acting
experiences. Through ten different interdisciplinary lessons, students:
-develop their dramatic skills, -enlarge their vocabulary, -master
social skills -become more aware of cultural differences and
similarities In one session students physically mirror the
actions of the teacher, then repeat the exercise with a student. In
another session students discuss words that describe emotions and then,
using hand mirrors, try to express those emotions. Other lessons let
students role play social situations and create characters to fit people
in magazine illustrations or photos. The project culminates with
the students producing a play written by the teacher. Students:
This project was developed with students from a wide range of ages,
abilities and social skills. Students met in groups of 12-15, spending
two or three 50 minute periods on each lesson. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Deborah Reese holds a BA, an MA
and an MA in Education from National College and is cross-certified in
several areas. She has been teaching Special Education students at
Durso School for eight years and is currently attending classes at
Roosevelt University. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
The project requires several hand mirrors, props such as canes, purses,
small sports equipment, a tape recorder and simple costumes. Optional
equipment includes a video camera, additional tape recorders and a
full-length mirror. Performance space for the play requires a space
larger than a classroom; an auditorium is ideal. Outside Resources:
The Illinois Theater Association provides information on,"Activating
Drama in the Classroom." Imagination Theater will give performances in
the school and provide ideas for additional classroom activities. Other
resources include Music Theater Workshop, ORT, the Chicago Symphony
Orchestra Ensemble, Urban Gateways and U.S.A. Ballet. |
Overall Value: Through activities in this
project students become more sensitive to issues of prejudice, cultural
differences and interpersonal issues. Their social skills and self
esteem are enhanced. |
Standards: |
Adapting the presidential physical fitness test |
Category: Health/Physical Education |
Grades: 5 to 8 |
How It Works: This study investigates whether
physically disabled students can improve their level of fitness working
with an individualized, adapted version of the Presidential Physical
Fitness Test. Fairfax County students in grades four, five, and six
currently participate in a nationally recognized Presidential Physical
Fitness Test designed to determine upper body strength, flexibility,
abdominal strength, cardiorespiratory endurance, and agility. To date,
there has been no attempt at formally adapting this test protocol for
students with any type of disability. In the adapted version students
are permitted to attempt the regular test, if appropriate, and then the
adapted physical education specialist makes the necessary changes for
the individual. This version becomes his or her fitness test event.
Any necessary assistance to ensure that adaptations are in accordance
with the student's ability level in addition to avoiding contraindicated
activities for specific disability characteristics, such as high muscle
tone or range of motion, is provided by the physical and occupational
therapists. Data are collected on a quarterly basis including the fall,
winter, and spring quarters of the school year 1994-95 and the fall
quarter of 1995-96 school year. Each participant will perform all five
tests during each testing procedure. Data are collected by the adapted
physical education specialist, recorded into a spreadsheet program, and
then analyzed for percentage of difference between each testing session.
Upon completion of the final data collection, improvement is
anticipated in many or all of the, students regarding their fitness
levels and cognitive knowledge pertaining to the individualized fitness
regime. Eight students, collectively, in our fourth, fifth, and sixth
grades and five in the third grade will participate in the project.
Students meet for physical education class two times per week with one
extra meeting time per week established for specific physical fitness
workouts. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Classroom teachers, the
school-based physical and occupational therapists, one computer
specialist, one intern, and one adapted physical education specialist
make up the research team. |
What You Need: The project will take place in
the gymnasium and the therapy area. Various pieces of homemade
equipment will be used during the project. Consultants include two
University of Virginia professors, an adapted physical educator, the
Fairfax County Public Schools coordinator for physical education, and
the Fairfax County Public Schools wellness director. |
Overall Value: This program ensures that
students with physical disabilities have the same opportunity to achieve
a Presidential Fitness Award (adapted) as do their peers who do not
have disabilities. The development of adaptations will benefit students
in future programs and with other disabilities and will support the
integration and acceptance of students with disabilities. |
Standards: |
ADO-LESSONS |
Category: Health/Physical Education |
Grades: 7 to 14 |
How It Works: "Look before you leap" is a
timeless adage with an important message. Possibly, Descartes'
insightful quote, "I think, therefore I am," was meant to be more
fundamental than existential. The very essence of such wisdom is to
encourage thinking. In an effort to spark positive thinking and utilize
such thought processes to resolve conflicts constructively, sixth grade
students are exposed to various levels of decision-making through both
an art and health class.
|
The Students: Initially, students brainstorm
all types of day-to-day decisions which confront them. Students gather
in small groups to discuss ways in which they think through a decision
before acting upon it. A step-by-step series of questions is developed,
and these "Ask Yourself" questions become essential for all decisions in
life. Decision-making is given an artistic venue as students create
posters which depict an array of situations intrinsic to personal
relationships, moral and ethical values, and social interactions. These
posters are then displayed and scrutinized by students and staff for one
week. A contest is held to determine a title for the art display. The
contest helps foster a dialogue among students and teachers about
decisions, values, and conflicts. The culminating product is a video
entitled Making Good Decisions. Many of the art and health students who
participate in this unit demonstrate a desire to enhance their learning
in conflict resolution skills and apply to be trained as peer mediators.
They eventually become part of the middle school's Peer Mediation
Council.
|
The Staff: Thelma Halloran and David A. Welch |
What You Need: Art supplies, camcorder and camera.
|
Overall Value: It is the role of an educator
to develop decision making skills in students which are applicable to
academics and life. These skills are for everyone - transcending race,
religion, gender, and intellectual ability. Through this project,
students become more self-reflective and gain insight into
self-responsibility. Specifically, students learn skills necessary for
independent thinking, conflict resolution, and problem solving. Because
the entire student body is included in various components of this
project, behavioral awareness is raised. This heightened awareness
spills over into the school's culture as it affects student
relationships and sensitivity to others, and invariably develops into a
sense of community. The rewards of such learning promote positive
self-concepts lasting far beyond our influence.
|
Standards: Responsibility and Self-Reliance Moral and Ethical Values Reasoning and Problem Solving
|
Adopt A Lot - Nurturing The Soil |
Category: Science |
Grades: 2 to 5 |
How It Works: In this project, students adopt
a lot and achieve three goals: beautification of the neighborhood,
greater knowledge of their environment and a stronger sense of their
leadership potential. Working with parents and community volunteers,
students: clear the land of weeds and litter, till the earth and add
fresh layers of soil, plant seeds, flowers and trees to sustain and
beautify the area Children learn about the land and the effects of
seasonal changes, weather conditions, neglect and improper care. They
discover how their efforts can improve this plot. Classroom
activities include planting, composting, measuring temperature, light
levels, water and growth. Library visits, neighborhood nature walks,
classroom speakers, lectures and field trips enhance this project for
students and teachers. Students: Planned for a group of third
graders, this project can be adapted for use by older children by
increasing the complexity of the activities. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Deborah Ward holds a BS from
Loyola University. She has taught at Lawndale Community Academy since
1989 and grew up in the community where she teaches. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
Students need an area in the classroom for displays, books and planting
projects. Materials needed include: soil, seeds, magnifying glasses,
measuring tools, pens and markers. Gardening equipment is necessary for
outdoor activities. Outside Resources: Parents and guardians are
strongly urged to participate in outdoor activities and to accompany the
group on field trips. Excursions in the community, to parks,
conservatories, forest preserves and botanical gardens stimulate
interest in this project. All outings should allow time for children to
observe and ask questions. They need to note changes in nature such as
growth, erosion, decay and neglect. Docents and park guides can help
children to understand these outside experiences. |
Overall Value: This project helps children to
realize they have the choice to either neglect or nurture land around
them. It is important that students feel that they are truly making
their own discoveries during this project. This is a hands-on
experience with both teacher and students enthusiastically learning
together. Children in urban settings see obvious decay. Here is a
chance for them to plant beautiful flowers and learn about positive
change! |
Standards: |
Adventures in Architecture |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 7 to 7 |
How It Works: Adventures in Architecture is a
three part highly motivating program that encourages children to
develop confidence in their problem-solving ability as they learn about
the world of construction. First, students are introduced to the five
steps of Creative Problem Solving using CPS for Kids. Practice in
visual problem solving is provided through the use of selected
activities. In the second part of the program each student completes a
research project about an architect or building. The requirements for
the research can be adapted according to the age level and skill of the
students. The final phase of the unit consists of construction
projects, either implementing a creative plan or using a kit which
provides plans such as Drinking Straw Construction, Domekit, and
Tensegritoy. A local builder can be invited to visit the classroom to
demonstrate the use of computer technology in the field of construction.
The class can also visit a construction site and tour homes in various
phases of construction at a new development. DCPS Major System
Priorities: Critical Thinking, Achievement, Intergroup Relations. The
Students: This project was implemented by 36 students in the fifth
grade of the Academic Excellence Program (AEP) at Pinecrest Elementary
School. AEP meets twice a week for a total of two hours, but adapting
this program to a regular class that meets daily is recommended. This
program is recommended for Gifted or AEP fifth or sixth grades, and math
or physics classes grades seven through 12. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Annette Rubin, Academic Excellence
Program Teacher, has 11 years of public school experience, including
elementary counseling, teaching handicapped preschoolers, infant
intervention, and teaching a nongraded intermediate class (Grades four,
five and six). No extra school personnel are required to implement this
program. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities: The
program takes place in a regular classroom. Outside Resources: The
active involvement of a local builder is an important aspect of this
program. His/her visit to the classroom and a subsequent field trip
provide the vital component of the,"real world of work". Other guest
speakers are also recommended: architects, carpenters, plumbers,
electricians, etc. Because the Dade County Public Library allows
teachers to check out 25 books at a time this resource is very helpful
for the research portion of the program. |
Overall Value: The most exciting aspect
of,"Adventures in Architecture" was watching my students' enthusiasm
grow as their skills developed. Their self confidence increased as they
completed tasks that at first seemed beyond their capabilities. There
was a mutual sense of pride from everyone involved in the final evening
presentation: students, parents, local builder, teacher and principal. |
Standards: |
Africa |
Category: Global Education |
Grades: 2 to 2 |
How It Works: This program introduces young
students to the ways of life in a small African village and to
historical African Americans. This program introduced the students to
contributions made by African Americans. I targeted contributions that
related to my students. For example, we made peanut butter when we
studied George Washington Carver. This program allowed the students to
experience another way of life through dramatizing an African village.
This program was introduced at the beginning of February. I explained
to the children that February has been designated as,"Black History
Month." The first week of February, we discussed why the term African
American was used for people who are called,"Black" and we discussed
Africa as the origin of African Americans. We found Africa on the
globe, discussed its shape and its distance from the United States. We
read picture books about the cultures in Africa. We learned some words
in the languages spoken in Africa and listened to recordings of the
languages being spoken. We learned some African-American rhymes and
songs. The students learned to recognize the letters in the word Africa
and learned the beginning letter sound of,"A" in the word Africa. The
second and third week the, students prepared booklets or art work that
introduced them to several historical African Americans such as George
Washington Carver, Mae Jemison, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. and Bill
Pickett. During the last week of February, I set up a replica of an
African village. Some students made drums from empty oatmeal boxes, and
each student dressed in African attire that I made from fabric pieces.
We played recordings of African drum music and choreographed a dance.
Students: This program was used by 44 pre
kindergarten students but can be used and adapted for older children.
The children are very interested in this unit. By the last week of
February, I only need to hint at a suggestion and the students were more
than willing to carry out the lessons. I pointed out some of the
students' own traditions and related them to the experiences of the
characters in the books we read. For example, I pointed out that the
fashionable braided hairstyles that, some of the students wore
originated in Africa. We compared pictures of children in Africa to
some of our students with similar hairstyles. |
The Students: |
The Staff: This program was developed by a first year teacher. Any interested, classroom teacher or volunteer can teach this program. |
What You Need: Materials: Colorful fabric
pieces (pillowcase and bargain table fabric can be used), tree branches
and plants, baskets, African drum music, empty oatmeal boxes or coffee
cans and construction paper for drums, famous African Americans
duplicating masters, real or plastic vegetables/ fruit, colored pasta
and yarn for necklaces, and African folk tales picture books. Outside
Resources: The Houston Public Library (if needed) |
Overall Value: Materials: Colorful fabric
pieces (pillowcase and bargain table fabric can be used), tree branches
and plants, baskets, African drum music, empty oatmeal boxes or coffee
cans and construction paper for drums, famous African Americans
duplicating masters, real or plastic vegetables/ fruit, colored pasta
and yarn for necklaces, and African folk tales picture books. Outside
Resources: The Houston Public Library (if needed) |
Standards: |
Africa, A Multimedia Approach |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 5 to 6 |
How It Works: Africa, a Multimedia Approach
uses computer technology and cooperative learning groups to help
students gain an understanding of the continent's geography, economics,
culture, and current events, while increasing language competency. The
program provides a multi-sensory approach to teach students with
language-based challenges. Students' receptive and expressive language
difficulties require concrete learning experiences that are amply
provided by this program. Students are divided into cooperative
learning groups. Each group is assigned a topic. The teacher structures
the topics by presenting questions such as: "What are the different
landscapes found in Africa?," "What kind of work do people do in
Africa?," and "What is happening in Africa today?" The students are
required to write, read, and express orally their findings and
information. With the aid of KidPix and Slideshow, an informational
program on Africa is created. KidPix is a multimedia program that
students use to create slides using their drawing, writing, and
painting skills. The students compose individual slides on topics that
they study. Slideshow, a part of the KidPix program, allows students to
link their slides together and produce a slideshow. The teacher asks
students to look at the daily newspaper, find articles on Africa's
current events, and clip the articles. The teacher leads the reading
and discussion of the articles. The group proceeds to write short
summaries or scripts of these articles and illustrate them with KidPix.
They type the summary and record the script with the computer's
microphone. When all groups complete their slides, the information is
imported into Slideshow. While awaiting computer time, the children work
on related projects, such as mosaics of African pottery, masks, and
maps. Each group is responsible for researching, preparing scripts,
typing scripts, using tools from KidPix to create pictures, recording,
preparing slides, and making a slideshow. The groups rotate so that
each group works on all activities. |
The Students: Ten third and fourth grade
language-impaired students in a MIS III class participate in this
program. The students have no previous computer experience. Many of the
students have below grade level skills in reading and language arts.
The classroom has one stand-alone computer on which the students work.
The program can be adapted to many age levels, group sizes, and
abilities. |
The Staff: Feiga Levy has been a special
education teacher for 24 years. She has been using KidPix for four
years in various formats to create programs of this nature. Sandra
Quitko has been teaching special education for 29 years. For the past
nine years, she has been a staff developer, specializing in computer
training. The class paraprofessional assists with the implementation of
various activities |
What You Need: Grolier Multimedia
Encyclopedia, KidPix, and Slideshow are used with the classroom
computer to create slideshows. The Encyclopedia Britannica and books on
Africa are also used. In addition, newspapers, crayons, dried peas,
beans, lentils, rice, glue, cardboard, and markers are needed for
African art activities. Guest speakers and the public library are also
useful resources. |
Overall Value: This program provides a
multisensory approach-auditory, visual, and tactile-to education, which
works particularly well with language-impaired students. Using
multimedia encyclopedias as auditory references allows the students to
gather information. The pictures are extremely valuable in assisting
the children of this MIS III class gain an understanding of the
vocabulary and concepts involved. The use of the microphone and
recorder from the computer motivates the children to improve their
linguistic abilities. |
Standards: |
African American Women Writers: Legacy through Literature |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 13 to 14 |
How It Works: This seminar style course
designed to explore a variety of literature created by African American
women through selected readings that bring into focus the political and
sociological aspects of their experience. Student had the opportunity
to concentrate on one particular author (Toni Morrison, Audre Lorde,
Kristin Hunter, Gwendolyn Brooks, Alice Walker, Maya Angelou, Toni Cade
Bambara, Ntozake Shange, Sonia Sanchez, Nikki Giovanni) and share their
perspectives by means of exhibition and performance based criteria.
Personal journals are maintained to foster reflection and writing
expertise. In addition to student research material and literary
criticism, the following selections are required reading for the course:
In Search of Our Mothers' Gardens - Alice Walker, This Bridge Called MY
Back: Writings by Radical Women of Color - Editors: Cherrie Moraga and
Gloria Anzaldua, Rereading America: Cultural Contexts for Critical
Thinking and Writing - Gary Colombo, Robert Cullen and Bonnie Lisle,
Braided Lives: An Anthology of Multicultural American Writing -
Minnesota Humanities Commission. The teacher will supply literary
reading for discussion on pertinent is that related to the topic e.g.
feminism, racism, stereotyping, historical perspective, etc. Critiques
of selected works by the author must be included and a suggested number
would be eight to ten essays, poems, journal articles, novels and
abstract. The final exhibition is prepared and presented as the
student's own design and invention. It may be in any form or medium
based on each sstudent's interest, academic persuasion and creative
thought. conferencing with the teacher and mentor educators on a weekly
basis, where appropriate, is encouraged. One full class period will be
designated for each exhibition and evaluation by teacher, peers and
self will determine the pass/fail grade. Students will create their own
evaluation data sheets, standards and criteria. Projects have included
dramatic presentation, reading, autobiographical time lines, as well as
audience involvement in debates, essential questions and oral
tradition. THE STUDENTS:This experience is designed for highly
motivated juniors and seniors who have excellent critical thinking and
research skills. A prerequisite is a strong recommendation from an
English teacher and a personal interview. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The basis of the course
is,"student as worker" therefore the teacher will serve as a facilitator
for learning and encourage mentors for the enhancement of the project. |
What You Need: The class should, have a
comfortable area in which to meet that is conducive to discussion and
conveniently located near excellent resource material and media
equipment. Ideally, a section of the school library would be most
appropriate. Interviews and guest speakers, visits to area colleges,
the availability of theater, archives and local bookstores of a
culturally diverse nature have a great impact on the extent of
resources. |
Overall Value: The celebration of diversity
and respect for humankind can be accomplished through a sensitive study
of literature when one partners this exploration with the goal of
understanding cultural influences and their place in the growth of a
society. This multidisciplinary project serves to build bridges between
students and challenges them to be introspective, open-minded,
empathetic and creative. |
Standards: |
AFRICAN INSPIRATION: A COMMUNITY QUILT |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 4 to 8 |
How It Works: "African Inspiration" takes
students on a journey to Africa to explore the art and culture, and back
to America to explore their own heritage. Students study ancient
African textile designs, then learn about contemporary African-American
artists who tell about themselves through contemporary textile arts. All
second grade students in the school create an individual quilt square
that shows their uniqueness and ties them to their own heritage through
drawing, writing or printing symbols, incorporating the ancient and
contemporary methods used by Africans and African-Americans. The squares
will be used to create a larger, grade-level quilt that will help
students to appreciate their own uniqueness and improve self-esteem, as
they understand and appreciate the ethnic heritage of others in their
second grade community. Students will also develop an awareness and
appreciation of contemporary and ancient African arts.
|
The Students: Students will make connections
between ancient and contemporary African art as they listen to Tar Beach
by Faith Ringold and observe examples of ancient Adinkira and
adire-eliko cloth. Students will learn more about their personal
heritage as well as improve drawing and writing skills as they work
individually to research their cultural heritage, write about their
strengths, create a self-portrait, and design and print symbols
important to them. Students will learn about others as they work in
small and large groups reading others' stories and symbols and
collaborating with other second grade classes to create a border that
will unite all the squares. Assessment is ongoing and includes student
self-evaluation and peer-evaluation as they choose their best work and
edit in small groups. The teacher will evaluate students on how well
they meet specific, established criteria.
This project's innovative feature is that it can be used with a single
class, school-wide, or town-wide. For limited budgets, the quilt can be
made of paper.
|
The Staff: Elizabeth Allegretti Cherry Brook Primary School, Collinsville |
What You Need: Fabric, fabric crayons, printing supplies, visuals of ancient and contemporary African textiles are used.
|
Overall Value: Students learn about the
purposes and aesthetic qualities of African art, connecting the present
to the past by incorporating ancient and contemporary art into their
personal artwork. A positive self concept is achieved as students create
a square illustrating their unique attributes. Students cooperate and
contribute towards a larger, group art piece as they understand and
appreciate the ethnic heritage of others. Students also appreciate the
arts as being important for expressing ideas and feelings. Students are
understanding and applying African artistic techniques to create their
own symbols, pictures, and words relevant to themselves.
|
Standards: |
All Bound Up |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 3 to 8 |
How It Works: Students write, bind and share
their own individual books, with each page focusing on an aspect of
their lives such as family, feelings, experiences and aspirations. The
purpose: for students to learn the value of working towards a long-term
goal while reinforcing numerous language arts objectives and promoting
each student's uniqueness in a positive light. This project begins with
an introduction into publishing-related careers. Students are then able
to see the parallel between what they are doing in the classroom and the
real world of publishing. The students take on the jobs of author,
illustrator, editor and promotor. The teacher is the publisher, senior
editor and bookbinder. The writing process is initiated with a class
discussion, which is followed by brainstorming. Students then practice
classifying their ideas around a theme, clustering a list of, details
and then using those details to structure their writing. After
revisions and editing students are ready to copy their, writings onto a
page of their book. Illustrating the page is also an important task,
with students encouraged to make their pictures bright, big and
meaningful. Next comes the Title Page, Table of Contents, Dedication
Page and most important - the binding of the book. Now the students are
ready to read their books to others. Students are taught how to stand,
speak, and pace their reading for a large audience. DCPS Major System
Priorities: Standard English, Job Preparedness. The Students: "All
Bound Up" can be used with students in grade one through six, and is
appropriate for use with small and large groups. In addition ESOL and
Exceptional Students will benefit from the program. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Debra Allen is in her third year
of teaching and is currently enrolled in the Master's program at Nova
University. Prior to receiving a full-time teaching position, Ms. Allen
was very active in school functions as a member of the PTA as well as a
classroom volunteer. She was also the recipient of the Sally Mae
Beginning Teacher Award for the elementary division for the 1987-88
school year. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities:
Materials needed include canvas or poster board, crayons, black ink pen
or felt-tip markers, blank white paper and binding tape. Access to a
book binding machine is helpful but not necessary. Outside Resources:
Displaying books in the media center and the classroom is important.
Guest speakers from a publishing company can be invited into the
classroom. |
Overall Value: "All Bound Up" gives students
the opportunity to improve their communication skills - both oral and
written. In addition, students enhance their selfconcept by creating a
book that highlights their interests, their abilities and their talents,
and then share it with their friends. The joys of authoring are
evident in the smiling faces of the students when their books are,"all
bound up". |
Standards: |
ALL IN THE FAMILY |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 2 to 7 |
How It Works: This project brings parents and
children together to practice basic math skills, the concepts of odd
and even numbers, estimation, and telling time. Parents and children
are invited to attend after-school workshops, where they roll dice, play
cards, and compete in a variety of games that teach and reinforce
fundamental concepts and skills. Participating families are given a
packet of the games, so the learning (and the fun!) can continue at
home. |
The Students: This project began with a third
grade class, then a combined first and second grade workshop was held,
followed by a fifth grade class. The project is adaptable for other
size groups and grade levels, offered as multiple workshops during the
school day or after school. |
The Staff: Dolores Burdick holds a BA from
Northeastern Illinois University and a MST from the University of
Illinois at Chicago. She has taught as a math specialist for four
years. Paula Holtzman holds a BA from Northeastern Illinois University.
She has taught for 30 years as a math specialist, including eight
years as a math coordinator. Christina Moe holds a BA from Earlham
College and a MA from Roosevelt University; she has taught for two
years. |
What You Need: The following are needed for
this project: game resource books; dice of various colors; dry beans;
3x5 index cards; polyhedra dice; pencils and paper; decks of cards;
icosahedra dice; markers; plastic storage containers; Zip-Lock bags;
"packing peanuts." |
Overall Value: The transformation of
initially shy parents and children into active participants, engaged in
lively competitions, is testimony to the effectiveness of this learning
experience. |
Standards: |
AMERICAN ARTS AND CRAFTS DOCUMENTARY |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: American Arts and Crafts
Documentary" provides students with opportunities to learn more about
their cultural heritages, to link American arts and crafts to the
humanities, and to experience a pride in cultural traditions. Forming
groups of four or fewer, students research Americana and create a
fifteen minute video. Successful projects have been candle-making, body
piercing and tattooing, glass blowing, history of popular dance, and
pizza. On scheduled dates, each group gives the class members outlines
for guided notetaking, shows the video, and engages the class in a
related activity such activities as teaching the class a dance, creating
an architectural plan, or presenting a fashion show. If a student
cannot secure video equipment, another format, such as a magazine may be
used.
The video provides a history of the medium; techniques and skills
required; noted practitioners (past and present); examples of works; and
links to history, economics, politics, technology, science, literature,
the fine arts. The video has an introduction, development, and closure
with clear transitions from one segment to the next. The video closes
with credits, identifying each group member and his/her role.
Appropriate background music and sets enhance the production. |
The Students: The planned activities allow
students to explore a variety of learning styles and integrated
resources. Opportunities for creativity are boundless. Teachers act as
guides as students become experts from their self-directed research.
Students are encouraged to go beyond the library and computer sources
and investigate their communities for local artisans and experts.
Students are assessed in a variety of ways, including rubrics,
self-evaluation narratives, critiques from teachers, and other students.
|
The Staff: Myra Susan Ciaglia Guildford High School, Guilford |
What You Need: Video equipment, LRC, Transportation |
Overall Value: This project allows students
to explore a variety of academic resources, to create connections with
the humanities, to develop interpersonal relationships, to discover
individual talents, to present a positive self-image to the community,
to become self-directed learners, and to reinforcing reading, writing,
viewing, listening, and speaking skills. Students learn how to delegate
and accept responsibility, to meet group and individual deadlines, and
to handle unexpected crises. "The American Arts and Crafts Documentary"
experience gives students a hint of some potential real life integrated
projects, such as getting into college, planning a wedding, or buying a
house.
|
Standards: Responsibility and Self-Reliance Intellectual Curiosity Motivation and Persistence
|
AMERICAN CULTURE: ACCEPTANCE OF DIVERSITY |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: "American Culture: Acceptance
of Diversity" builds a classroom culture of trust and respect, and
teaches children to understand and celebrate multiculturalism in
America. Students read articles, view videos, create illustrations of
understanding, participate in simulation activities, write summaries,
discuss ideas, think critically, and visit the multicultural city of New
York.
A bulletin board entitled, "The U.S. Is A Mosaic" begins this sixth
grade exploration. A classroom discussion helps children develop an
awareness of the diversity of American culture with metaphors such as:
the U.S. as a salad bowl, melting pot, or kaleidoscope. Students apply
their multiple intelligences and diverse talents to design a visual
explanation of the U.S. as a mosaic. Students create a spectrum of
projects. Peer evaluation skills and the importance of constructive
criticism are developed by using a quality rubric. The classroom culture
evolves into one of peer acceptance, support, and trust.
Students learn about the impact of history on culture through family
interviews, selected readings and by creating personal history time
lines which are displayed throughout the sixth grade wing.
Videos serve as catalysts for discussions about experiences with
prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes. A variety of simulation
lessons are threaded throughout this unit to provide real experiences.
Cooperative groups create an American culture book demonstrating an
understanding of our culture. This book is sent to students on another
continent. As a cultural exchange, these students send drawings and
letters to American students. A culminating trip to Ellis Island and
Chinatown provides a natural multicultural mosaic experience where
students learn about America's cultural history and taste a new culture.
Students are now prepared to define the ideals for a society which
supports respect, tolerance and diversity.
|
The Students: Two teams (234 students) of heterogeneously grouped sixth graders participate annually.
|
The Staff: Carole Otto and Jennifer Danis East Lyme Middle School, Niantic |
What You Need: The videos "Who Is An
American?" and "People," articles about aspects of culture and
diversity, general art supplies and computers are used.
|
Overall Value: This unit provides learning
opportunities and skill development which address Connecticut's Common
Core of Learning. Students develop a sense of community, moral and
ethical values, and a positive self-image. Children are challenged to
think, read, write, view and listen critically. They learn to speak
openly and accept diversity. What defines this unit is that children not
only learn to be tolerant, but to accept and celebrate the diversity in
our multicultural society.
|
Standards: |
American Indians - More Than Teepees And Feather Headdresses |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 2 to 5 |
How It Works: Young children become aware of
Native American culture and compare and relate its features to their
own, in our city of many cultures. They become aware of how Native
Americans helped early European settlers. Activities include: making
depictions of Indian life dioramas, symbolic story paintings (compared
to Mayan, Egyptian and others), listening to selected Native American
stories, making corn husk dolls, simple woven baskets, clay pottery, and
bead designs Students: This project was developed for 32 first
grade bi-lingual students. It can be adapted for any primary grade and
for special education students, integrating it with several skill areas
of learning. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Aracely Feldman holds a BA in
bilingual education from Northeastern University and an MA from National
Louis University. Recipient of several grants, she has taught in
Chicago schools since 1981. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities: A
variety of craft materials are needed: clay, basketry material, beads,
string, corn husks, etc. In additional musical selections and story
books provide information and enrichment. Outside Resources: Field
trips to: the Field Museum of Natural History to see the Pawnee Lodge,
North Park Village Center for maple syrup gathering in February.
Parents are very important as classroom speakers and volunteers to help
with class projects and field trips. |
Overall Value: This project makes students
aware of each other's backgrounds. They learn to be proud of their own
cultures and to respect those of others in our diverse community. |
Standards: |
American Jewish Writers: Novelists, Dramatists and Poets |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 13 to 14 |
How It Works: No topic is more interesting
than people. Our, population is intrigued by magazines, movies, and
mini-series describing what people think. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Eleanor J. Cohen, a Dade County
Public School teacher for five years, received a 1989 Rockefeller
Foundation Grant for the Humanities. In the fall of 1989, her article
about prejudice reduction appeared in The World of Difference
newsletter. She participated in the 1987 University of Miami/DCPS
Writing Institute. Ms. Cohen attended the Dade Academy for the Teaching
Arts (DATA) in 1990, from which she developed this project. She has
recently been awarded an Impact II Adapter Grant from the Dade Public
Education Fund for,"Connections: Search for Beauty, Overcome Prejudice,
Inhabit Other Lives." She is a member of Phi Delta Kappa/University of
Miami Chapter. Although Ms. Cohen presently teaches English, she has
taught in the Students at Risk Program and in the Pre-College Institute
for the Gifted Learner. She has been an Assistant Professor, Instructor
and Adjunct Lecturer at Western Michigan University, Purdue University,
Hunter College and The College of New Rochelle. She participated in the
1991 Woodrow Wilson Summer Institute in Secondary School History. |
What You Need: MATERIALS AND FACILITIES: The
school library offers an adequate selection of books and encyclopedias
needed for this project. A VCR/TV is needed. A tape recorder to record
group projects would be beneficial. Access to a Xerox machine for
class copies of materials is necessary. Materials prepared by developer
for teacher use include handouts about specific American Jewish
writers, dramatists and poets. The Readers' Adviser, Jewish
Writers--North America, and information from The Literature of American
Jews will be implemented for classroom use. OUTSIDE RESOURCES:
Enrichment activities and field trips are beneficial. Professors from
local universities/colleges can be invited to present seminars or
lectures about American Jewish writers. A field trip to the Miami Book
Fair International to meet famous writers can be arranged. Guest
speakers arranged by publishing companies can be invited to the
classroom. The Dade County Public Library provides a rich selection of
reference books, films and encyclopedias. Teachers can check out
several dozen books at one time for their class to do research and
prepare projects. |
Overall Value: Teachers want their students
to develop into individuals who are confident and psychologically
healthy, knowledgeable, tolerant of various opinions, skilled in
communicating with all types of people, and willing to value each other.
Introducing students to powerful works written by American Jews will
enhance their appreciation and understanding of the hopes, problems, and
achievements of that group. Students will develop intelligent opinions
based on facts having read, discussed, and written about writers who
fought through their own neuroses and emerged whole as a result of their
internal struggle. learning about discrimination, racism, stereotyping
value clarification, attitude formation, and prejudice can be
accomplished by examining literary works written by American Jewish
novelists, dramatists and poets. Teachers want their students to develop
into individuals who are confident and psychologically healthy,
knowledgeable, tolerant of various opinions, skilled in communicating
with all types of people, and willing to value each other. Introducing
students to powerful works written by American Jews will enhance their
appreciation and understanding of the hopes, problems, and achievements
of that group. Students will develop intelligent opinions based on
facts having read, discussed, and written about writers who fought
through their own neuroses and emerged whole as a result of their
internal struggle. learning about discrimination, racism, stereotyping
value clarification, attitude formation, and prejudice can be
accomplished by examining literary works written by American Jewish
novelists, dramatists and poets. |
Standards: |
AN AUTHOR'S VISION, AN ARTIST'S VOICE |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: In collaboration with the
Whitney Museum of American Art, students write, illustrate, and bind
picture books based upon a personal experience, a family legend, or a
news story. Using storytelling techniques, students then read their
books to an audience of younger children. Essential to Connecticut's
Common Core of Learning is the assertion that an educated citizen is one
who has mastered skills that will enable him or her to continue to
acquire, understand, and use knowledge. "An Author's Vision, An Artist's
Voice" is built upon the development and demonstration in middle school
students of higher order thinking skills, research techniques, mastery
of the writing process, and the ability to speak and listen well.
Students learn the value of outside resources as repositories of
research information by working with Whitney Museum staff, public
librarians, and teachers at the museum, public library, and school. They
examine and analyze the picture book genre and relevance of authors'
lives to their work. Then they read and categorize picture books under
headings such as folk and fairy tales, concept books, and parodies.
Students write personal narratives or family legends and appraise
book-worthy news articles in order to generate ideas for texts.
Proceeding according to the writing process, young writers then produce
picture book story drafts, which are revised following individual
conferences with children's book editors from a local publishing
company. Interaction with these professionals in the classroom enriches
students' experience. Working with Whitney Museum staff and their
teachers, students design and draw storyboards and mock-ups, create
prototype characters, illustrate books using collage, pop-up effects,
and color techniques; finished products are bound into permanent form.
An exciting "authentic assessment" is a museum reception for parents,
students, and teachers, where books are read and young people respond to
questions about their experiences as writers.
|
The Students: |
The Staff: Alice J. Daniels & Patricia Jackman |
What You Need: Fabric and art supplies |
Overall Value: Connecticut's Common Core of
Learning recognizes that art and literature reflect, express and
illuminate human experience. In "An Author's Vision, An Artist's Voice",
middle school students, with the help of community resources, study
authors, artists, and a literary genre; they then craft their own
literature based upon their lives which, in turn, enlightens younger
children. Building upon the bond between reading and writing, students
see that the lessons of humanity are transferred through art and
literature. They also see the worth and purpose of reading and writing,
not only as useful means for acquiring and communicating information,
but also as ways through which young people order and understand their
own experiences.
|
Standards: Positive Self-Concept Writing
|
AN AWESOME AUTHOR |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 2 to 7 |
How It Works: "An Awesome Author" involves
students in literature circles studying an author such as Beverly Cleary
and her humorous works. This project engages students in numerous
opportunities to read, write and respond together. By integrating
language and visual arts, students develop listening, telling, writing,
viewing, design and drawing skills. In accordance with the Common Core
of Learning, understanding and application of literature, responsibility
and self-reliance, and the skills and competencies of reading and
writing are stressed. In addition, the math/language arts connection is
made through several student project extensions.
Through shared responsibility in literature circles, students of varying
abilities read together, respond in both an oral and written manner,
note humorous selections, and make predictions. Methods of instruction
vary to include teacher and student directed lessons. Large and small
group discussions prevail from independent reading and read alouds.
Journal writing, character sketches, and personal responding develop
skill in constructing meaning of text. The assessment plan for this
project is multifaceted and ongoing. Students use self-assessment and
group survey sheets as well as a personal response journal. Teachers
measure student progress and learning by observation in the daily
literature circles and in individual student journals which note humor,
personal responses, and predictions for various endings. Character and
author biographical sketches as well as parental feedback help assess
student learning.
|
The Students: Approximately seventy-five third grade students of various levels have participated yearly in this author study.
|
The Staff: Christine Lage, Marie Morro, Carolyn Mosher, Terri Reichen, Judith Shively East School, Torrington |
What You Need: Books, audio and videotapes, drawing supplies, computer banners |
Overall Value: This project provides students
numerous opportunities to connect the language and visual arts as well
as mathematical extensions. Through large and small group interaction in
literary circles, responsibility and self-reliance are fostered. The
children share and assess daily journal entries. Group reading goals are
set as children divide reading tasks and create their group matrix
chart of the shared book. Children from four classrooms combine talents
in a cooperative inter-classroom effort. "An Awesome Author" concludes
with hallways adorned in colorful banners, character illustrations,
matrix charts, and math activities in a truly "awesome" way.
|
Standards: Responsibility and Self-reliance Positive self-concept
Reading, Writing, Speaking, Listening
|
An Environmental Extravaganza |
Category: Science |
Grades: 4 to 8 |
How It Works: Investigating plants' and
animals' interactions with the environment is a key component in the
fourth grade science Standards of Learning. An Environmental
Extravaganza is a creative, integrated approach to teaching science,
math, and language arts that makes students aware of local and global
environmental issues.
A variety of activities and instructional materials are incorporated in
this theme- based unit. Fictional literature that emphasizes
environmental communities, habitats, niches, lifecycles, and the
influence of human activity on ecosystems is used. Information that
pertains to the subject of their literature book is gathered from
reference books, C-D Roms, almanac indexes, and Internet resources.
Students use computers to create databases and graphs, produce bar and
line graphs with art materials, and create tangrams and tesselations
with plant or animal themes. They use ant farms, tadpole aquariums, and
ladybug circuses to observe lifecycles, animal behavior, and habitats.
Class participation in adoption programs of whales, wolves, or manatees
encourages student correspondence and data collection. Culminating
activities such as student- written, -produced, and -filmed plays, and
the creation of a class environmental newsletter via computer generate
learning and interest. |
The Students: Thirty fourth-grade students of
varying abilities participate in this program. The program can be
adapted for grades two through six. |
The Staff: A classroom teacher developed the program. The reading teacher, librarian, and technology teacher provide support. |
What You Need: Materials include literature
books, student writing journals, art supplies, an ant farm, a tadpole
aquarium, and owl pellets. The space requirements are the individual
classroom, school building, and grounds. Field trips further enhance
the unit.The public and school libraries provide reference materials and
CD-Roms. Parent and community volunteers help facilitate the program.
Field trips and guest speakers bring first hand, expert information to
the students. |
Overall Value: Participation in this program
improves student achievement while sparking an interest and
understanding of environmental issues. The variety of activities and
learning keeps students' interest level high. Enthusiasm and concern
for the subject matter overflows into excitement for science, math, and
language arts. |
Standards: |
An Environmental Study (Florida Up Close Project) |
Category: Science |
Grades: 5 to 12 |
How It Works: Technology offers the
opportunity to increase student participation in learning. By reading
and researching the Florida Everglades and its endangered animals,
students learn about South Florida's natural environment and become
aware of ecological concerns. The greatest benefit is the academic and
social success of the students as they investigate this unique
ecosystem. By creating a newsletter or multimedia presentation,
technology becomes the tool both for the research and the presentation.
1. Pick appropriate topics
2. Find print materials
3. Create bookmarks of relevant sites
4. Scan appropriate photos
5. Practice with publishing or multimedia software
|
The Students: Internet research, CD ROM research, scanning, desktop publishing, multimedia creation, and email
|
The Staff: Valen Mayland is a twenty-one year
veteran middle school teacher, who had presented award winning grant
ideas at state and district technology conferences.
|
What You Need: Microsoft Publisher,
AppleWorks or Children's Writing Center for desktop publishing;
HyperStudio or PowerPoint for presentation software, Internet access, CD
ROM encyclopedias, National Geographic's Mammals CD ROM, and Grolier's
Animal Encyclopedia
|
Overall Value: |
Standards: STANDARDS
Science: Understanding the process of life and the interdependence of living things.
Writing: Using the writing process to more effectively communicate ideas and information.
Reading: To read effectively and to gather and synthesize information.
Social Studies: To heighten awareness of ecological concerns and their social implications Teacher
|
An EnvironNewsletter: Florida Up Close |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 8 to 14 |
How It Works: Children need to know! To raise
awareness of the sensitive environment of South Florida, students learn
about their ecology through readings, research, writing and the
development of an EnvironNewsletter. Students working with a partner use
a software program and the computer to turn their discoveries into a
professional finished product -- a newsletter. They enjoy the
exploration of research and the use of technology to share their
knowledge, even beyond the classroom. Even the US Congress can receive
their publications expressing their concerns for South Florida's
environment. DCPS MAJOR SYSTEM PRIORITIES, Intergroup Relations,
Achievement, Critical Thinking, BLUEPRINT 2000 GOALS, Graduation Rate,
Readiness for Employment, Student Performance, THE STUDENTS, Computer
Application students in sixth, seventh and eighth grade participated in
this project. The students came from a variety of ethnic and social
backgrounds and were classified as having varying abilities including
ESOL, ESE and Gifted. This project can be done with students of
different ability levels in grades six through 12. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Valen Mayland is a 15-year
teaching veteran, who has a master's degree in computer science. She is a
member of the University of Miami Clinical Teacher Program, a recipient
of a Teacher MiniGrant, a 1990-1991 and 1991-1992 IMPACT II Developer
and F.A.C.E. Conference presenter. She is the computer department
chairperson and SBM/SDM chairperson. She was honored as the 1987-1988
Miami Lakes Middle School Teacher of the Year. |
What You Need: MATERIALS AND FACILITIES, This
project has been used in a computer lab using 15 Apple IIe computers (2
students each), but can be used with a single computer and program.
Each computer requires a copy of The Children's Writing & Publishing
Center (The Learning Company). Multi-color ribbons allow the newsletter
to be printed in color, a real plus to the children. OUTSIDE
RESOURCES, The media center can be used for research. Videos, such as
The Rotten Truth, You Can't Grow Home Again, A Salute to Mother Earth,
and When a Tree Falls: Lumber vs. Deforestation, are also helpful.
Organizations concerned with the environment can provide information. |
Overall Value: Reading and research related
to the delicate ecology of Florida provide the students with the
opportunity to know about their natural neighborhoods. The research and
writing are done with a partner providing interactive learning. The use
of the computer to complete a research project is the ultimate
motivational tool. And, of course, students are awed and fascinated as
they watch the printer type each and every line of their work!, |
Standards: |
AN EVENING AT A REVOLUTIONARY INN |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: Start with a well crafted
novel, add background on 18th century American life and major events of
the Revolutionary War, allow students to research and create their own
skits, add dancing, and visual displays; invite parents, and you have
"An Evening at a Revolutionary Inn." The fictitious "Meeker Inn" in
nearby Redding, Connecticut, is the setting for James and Christopher
Collier's novel My Brother Sam Is Dead and the scene of our culminating
activity. In cooperative groups, students research and develop skits
illustrating famous events of the Revolution such as Paul Revere's ride,
the Battle of Bunker Hill, or an imagined interview with Betsy Ross.
Students display illustrations of period uniforms, tools, weapons, a
winter encampment at nearby Putnam Park, and other historical events.
Members of a Revolutionary War re-enactment troop demonstrate clothing,
utensils, dances, and etiquette of the time period. Students learn dance
movements which mimic the skills of fencing, fighting, and even
basketball and football. Themes in the novel lead to discussions on
"taking a stand based on your beliefs" and "how beliefs can influence
family and community loyalties." Topics for skits illustrate acts of
heroism and bravery by those who founded our nation.
|
The Students: Students are assessed in
various ways. Written quizzes measure content and analytical knowledge.
The skits and displays, however, are performance tasks. Performance
assessment lists are used to help students create their products.
Specific tasks, such as note taking or developing a script, are broken
into discrete components with procedures clearly spelled out for
students. Groups monitor daily progress and note difficulties using
cooperative daily logs. Activities are peer-and self-assessed by
students and teachers. Revisions are encouraged.
|
The Staff: James Howson and Sam Lewbel |
What You Need: School cafeteria, art supplies, props and research material. |
Overall Value: Imagine our surprise when
seventh graders - even the boys - eagerly volunteer to learn colonial
dancing! This illustrates the high level of interest among our students.
Through the novel's main character, a young adolescent, students gain a
deeper understanding of past events they are studying in social
studies. An added dimension is achieved by re-creating those events and
the story's setting. Students now have a real audience and a role to
play. Through acting, dancing, and creating displays, students use
multiple modes of intelligence to interact with the content.
|
Standards: Intellectual Curiosity Learning Skills |
An Evening in Harlem |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: An Evening in Harlem, a
culminating activity for the study of the 1920s in America, students
take a personal tour of the rich culture and historic setting of the
African-American Harlem Renaissance. Students take on personas of
important figures from the era and present them and their artistic
acheivements to their classmates. We begin with an introduction to American society in the 1920s using materials from Teachers' Curriculum Institute's History Alive
series to help students engage the key features of the decade. Then
students identify the unique elements of the new age via
deconstruction of visual images in a teacher-guided slide show. Students
then focus on the story of African-Americans in the 20th Century.
Students enhance their understanding of the pre- and post- World War I
period by investigating political views of African Americans, before
focusing on the 1920s in Harlem using the book Circles of the Twentieth Century: The Harlem Renaissance, and conducting factual mapping of the period, then critiquing assumptions and biases of the book's author. In English class, students learn the language and slang of the 20s using materials from History Alive, and playing "Twenties Bingo." Personal biographies from the collection Having Our Say
introduce students to women of the era. In addition, students read
and analyze African-American poetry, including work by Langston Hughes,
followed by a viewing of Voices and Visions: Langston Hughes. Students
then produce an independent research paper on a historical figure from
the period, employing primary sources from the person's career,
secondary sources to provide critical analysis, plus viewing or
listening to the person's artistic output. Although they follow the
standard five-paragraph format, students take a critical stance in
exploring the character's importance. The Harlem Evening provides the
opportunity to use this knowledge. Students create the setting,
atmosphere and scenery of our own "Cotton Club" and present their
figures in this exciting and fun format. Students gain sound academic
knowledge in an unforgettable experience. Students are
assessed using both traditional and innovative formats. The term paper
assessment follows traditional rubrics of substantive knowledge and
academic research and writing skills. The authenticity of the
performance becomes a crucial means of evaluating students and their
ability to communicate their characters' historical importance. |
The Students: |
The Staff: An Evening in Harlem, a
culminating activity for the study of the 1920s in America, students
take a personal tour of the rich culture and historic setting of the
African-American Harlem Renaissance. Students take on personas of
important figures from the era and present them and their artistic
acheivements to their classmates. We begin with an introduction to American society in the 1920s using materials from Teachers' Curriculum Institute's History Alive
series to help students engage the key features of the decade. Then
students identify the unique elements of the new age via
deconstruction of visual images in a teacher-guided slide show. Students
then focus on the story of African-Americans in the 20th Century.
Students enhance their understanding of the pre- and post- World War I
period by investigating political views of African Americans, before
focusing on the 1920s in Harlem using the book Circles of the Twentieth Century: The Harlem Renaissance, and conducting factual mapping of the period, then critiquing assumptions and biases of the book's author. In English class, students learn the language and slang of the 20s using materials from History Alive, and playing "Twenties Bingo." Personal biographies from the collection Having Our Say
introduce students to women of the era. In addition, students read
and analyze African-American poetry, including work by Langston Hughes,
Sheri has taught all ability and grade levels of high school English for
nine years. She is a Mentor Teacher and a Met Life fellow with the
IMPACT II National Teacher Policy Institute. Eric has taught United
States History for three years. He is a coach for San Marcos High
School Mock Trial team, and was formerly a deputy district attorney in
Alameda County. |
What You Need: Numerous primary sources are listed in the teacher packet. |
Overall Value: This student-run evening of
literature, music, dance, art, poetry and drama also serves as a
jumping-off point for our in-depth investigation of race relations in
20th century America. |
Standards: |
An Evening of Literature |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 4 to 5 |
How It Works: Our goal was to provide an
opportunity for second graders and their parents to work together in a
shared experience of reading, writing, listening and speaking. The
anticipated outcome was that the parents would participate in the same
types of literature activities that the children experience in the
classroom throughout the year. Specifically these actlvities were:
orally retelling a story and summarizing the story using sentences and
pictures. An example of this was a story mural consisting of three 18 x
24" pieces of white paper attached together. The beginning, middle and
end of the story were drawn and sentences written under each. The story
booklet consisted of a title page and three 8 1/2 x 1 1" pieces of
paper. The top of the page was left blank and lines were drawn on the
bottom of the page. The child/parent summarized the story using the
lines. Pictures accompanied the summary. The third skill consisted of
analyzing the story for character, setting, actions and ending. A story
board was set up by dividing an 18 x 24 piece of paper into six equal
sections. Title and author were put in the first box. Characters,
settling, actions(2 boxes), and ending were placed in the other boxes
using pictures and sentences. After completing one of the three required
projects, the students and parent(s) could choose an optional activity
of making a puppet or bookmark. This literature experience took place n
the early evening. The participation, cooperation, and quality of the
projects have been outstanding. The students were eager to share their
completed projects with the group. THE STUDENTS: This activity was
designed for second grade students but is adaptable for grades three
through eight. Students were teamed with thier parent(s) for this
activity. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The classroom teacher initiated
and then supervised the activity. The project could include the reading
consultant, media teacher, principal, and language program leaders. |
What You Need: A large assembly area with
tables s necessary. The 18 x 24" white paper is needed for murals and
story boards. Other necessary items are prepared copy paper for
booklets, lunch bags and standard classroom supplies. Optional
materials: puppet stage and microphone. A sample of each project should
be displayed in the classroom and assembly area, along with directions. |
Overall Value: This project emphasizes the
participation of the student and their parent(s) In a shared literature
experience. The student and the parent(s) cooperatively plan and
implement the activity for the evening. Parents were as enthusiastically
involved as their child. Positive feedback was received from
participating parents regarding the success of the evening as both
entertaining and educational. Many of the parents were eager to
duplicate the project at home. |
Standards: |
An Unbuglievable Unit |
Category: Science |
Grades: 5 to 8 |
How It Works: This high-interest, hands-on
program introduces students to the world of spiders and insects and
culminates with students "inventing" a bug. They learn about spider
anatomy by observing specimens with magnifying lenses and by building
clay models. They also write bug poetry, create "Be Nice to Spider"
posters, and draw comic strips using facts about a spider's digestive
system. They make personal similes in response to Quick as a Cricket by
Audrey Wood. They create an unbuglievable wordbook in response to
Antics. They write a Spider Pass Around story (which is edited and
revised using a TV/computer hookup), write and retell folktales (i.e.
How the Spider Got a Tiny Waist), and perform the play James and the
Giant Peach.
The unit incorporates many skills indicated in the Program of Studies
and in Virginia's Standards of Learning. Language arts skills include
research writing, story retelling, folktale writing, figurative language
studies, poetry, and parts of speech. Science concepts include
insects, arachnids, and arthropods, comparison of the digestive and
skeletal systems of humans and spiders, the food web, and flowers and
pollination. |
The Students: The program was developed for
nine students with emotional disabilities in grades 3 through 6. The
students meet each day over a five-week period. |
The Staff: A classroom teacher and an
assistant implement the program. A parent volunteer helped sew pillows
covered in bug-design fabric for use during silent reading time. |
What You Need: The research requires a laser
disk on insects and non-fiction and fiction books. Fabric, clay, and
poster board are needed for the projects.
Space is necessary to display the many projects created by the
students.A trip to the Smithsonian Museum Natural History Insect Zoo
enhances the project. A guest speaker from the Entomology Department of
the Smithsonian, books from the public library, and information on the
Internet also contribute to the program. |
Overall Value: An Unbuglievable Unit is an
excellent way to grab students' attention and motivate them to research
and learn information. They become so interested that they bring in
specimens and become more aware of the importance of bugs in the balance
of nature. |
Standards: |
Ancient Egyptian Sarcophagi |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 8 to 10 |
How It Works: To provide an interdisciplinary
unit for 6th grade Social Studies and Art students, I developed a unit
for my classes involving Egypt. Students studied Ancient Egypt as part
of the 6th grade Social Studies curriculum, and their Social Studies
teacher wanted to give them some,"hands-on" experience. I provided the
students with background information on the Egyptians belief of the
afterlife as well as the mummification process. In addition, students
viewed a video on King Tut's tomb. The classes were divided into
groups of two, and students were asked to design either a
two-dimensional or three-dimensional mummy case. Two-dimensional cases
were created by having one student lie on a piece of butcher paper while
another traced him/her and cut him out. Students, researched mummy
cases and using craypas, colored their mummy case in the style of a
fictional Egyptian man, woman, or child. Upon completion of their mummy
case, the student groups were asked to write a fictional account of
their Egyptian's life; i.e. what jobs they might have held, their
family, what type of life they led. Three-dimensional mummy cases
were created via the papier mache process. Student groups, using
balloons as a base, created sarcophagi using a mixture of wheat paste
and newspaper strips. With the help of the media specialist, students
viewed pictures of Ancient Egyptian sarcophagi and, painted their mummy
cases as was the custom of the times. The Students: Classes each
consisted of approximately 26 students heterogeneously grouped and
included several Special Education students as well. Classes met for
approximately ten 45-minute class periods. This project could easily be
adapted for grades 4 and 5 as well. |
The Students: |
The Staff: In order to accomplish this
project as a true interdisciplinary unit, help from the Social Studies
teacher and Media Specialist are of importance. |
What You Need: Video: King Tut Tomb of
Treasure, Video: Artful Journeys: Mysterious Egypt, National
Geographic March 1977: Egypt, 6th Grade Social Studies book, Arts
& Activities April 1993 (Mummy case tracing is an adaptation of a
project called,"Mummies Come Alive" featured in this issue),, Books
with visuals on Egyptians available in any library. This project was
carried out in both the Art room and in the regular classroom. Paints -
acrylic, Butcher paper, Craypas, Newspaper, Scissors, Wheat paste. |
Overall Value: Students were exposed to a
number of disciplines through this assignment. They studied Ancient
Egypt and the way of life of the Egyptians in Social Studies class.
They researched books on Egypt and searched for visual aids in the
library with the help of the Media Specialist. Language Arts was
incorporated into this unit by asking students to write an account of an
Egyptian's life, and finally, they learned valuable skills in Art class
on two-dimensional as well as three-dimensional design. Students were
excited and extremely interested in this assignment, and as a result, I,
believe they will retain the information they've acquired. |
Standards: |
ANCIENT INQUIRER |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: "Ancient Inquirer" blends the
study of classical mythology with computer technology. Students create
imaginary headlines based on the mythology of the ancient world and then
display these headlines as modern-day, tabloid "front page news."
Students publish their mock-tabloid pages using any available desktop
publishing software, thus incorporating technology skills into the study
of the ancient world. The knowledge base of this project encompasses
ancient culture and mythology. Learning activities include collaborative
review, critical thinking, creative writing, the development of basic
word-processing and publishing skills, and group assessment.
Students begin with an intensive review of mythology and ancient
culture. Approaching this review from a contemporary perspective, a goal
of the review session is to develop sensational and humorous tabloid
headlines based on mythology and ancient history, e.g., "Janus Has
Identity Crisis! Doesn't Know if He's Coming or Going!," "Cleopatra's
Last G-Asp!," or "Family Funeral & Wedding in Thebes: Oedipus Kills
Dad, Marries Mom!" Students use desktop publishing templates to publish
tabloid pages, complete with headlines, illustrations, captions, weather
reports, dates, and other tabloid features, all relating to the ancient
world. The teacher provides the project format and evaluation
guidelines. Final compilation of all tabloids into one class magazine
provides an opportunity for student enjoyment and the positive critique
of one another's work.
|
The Students: Students of all abilities in
all levels of Latin classes will enjoy success with this project.
"Ancient Inquirer" is easily modified to complement other literature
studies in English classes, e.g., Hamlet, Oedipus Rex.
One teacher, guiding students through the basics of desktop publishing,
can implement the project. While the technology aspect of this project
relies on a computer lab, students created very effective tabloid
display pages by hand before access to computers was available.
|
The Staff: Mary Donna Lyons Enfield High School, Enfield |
What You Need: Mythology books, literature and desktop publishing software.
|
Overall Value: "Ancient Inquirer" offers a
variety of options for success. Through collaborative review, all
students engage in a shared reinforcement of learning. The visual,
interactive appeal of desktop publishing software encourages students to
create their tabloid front pages. The publishing templates instantly
produce attractively organized pages, giving students a sense of pride
in their creativity. Students develop their critical thinking skills as
they interpret ancient mythology with a contemporary spin, adding
parody, humor, and the use of 20th century technology. "Ancient
Inquirer" also helps students increase their knowledge and appreciation
of the classical world.
|
Standards: |
ANCIENT WISDOM IN CONTEMPORARY TALES |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 9 to 11 |
How It Works: Ancient Wisdom in Contemporary
Tales is a multisensory interdisciplinary unit that features two
seminars conducted by a professional storyteller who engages students in
the development of storytelling and helps them create final products
using audio tape, video tape, and the computer, or a combination of
these. Prior to the storyteller's first seminar, students research
immigration patterns in the United States and the cultural contributions
of the immigrants. In the seminar, the storyteller models stories from
the areas researched and motivates the students to develop their own
stories through interaction, dramatization, and use of instruments.
In the interim between seminars, the students analyze supplementary
materials including books, videotapes, audiotapes, CDs, computer
programs, and sheet music. By the second and final seminar, the
students must have at least one story started and be prepared to offer
constructive feedback to their peers. At the second seminar, the
students share their stories and receive feedback from the storyteller
as well as from their classmates.
The students develop presentation skills and gain an understanding of
the diverse cultures they represent.One hundred ten multicultural
seventh and eighth grade students who are emotionally disabled or
learning disabled participated. Although classified as at-risk, their
intellectual ability ranges from average to gifted. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Five special education teachers,
the speech therapist, two aides, the librarian, two computer lab
specialists, a counselor, a parent, the art teacher, and the custodial
staff implemented the program. |
What You Need: Macintosh computers with
HyperStudio and "What's My Story?" software, a scanner, VCR, TV monitor,
tape recorder, and CD player provide a choice of media. Keyboards,
drums, multicultural music (sheet, CD, tape) enhance the stories.
Students solicit ideas from a variety of storytelling and reference
books, videos, tapes, and CDs. Facilities include a small auditorium
for sharing stories, the library's soundproof room for recording the
final projects, and the cafeteria for a reception following the
assembly.
Outside Resources A professional storyteller provided the curriculum,
suggestions for implementing it, and professional storytelling skills.
The PTA provided funds; two parents donated research resources and items
for the reception. Community businesses professionally edited the
best stories. |
Overall Value: This experience improves
students' reading, writing, research, and cooperative learning skills.
Students learn more about themselves, their families, other cultures,
the lives and talents of their peers, and their own talents. The
students become interested in storytelling as an art and as a
profession. |
Standards: |
ANCIENT WONDERS: A JOURNEY THROUGH TIME |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: In "Ancient Wonders: A Journey
Through Time" students in groups of three plan a tour of the Seven
Wonders of the Ancient World and their present-day countries, and
produce a travel booklet advertising this tour for prospective clients.
The purpose of this project is for students to learn the specifics of
each Ancient Wonder; associate it with the history and culture of a
present-day nation; become comfortable using the Internet as a research
tool; gain knowledge of advertising and marketing techniques; and
enhance research, organizational, and collaborative skills. The project
is interdisciplinary in its scope (architecture, language, history,
geography, culture, business, technology), collaborative in its approach
(student groups), and multi-faceted in its accommodation to a variety
of learning styles (visual, auditory, writing, hands-on).
The tour itinerary must include a visit to each Wonder, in the time, and
place it once existed, as well as a stay of at least two days within
the present-day country. Information about each Wonder, the sites and
attractions of today's country, means of travel (including time-travel)
detailed day-by-day itinerary, hotel accommodations, costs, insurance
and liability, and other pertinent information must appear in the
booklet. The finished product, an informational and advertising booklet,
is evaluated on evidence of research, accuracy and thoroughness of
information, attractiveness of format, creativity of design, and overall
organization.
Instructional methods and activities include teacher explanation and
demonstration, hands-on use of the Internet, class discussion, group
planning, student presentation, and guest speakers (travel agent and
marketing specialist.) Some class time is allotted for all these
activities; students must also use out-of-class time for research and
planning.
|
The Students: Three classes of Latin II students, varying in size from 12 to 23, have been involved in this project |
The Staff: Joyce C. Narden Amity Regional Senior High School, Woodbridge |
What You Need: Media Center for Internet access handouts, a video, sample travel booklets from a travel agency. |
Overall Value: This project enables students
to make connections: between the present and the past, between the real
world of the travel business and the academic world of school, and
between curiosity and learning. Students increase their knowledge of
world history and geography while developing respect for other cultures
and their achievements, both past and present. While students are
introduced to the intricacies of marketing and the complexities of
travel, they hone organizational and research skills, especially those
involving technology. Through group collaboration, students improve the
multiple competencies needed to work with others in achieving a common
purpose.
|
Standards: Intellectual Curiosity,
Responsibility and Self-Reliance, Interpersonal Relations Learning
Skills, Reasoning and Problem Solving
|
AND I CAN PROVE IT |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: And I Can Prove It" challenges
students to research an information problem, evaluate the information,
develop arguments and then relate those arguments both verbally in a
class debate and then in essay format. The purpose of the project is to
develop the students' abilities to think and listen critically, solve
problems, make decisions and communicate their ideas succinctly.
|
The Students: In preparation for the
culminating debate and essay, students are taught to take notes,
identifying information that is relevant to the question at hand rather
than "important" in a generic sense. Students then read articles about
the debate topic- animal testing for medical research- and share notes
in small groups, each group listing arguments for both sides of the
issue.
The next day the class is divided into two groups- one in favor of
animal testing and one opposed. The media specialist takes one group up
to the library, and the members of the other group stay with their
language arts teacher; using their notes, group members each select an
argument for their side that they will develop and present in the
debate. After writing up their arguments, group members present them to
their own group, and as a team the group analyzes how to improve the
argument, anticipating potential weaknesses. Finally, the groups
brainstorm what they believe will be the arguments used by the opposing
side and assign group members the job of responding to specific
arguments. Students writing five paragraph essays using what they
believe are the three strongest arguments for their side follow the
debate, consisting of argument presentations and rebuttals.
|
The Staff: Pat Blank and Colin Neenan Madison Middle School, Trumbull |
What You Need: Information on debate topic, charts, paper, and markers. Optional: video camera to tape debate for class analysis.
|
Overall Value: The variety of activities
allow students to succeed through visual, written and verbal
experiences, accommodating a variety of learning styles. Students who
had not excelled in other activities throughout the year have an
opportunity to shine in their debate performance. Students learn how to
take stand on an issue, prepare logical, supported arguments, and
determine the value of each of the team's arguments. They work
cooperatively in sorting, by value, the information and planning their
team's strategy. Team members learn to listen critically but respond in a
supportive fashion as they help each other strengthen their arguments
in preparation for the debate.
|
Standards: Intellectual Curiosity Moral and Ethical Values Reading, Writing Speaking, Listening, & Viewing
|
Applying Research To Lesson Planning |
Category: Instructional Inquiry |
Grades: 1 to 5 |
How It Works: This study investigates the
impact of research on lesson planning in the primary classroom. The
research team recognizes the need to incorporate the diverse elements of
many successful models including multiple intelligences and strengths
of students, conceptual mapping, and integration of the arts. For the
past year this research team has been exploring these issues through
reading, attending conferences, visiting other schools, and
participating in weekly discussion groups. These tasks were all
undertaken in preparing to implement the multiage approach in their
primary classrooms. As the research proceeded, the team recognized the
merit of each concept and, as a result, the need to integrate these
diverse but related practices into a coherent approach. This research
will give teachers the necessary information to plan lessons that
consider transformational curriculum (the integrity of the disciplines,
the child's individual learning continuum, conceptual organizers, and
child development practices, all within the child's social context). It
is anticipated that lesson plans developed within such a framework will
enhance the learning of primary students. Data collected will include
teachers' lesson plans that reflect the learning taking place and the
changes made during research. The primary classes consist of 250
students from three to eight years of age. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Thirteen classroom teachers
including teachers of FECEP, kindergarten, grades one and two, multiage,
learning disabilities, and Spanish partial-immersion will conduct the
research. |
What You Need: The following books are being
used for continued research: The Hundred Languages of Children by
Edwards, Gandani, and Forman, Eds.; The Unschooled Mind by Gardner;
Multiple Intelligences in the Classroom by Armstrong; Reaching
Potentials: Appropriate Curriculum and Assessment for Young Children by
Bredekamp and, Rosegrant; and Serious Players in the Primary Classroom
by Wasserman. No special facilities are needed. Dr. Theresa Rosegrant
will provide in-service training for the team over a two-month period.
Dr. Rosegrant, currently teaching kindergarten in Arlington County, is
coauthor of Reaching Potentials and a former professor of education at
George Mason University. |
Overall Value: Research has shown that
effective schools have a common mission and work toward goals as a team.
The primary team will enhance the educational program of young
children by providing a common knowledge base and philosophy, as well as
a means to implement a transformational curriculum. |
Standards: |
Appreciate and Create! |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 8 to 14 |
How It Works: Students love to create art!
Using this curriculum, each student creates a portfolio of art while
learning about art and achitecture of the historical periods covered
by the grade 6 History/Social Science Framework. Appreciate and Create!,
which covers the Stone Age through the Fall of Rome, encourages
students to use their multiple intelligences to understand history and
to express themselves creatively in the style of each period studied.
The History/Social Science and Visual/Performing Arts Frameworks and
Art Smart were helpful in planning this curriculum. Art Smart provided
only a few slides, so I photographed slides from books and was given
reproductions by other teachers. Interest is stimulated
and information communicated in a variety of ways, including
reproductions of each period, slides of art and architecture, and
music from a period or place to help students imagine they are artists
working in another time in history. Students learn that each period
produces a style of art and architecture. Understanding the historical
context makes learning more interesting and meaningful. Students learn
how the art of the past continues to influence the art and architecture
of today. An example would be the Santa Barbara Mission columns with
Ionic capitals. Learning reinforces what is being learned in social
studies classes. For the Stone Age, students create
their own cave paintings and aboriginal paintings. For ancient Egypt,
students create Egyptian stationery by writing their names in
hieroglyphics and decorating paper with Egyptian pictures. Several
copies are made and each student then writes a letter of appreciation
to his/her social studies teacher. Egyptian block prints are made using
gold ink and multiple prints are made in other colors. Students also
make aluminum foil mask pictures. For ancient Greece, students create
their own black and orange figure vases and mythological beasts. For
ancient Rome, students create cut-paper mosaics. These are just a few
of the many projects students create while exploring styles of art from
the past using a variety of art materials and techniques. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Anne has taught middle and high
school art for 16 years. She also taught Headstart youngsters at the
Santo Domingo Pueblo in New Mexico. Her Ph.D dissertation was about
the creative process in art. |
What You Need: Classroom must have a sink.
Slides have been photographed from books. Reproductions and various art
materials are easily obtained. The teacher packet includes detailed
information. Taking groups to the Santa Barbara Museum of Art is
helpful. |
Overall Value: Appreciate and Create!
is designed to teach knowledge and skills; however the most important
outcome is for students to use what they have learned in a creative
way, to explore and have fun. Often students excitedly report seeing art
or architecture in town, on TV or in books that they recognize from
the periods we are studying. A slide quiz is given to students at the
end of the course to see if they can match the art and architecture
with its period. They do this easily. In order to encourage exploration,
grades are not given; however, individual standards remain high.
Seeing high-quality work and their pride in what they have created is
important information for evaluation. Parents love seeing students'
portfolios of art and hearing the history of periods studied. |
Standards: |
Aquarium Adventure |
Category: Science |
Grades: 9 to 14 |
How It Works: In Aquarium Adventure, students
learn to use scientific equipment to study the effect of filtration
systems on classroom experimental and control aquaria. Students record
the data daily, graph their results and share their findings with other
students via Internet. Each classroom contains two aquaria. One tank is
set up with a bio-wheel, a filtration system that involves biological,
chemical, and mechanical filtering. The other tank may be set up with no
filtration or underground filtration, but all other variables must
remain constant. Eventually, at least one of the tanks achieves chemical
and biologicial balance. Students use their data to decide if and when
the tanks reach equilibrium. Students graph their data. After a
discussion comparing the aquaria and nature, students design a poster
showing both systems and how each uses biological, mechanical, and
chemical means to achieve balance. An important part of Aquarium
Adventure is sharing the findings. Once students in one class have taken
data, it is shared via Internet or county mail with the other teachers'
students. All data must be accurate because students' peers depend on
it for doing comparisons. Marineland, a division of Aquaria, Inc. in
Moorpark, donated bio-wheels for our classrooms. They are interested in
how aquaria can be useful in the science learning process. This was the
inspiration for our project. |
The Students: 1997-98: 400 junior high and
200 high school heterogeneously grouped students, including GATE,
sheltered, mainstreamed resource and other special education students. |
The Staff: We all belong to the countywide
Women Educators of Science and Technology (WEST). Marilyn Garza, a
former engineer, has taught science for three years. Melissa Kehl has
taught science for nine years. Both are on their district's K-12 science
articulation team. Betsy Villalpando, a second-year integrated science
and conceptual physics teacher, participates in the Science Partnership
for School Innovation, and is a South Coast Science Project fellow.
Melanie Zinser is a first-year science teacher |
What You Need: Two equal sized fish tanks (four liter or larger), one bio-wheel, fish, teacher packet. |
Overall Value: Students learn the value of
long-term experiments. Their observational skills improve from examining
the tanks daily. They learn why accuracy is important and how
scientists depend on the quality of each other's work. We assessed
accuracy and completeness of daily data, records, and construction.
Approximately 85-95% performed satisfactorily; most excelled. |
Standards: |
Aquatic Science |
Category: Science |
Grades: 9 to 10 |
How It Works: Developed as an extension of
the middle school life science curriculum, Aquatic Science examines
aquatic ecosystems through a variety of practical hands-on activities.
The program is designed to encourage students to work together to solve
problems using available materials. Students are involved in lab groups
at the beginning of the course. Each group is responsible for designing
and maintaining a fresh water aquarium. Group members are assigned
individual tasks related to maintaining the overall health of the
aquarium. These jobs include monitoring and charting water temperature
and acidity levels, maintaining filters and equipment, and observing and
feeding the fish. Students also participate in weekly hands-on lessons
and labs intended to examine specific aspects of aquatic ecosystems.
Topics include currents, tides, invertebrates, fish, sharks, whales, and
ecosystems such as coral reefs and tide pools. Activities include
Gyotaku fish painting, currents and tides labs, and Baleen versus
toothed whale feeding. Twelve seventh and eighth grade students with
emotional disabilities participate in the program. However, the class
could be adapted to other classes by adjusting expectations and by
choosing readings at the appropriate grade level. The class meets for
two one-hour blocks a week. |
The Students: |
The Staff: A special education teacher
developed and implements the program. In addition, two teaching
assistants help with classroom labs and activities. The science
department provides equipment and recommendations. |
What You Need: Necessary materials include
ten-gallon aquariums, filters, gravel, a ph test kit, and heaters. Also
needed are paints, brushes, poster board, and folders as well as
special items such as live animals, prepackaged fish, and motor oil.
Although developed for a science classroom with lab tables, the program
could be adjusted to any room where running water and power sources are
available. Storage space for equipment and aquariums is another
necessity. Trips to a local fish supply store and to a lake to examine a
freshwater ecosystem extend the program. |
Overall Value: The program allows students to
generalize information they learn about water and about the systems
dependent on water and to apply it to their lives--for their benefit and
for the protection of a precious resource. It appeals to students with
different learning styles and allows them to experiment with and expand
on familiar concepts. Students become engaged in the activities, and,
as a result, their overall behavior improves--including remaining in the
assigned area, following directions, and completing group tasks. |
Standards: |
ARCHAEOLOGY: IT'S NOT JUST DIRT! |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 2 to 7 |
How It Works: Some memories last a lifetime
and this will be one of them! Students are enthralled to participate and
experiment just like real scientists. To make the unit more authentic
and relevant, we consulted local experts such as the state archaeologist
and historical and archaeological societies. This archaeology unit is
interdisciplinary, problem based, and creative.
To introduce the unit, students are shown a backpack full of
archaeological tools (trowel, measuring tape, compass, gloves, plumb
bob, etc.) Students make predictions as to what type of scientist would
use this equipment.
From there, students are presented with a hypothetical problem involving
a dig site and items that may be artifacts. The class creates a KWL
bulletin board that they change or add to as we progress through the
unit.
Next, students read a variety of trade books on the topic, do research
in the library, and add to a class concept map. They view a movie and
work with an interactive CD on the computer. The children record their
findings in their archaeology logs.
Poetry is used to introduce a lesson about inferences. In cooperative
groups, the students make inferences about a given set of materials.
The art teacher works with the students when they do print casting, and
parent volunteers assist the children to mathematically devise and then
implement a grid system for a simulated dig.
|
The Students: As a culminating experience,
students are asked to do a project which consists of creating an
original story, biography of an archaeologist, an archaeology game, a
crossword puzzle, or a dictionary of archaeological terms.
|
The Staff: Terry Buckingham Tashua School, Trumbull Caryn Intorre Osborn Hill School, Fairfield |
What You Need: Literature, videos, and computer resources about archaeology, and simulated dig materials are all used.
|
Overall Value: This unit is so rich that it
is ideal for interdisciplinary work. Mathematics, reading, writing,
listening, research techniques, technology use, and reasoning are some
of the skills used.
All learning styles and ability levels are accommodated. Students are
assessed throughout the unit for their participation, log entries,
cooperation, and final project. The children gain respect and
understanding for the past in a way that makes it real to them. It helps
them to understand the present and to anticipate the future. It's more
than a picture in a textbook; it's actually putting their hands in the
dirt.
|
Standards: |
Architecture Of The Eastern Hemisphere: 199? Calendar |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 6 to 8 |
How It Works: What architectural wonders can
you see in the Eastern Hemisphere?, Students create a twelve-month
calendar featuring landmarks from there. This project involves them in:
selecting twelve sites for their calendars, researching their
geography, history and cultural features, writing brief descriptions of
these sites and buildings, designing and illustrating each page Using
a variety of media, students create their own free-hand illustrations.
The calendars are assembled on construction paper. Each calendar page
includes the illustration, the annotation, the name of the month, and a
calendar grid. No two calendars are the same. A wide range of
important architectural sites are selected and discussed by the group.
Students learn that the Eastern Hemisphere contains a priceless legacy
built over the centuries by people from many cultures. Students:
This project was developed with a fifth grade class, meeting twice a
week for eighty minute sessions for five weeks. It is adaptable for
other subject areas, age groups and achievement levels. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Suzanne Saposnik holds a BS in
Special Education from the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, and
an MSW from the University of Illinois, Chicago. She is the
Coordinator for the A.G. Bell Regional Gifted Center. Jane Grant holds a
BA in Anthropology from the University of Wisconsin, Madison, and an MA
in Teaching from National Louis University. She is a fifth grade
teacher at Bell. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
Resource books are needed for research. Basic classroom materials are
also required. Children need adequate work space to lay out books, draw
pictures and assemble the calendars; tables that allow children to work
side by side are best. Outside Resource: The possibilities for
using outside resources will vary based upon the content area(s)
selected. |
Overall Value: Even children resistant to art
activities produce excellent calendars and are uniformly proud of their
accomplishments. Children compare notes and discuss information,
learning from each other. |
Standards: |
Around the World in 180 Days |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 2 to 8 |
How It Works: Around the World in 180 Days is
a year-long geography project in which parents visit the classroom to
share information about places they have visited, lived, or that
interest them.
In September, parents sign up to give geography lessons. They are
encouraged to bring pictures, slides, books, mementos and food from the
particular region they are presenting. I offer to help them find
materials.
The children are highly motivated by visits from parents, especially
their own parents. We discuss appropriate behavior, possible questions
to ask, and what they already know about the place we will be
'visiting.'
One family dressed in outdoor hiking gear to talk about a Sierra
Nevada trip. They brought pictures, discussed mountain safety,
backpacking food, purifying water, and finished with a 'campfire' and
s'mores for all. Another family took us to Norway. They brought
souvenirs and childhood toys, which are different from ours. (The mother
lived there as a child.) They shared Norwegian history, including
Viking lore, and discussed the topographical features. They also brought
stamps for the children's travel journals, Norwegian chocolate and
cheese.
I provide pictures and maps from magazines for each child's journal,
which includes pages for each place visited. Students record at least
three facts about each place studied, either on postcards to parents or
on their journal pages. We use different art techniques and media (some
learned at the SCWriP Summer Art and Writing Academy) to enhance the
journals, which become assessment tools. |
The Students: 1997-98: twenty children, grades 1-2 (wide range of abilities). |
The Staff: Lisa has taught for nine years: computer lab, grades 4, 5 and 1-2. |
What You Need: Maps, globes, magazines, art supplies, children's literature, teacher packet. |
Overall Value: When parents share their
travel experiences, students are interested. Students demonstrate
increased ability to write a sentence and expand it to several
sentences, and more skill with artwork, which they use with other
subjects and expanded projects. As the year progresses, they improve
their ability to synthesize information. The History/Social Science
Framework recommends expanding children's geographic and economic
worlds, developing awareness of cultural diversity and learning about
people who supply our needs. |
Standards: |
Around the World in Eighty Books |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 1 to 2 |
How It Works: Around the World in Eighty Books |
The Students: Fifty-four children in half-day
kindergarten classes took part in this project. Because of the high
interest level, the project can be adapted for other age groups, class
sizes, and ability levels. |
The Staff: Mary Ann Mangano has taught at
Cameron School since 1970. She holds a BS from Loyola University,
Chicago and an MS Ed from the University of Illinois. She has received
many teaching awards.
|
What You Need: Students can use a corner of
the classroom to create a "mini-museum" to display materials from their
"travels." The project uses trade books, globes, maps, and book-making
supplies. A TV/VCR brings the different countries that are explored
into the classroom in living color. |
Overall Value: Songs, stories, games, and
dances from other lands give students a stronger sense of their own
culture. Books can be marvelous motivators and when they are combined
with kindergarten enthusiasm, everyone becomes a learner and everyone
becomes a teacher. |
Standards: This project addresses the
following Chicago Academic Standards (CAS) for Social Studies and
Illinois State Goals: Goal #14, CAS E; Goal #15, CAS A, CAS B. |
Around the World in One Semester |
Category: Global Education |
Grades: 7 to 9 |
How It Works: Around The World in One
Semester is a virtual journey around the seven continents. It
encompasses visiting different countries, recording information about
their culture, religion, politics, history, current issues, beliefs,
etc.
The students design one passport per continent, and as a class we travel
to as many as 10 countries of this continent. By watching movies, doing
library research, writing to embassies and to PCVs, using Netscape,
hosting speakers, mapping the way to get there and other activities, my
7th grade students immerse themselves into the country we are working
on. Once we finish a continent students are charged to present in
groups, through plays, games, or reports the rest of the countries we
did not reach. At the end of the group presentation, the rest of the
students raise one of 2 cards a O/W (one way), or R/T (round trip). A
few kids are picked and asked to explain their choice of answers. |
The Students: |
The Staff: This program is implemented by the French for Beginners Exploratory teacher. |
What You Need: The library provides many of
the resources. Embassies, Peace Corps, Travel Agencies, and other
business entities can enhance the program with many extras.
Outside Resources
None needed, even though many could be used to enhance. |
Overall Value: The program has been in place
and successful for a couple of years. Part of its success is due to the
fact that it stretches the walls of the kids' worlds and makes them
aware of other cultures. The continent they study often echoes places
students have heard of, had interest in or studied about in Social
Studies. With this course their perspective of these countries is
changed from the historical often biased view to one that is more
cultural, accepting and tolerant. Past students have come back to share
with current ones how their learning has helped to shape their
understanding of others, and embrace a more global attitude when it
comes to many issues. |
Standards: |
Around the World with Flat Stanley |
Category: Global Education |
Grades: 3 to 4 |
How It Works: "Around the World with Flat
Stanley" was a wonderful way to incorporate reading and letter writing
into a geography unit. Students listened to the story of Flat Stanley
by Jeff Brown. They made a picture of Stanley and sent their own
Stanley to a friend, family member, or Chamber of Commerce. Excitement
built as the students waited for their Stanley to return. Stanley's
adventures were charted on a large map. During this unit, students
learned how to write a letter and studied the landforms and cultures
from countries around the world. |
The Students: Twenty-eight students from the
second grade participated in this project. This project could be used in
any classroom with any number of students. |
The Staff: Monica Denowski has been teaching for three years. This is the second year of this successful project. |
What You Need: Jeff Brown's book, Flat
Stanley.After the book was read, an information sheet was sent to
parents which described the project. The children wrote a letter to
their families and sent it along with their own picture of Stanley.
|
Overall Value: : Sending a "Flat Stanley"
around the world is an excellent way for students to practice letter
writing while learning about the world. The excitement builds as "Flat
Stanleys" are received daily. Who could it be from? Where has Stanley
traveled? |
Standards: |
Art and Architecture |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 3 to 14 |
How It Works: Art and Architecture: Creating
an Island Community is an integrated learning experience in which the
students gain an understanding of aesthetic valuing, how their homes and
communities affect the world around them, and are influenced by the
environment in which they live. To begin the unit a parent, who is an
architect, comes to speak about his/her job, explaining the different
stages of house-building and how homes directly affect, and are affected
by, the environment in which they are built. Students read and discuss
The House That I Live In, which exposes them to different styles of
architecture in the United States. Then they design shoebox-top houses
in various styles for a "neighborhood" bulletin board display. The
environmental impacts of a community's growth are explored through
reading Window and The Little House. Students create a poetry book
based on the Little House's feelings about each of its environments:
country, suburbs, and city. Using The House That Bob Built and other
books, the children explore architectural and design vocabulary. Math
is integrated throughout the unit as students learn about measurement,
coordinates, angles, lines and shapes using rulers, compasses, and
protractors. Piet Mondrian's art is presented to the students as an
example of how fine art influences architecture. The students then
create a piece of Mondrian-style art. As a culminating activity, the
class cooperatively creates an island community jigsaw puzzle on
plywood. Using the information from previous lessons, the students
design a self-contained community that works with the environment and
takes into consideration the types and styles of buildings that would
fit in the different climates and terrain of the island. The students
also finish a cumulative story called the "Island That Room ___
Imagined" which takes them on a tour of their island and names specific
places. The student's ability to verbalize and carry through a building
design and the island community is a measure of the unit's success.
This unit was taught over a two-month period, but could be extended or
adapted to any grade level, historical era or geographic location. Our
interest in art and architecture as an integration tool stems from our
belief that students need to understand their cultural and historical
heritage. State Frameworks: The History/Social Science Framework
emphasizes the need for a better understanding of students'
relationships within their community and the effect of humans on the
environment. The Visual/Performing Arts Framework recommends that
students gain knowledge of how "art reflects, records, and shapes
history and plays a role in every culture." The Students: Forty-two
first grade students, including 10 limited English speakers,
participated during 1992-93. By using all of the learning modalities Ñ
kinesthetic, visual, auditory, and tactile Ñ students are completely and
successfully involved in the learning experience. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Julia has been teaching first
grade for two years. Karen has taught Grades K-3 for 18 years, with
emphasis on Grade 1. She was selected to attend a National Gallery of
Art Institute in Washington, D.C. in 1993. |
What You Need: Facilities and Materials: Most
materials are available in a school supply room, except for the plywood
(4'x4') or heavy-duty cardboard for the jigsaw, matboard for the
Mondrians, shoebox tops and trade books. Outside Resources: We visited a
home under construction, walked through our town, and had an architect
visit the class. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Art as Science |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 8 to 14 |
How It Works: The Idea and Its Value, Art as
ScienceÑThe Chemistry of Pre-Columbian Middle America will, help
students realize the essence of science: keen observation gathering of
substances to experiment with, trying new ideas manipulating material
substances and using combustion. This unit, of descriptive chemistry
discovers properties of elements and, compounds used by ancient
Americans from their environment. In, addition it tells the early
history of chemical technology as, ideas and skills developed
integrating it with the history and, culture from the Mayans, Aztecs and
Incans. It is advantageous to teach the early roots of science
because it, seems less austere and academic to the student than modern,
science. Early science was very concrete in an educational sense, since
ancient Americans experimented with matter found in their, environment.
From these natural resources manipulated by a trial, and error approach,
early Americans discovered and created clay, vessels, metallic objects,
dyes and pigments and medicines to, make their lives more productive,
satisfying and safe. These, technological developments from elements,
compounds and mixtures, found naturally are the science of chemistry. In
essence, this, unit teaches a multicultural descriptive chemistry
integrating it, with earth science and biology. It allows rediscovery of
these, early science and art activities. The idea incorporates a
group of labs that enable students to, learn observation,
characteristics of metals, crystal structure, of solids, colors of
compounds, methods of smelting metals from, ores and extracting pigments
from plants and dyeing. This unit, allows the great scientific
contributions from other cultures to, be highlighted and discussed,
bringing life to these ancient, peoples. It allows all students the
opportunity to succeed at, science and experiment with easily obtainable
materials. It also, helps students respect the past and place it in
context. Combining history, art and science with alternative
assessments, such as comparative lab analysis of crystals by
cooperative, groups, this exciting unit allows for critical thinking and
an, integrated study of native cultures. This unit of investigations
emphasizes the processes of science Ñ, observing, classifying, etc. as
well as meeting the Science, Framework idea of thematic instruction. In
addition, these labs, and accompanying materials integrate all the
disciplines of, science. Writing about science is developed in all labs.
Over 300 fifth-tenth graders have used this program over the last, two
years, in addition to 30 Science Project fellows. |
The Students: |
The Staff: I have taught grades 2-12 for 10
years. I have been awarded, numerous grants and am currently co-director
of the California, Science Project at UCSB. |
What You Need: A normal science classroom
would be ideal, but all activities can, be performed in any classroom.
The 11 labs require commonly, available science materials. The teacher
packet covers all, aspects of the unit. Parents or slides from the
regions studied help bring the lessons, to life. Art and language arts
teachers often come in to speak. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Art Exposure - Primary And Beyond |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 2 to 5 |
How It Works: This project exposes young
children to a variety of art media and the topics of line, image and
space or shape. Enjoyable hands-on activities use a variety of
techniques and materials. Line is explored through pen and ink
drawings, charcoal drawings, egg carton prints and rope ink prints.
Image is investigated, by creating photographic collages, solargraphic
paper prints and Polaroid photos. Shape and space are examined by
creating sculptures with, toothpicks, styrofoam,"popcorn" and a variety
of clay techniques. Students: This project can be adapted for
students of all ages and abilities. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Pat Williams holds a BA from the
College of St. Francis in Joliet, Illinois and has taken numerous art
courses. She has taught a variety of art classes to children in
recreational facilities in Berwyn and River Forest. In addition to her
teaching responsibilities at George Leland School, she teaches pottery
to children at both Art Works in Oak Park and the Park District of Oak
Park. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
Projects can be completed in a regular classroom using a large, wide
roll of paper or vinyl tablecloths to cover work areas. Lists of
necessary art materials for each project are available. Outside
Resources: A kiln is necessary for fired clay projects. A local
pottery or ceramics shop can provide firing for a small fee. |
Overall Value: This project expands art
instruction beyond the basic color, cut and glue experience. Children
are introduced to art terms and techniques. They develop feelings of
joy and self-worth by expressing themselves creatively. |
Standards: |
Arthur "Readers" Take Home Packets |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 1 to 3 |
How It Works: The purpose of the Arthur
"READERS" take home packets was to reinforce a positive parent/child
relationship while strengthening listening skills and role playing with
puppets. Students demonstrated sequential order, and various writing
skills. As a classroom activity, students identified the beginning,
middle and end of a story by putting sentence strips in sequential
order. Parental involvement to help use the learning packets was
utilized as well as cooperative learning techniques |
The Students: Students in the first grades,
aged six and seven were involved in this project. However, the packets
could be used for any level of achievement. The packets could go home
for a 2-3 day period in which all the activities would be completed, or
the activities could be completed in class with small or large group
instruction. |
The Staff: Joy Goodenow and Karen Lamm have
been ESEA Title I Tutors for two years. No other special assistance is
needed to implement the program.
|
What You Need: CD-ROMs were used to integrate
the program.Materials used consisted of sentence strips, Arthur books,
pencils, crayons, journals, two pocket folders per student, puppets and a
cassette tape player
|
Overall Value: : The goal of the packets is
to enlist the child's parent in his/her education. All children should
experience the joy or reading with love and encouragement from their
family. |
Standards: |
Artist's Life And Times - In Person! |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 2 to 10 |
How It Works: This art program provides
students with information on selected artists, art styles, techniques
and information on the artists' lives and times. With this learning,
students,"get under the skin" of each artist, developing an
understanding of the creative juices needed - inspirations, subject
matter and more - to produce artwork. Students: learn vocabulary and
art history through conversation, visuals, reference books, filmstrips,
videos. master techniques and skills by sketching from work by an
artist, discussing these drawings using art vocabulary. produce their
own art in that artist's style, commenting on and interpreting their
work display their artwork along with their own comments. |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
ATTACKING THE GENDER GAP: GROUPING GIRLS FOR SUCCESS |
Category: Instructional Inquiry |
Grades: 8 to 10 |
How It Works: This study asks "How are the
process skills of girls, especially gifted girls, affected by different
groupings within a heterogeneous seventh grade science class?" The
research team will compare the girls' performance when they are in
single sex groups with their performance when they are in coed groups.
They will also compare performance of groups with heterogeneous ability
levels with that of gifted groups. They will keep data on four
specific behaviors: observing, measuring, organizing data, and
analyzing data. They will also conduct informal interviews with girls to
see if they are aware of trends in their performance.
Students This study will involve 250 seventh grade science students. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The science department chair will
supervise the science research in her own classes with the help of
another teacher on the team. The enrichment specialist will help in
data gathering, background research, and computer programming for data
collection. Parent volunteers may be used to help with data collection.
|
What You Need: Failing at Fairness and How to
Encourage Girls in Math and Science are useful resources. The team
will use existing school facilities.
Outside Resources The team has discussed the research question with
professors at the University of Connecticut and the University of
Virginia. |
Overall Value: The research team hopes that
this study will provide information that will enable them to decrease
the gender gap. When alternative grouping is not available, the
teachers hope to meet the needs of girls in heterogeneous groups by
equipping them with coping skills and strategies for achieving
excellence. They also hope the girls will come away with an awareness
of their own habits, a willingness to challenge traditional roles, and a
tendency to take higher level courses in the future. |
Standards: |
AustraliaÑDown Under |
Category: Global Education |
Grades: 3 to 3 |
How It Works: This program exposes the
students to the different cultures found on the continent of Australia.
Objectives were developed into a thematic unit. The unit spanned the
entire school year with specific activities that covered the geography,
animal and plant life, native people, immigrants, languages, and the
history of Australia. The content subject areas covered in this unit
were social studies, language arts, math, and science. The program
culminated at the end of the year with a phone link. The phone link was
established with St. Augustine School (School of the Air), located in
the city of Adelaide, in the province of South Australia. Throughout
the school year, letters, pictures, and videos were exchanged between
students at the two schools. Students: The student population
consisted of all the first grade students in the school (approximately
125 children). All are minority students. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The staff included all of the
first grade teachers and the Department of Communications of Houston
Community College which provided cameras, videotape equipment, and
two-way speaker phones for the students to use for the phone link. |
What You Need: Materials: Art supplies for
games, masks, book making; writing suppliesÑwriting paper, tag
board, markers, etc.; books, video or film on Australia, video tape,
film. Outside Resources: No outside resources are required. |
Overall Value: This year-long thematic unit
on Australia along with the culminating phone-link activity provided
both our students and the Australian students with a unique experience.
This opportunity allowed them to become more globally aware, culturally
tolerant, and appreciative of different people in a world of
diversities. |
Standards: |
Auteur-Auteur! |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 7 to 7 |
How It Works: In this project older students
write and illustrate a simple original children's book in a foreign
language, in this case French. Samples of story books in the foreign
language are examined. The class brainstorms to develop plot ideas for
their stories. As each student's book is completed, it is read to a
younger child who has some knowledge of the foreign language. The
student asks the younger child simple questions about the book in the
target language. Authors gain experience in writing stories and
reading aloud. They learn to formulate simple questions. Listeners
have to focus on comprehending the story and communicating their ideas
in French. Students: In this project fifth grade students wrote
the books and first and second graders listened. All have studied
French since kindergarten; LaSalle School is a language academy. The
project can be adapted for all language arts classes. It will be
appropriate for foreign language, bilingual, and ESL classes. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Karen Waheed earned an MA in
Education from St. Xavier University in 1990. She has taught French and
German in kindergarten through eighth grade for five years. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
Sample children's books in the target language are needed. Blank books
and colored markers or pencils allow students to give the books a
professional appearance. Outside Resources: Volunteers who speak
the target language can augment the project by reading stories and
helping the older students correct their work. The public library may
have books in the target language. |
Overall Value: Students gain a great sense of
accomplishment -- the older children from writing a book in another
language and the younger children from understanding the story that's
read to them. |
Standards: |
Authentic Assessment: HyperCard in the Classroom |
Category: Classroom Management/Intergroup |
Grades: 3 to 10 |
How It Works: The Program HyperCard in the
Classroom is capable of bridging the gap between traditional assessment
practices and new views of assessment by engaging teachers and students
in a collaborative/reflective partnership at the classroom level.
Students first learn keyboarding skills and the use of HyperCard. They
research an academic unit and create a storyboard that mimics the
HyperCard stack. After identifying the associative links among pieces
of information on the storyboard, students create their own HyperCard
stacks complete with text, graphics, and sound. Students then make
revisions on printed stacks and finalize the projects. The stack is an
artifact which allows the teacher and student to reflect upon and judge
the extent of learning transfer. The student navigates the teacher
through the stack, which is a cognitive map or blueprint of the
student's thinking process. HyperCard has proven to be unlike any other
vehicle for wedding instruction and assessment; moreover, it makes it
possible for students to sift through information, construct hypotheses,
and reach conclusions - to externalize a depth of understanding of the
subject matter. Actively involving the student in the process of
creating, accessing and manipulating information, this project is
capable of bridging the gap between traditional assessment practices and
new views of assessment in which students and teachers collaborate in a
reflective partnership. The Students: The original program involved
twenty-one heterogeneously grouped sixth graders with four to five
students in each group. The project is appropriate, however, for any
age students capable of learning keyboarding skills. |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: Materials Needed: The program
requires a Macintosh computer, HyperCard 2.0, and a printer. An
overhead projector and an LCD panel are optional. Several guides for
using HyperCard are also helpful. Overall Value: A learning environment
based on HyperCard allows the student to access knowledge from multiple
perspectives for various purposes using different learning strategies.
This program creates an opportunity for students to make sense of their
work and judge their own success in virtually any content area. It
offers teachers the opportunity to change the traditional assessment
question of "Did you get it?" into "What did you get?" |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Authentic Data Collection for Field Experiences |
Category: Science |
Grades: 1 to 8 |
How It Works: The local playground, pond,
woods or beach provides the setting for children to develop scientific
inquiry skills. Students repeatedly visit an environmental site in their
community and learn to pose questions, use scientific tools, gather
data and make observations about their world. On the first visit,
students become acquainted with the area and its systems. On subsequent
visits, students make observations focused on a question they have
posed. They gather and record data at the site, and bring it back to the
classroom for organization. The students compare the data following
each visit and use this information to answer their original question.
Assessment of student learning is embedded in the tasks, reflecting the
authenticity of the process. Throughout the project learners observe,
record, tally, graph and report their findings back to the group.
Teachers can design rubrics relevant to each of these phases. Teachers
observe the students actually using the tools (quadrats and transects)
and note whether scientific protocols have been met. Students are also
responsible for generating a final presentation and designing a rubric
by which to assess it. Most importantly, the students are able to look
back on their original list of brainstormed questions and decide whether
they found their answers... or not! Guiding Principles: #1 Students
understand the nature of math and science #7 Students attain and apply
essential knowledge and skills of mathematics and science
Content Standards 1A: Students use scientific inquiry to provide
insight into, and comprehension of, the world around them. P1 Make
accurate observations using appropriate tools and units of measure. P2
Ask questions and propose strategies and materials to use in seeking
answers to questions. 7.1C: Students understand and apply concepts of
data analysis. P1 Formulate and solve problems by collecting, arranging
and interpreting data. P2 Make tallies and graphs of information
gathered from the immediate surroundings. I1 Make generalizations and
draw conclusions using various types of graphs, charts and tables.
7.2A: Students understand that there are similarities within the
diversity of all living things. P1 Identify the differences between
living and non-living things. P2 Describe characteristics of different
living things. 7.2B: Students understand how living things depend on
one another and non-living aspects of the environment. P1 Identify ways
that organisms depend on their environment. |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: Library books and CD-ROMs on
the system being studied are essential. Recruiting local people as guest
speakers involve interested community members and enliven the project.
Professional development such as MMSA's Summer Academy offer educators
skills in learning how true scientists use authentic data collection
methods. MMSA's 1995 Academy inspired the creation of kits which contain
resources necessary for the classroom exploration of scientific
inquiry. This project uses science tools and technology for teaching and
learning. |
Overall Value: Learners encounter many uses
for data collection in their lives. Learning these techniques now
provides a valuable foundation for further inquiry. This project adds an
unusual component to field experiences, allowing children to be true
scientists trained in authentic data collection techniques. Students use
quadrats and transects, which provide a focus for their observations.
These tools are used by the scientific community for assessing
populations. Repeated use of scientific instruments and frequent visits
to the same community site leads to comfort and trust for students. This
fosters an environment in which risk-taking thrives. Problems arise in
any project, encouraging students to develop flexibility. Students seek
solutions from each other, their teacher, parents and other resources.
The kits and training in how to use them are available for use by other
schools. AUTHENTIC DATA COLLECTION challenges students to apply
scientific knowledge, requires mathematical skill and leads to
understanding. Students practice process skills which they can use
throughout their lives. Data collection skills, once learned, are
readily transferred and not easily forgotten. In the final projects,
students communicate their learning to school and community members as
well as to each other. |
Standards: |
Awesome Apples |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 2 to 4 |
How It Works: This unit will provide students
with opportunities to enhance predicting, observing, recording and
comparing skills by using apples. By using a hands-on approach all
children will be able to touch, taste, smell, and actually see first
hand how apples are used in our everyday lives. To "kick-off" the
study of apples the students go to a local apple orchard to discover
how apples grow, the important role of the honey bee, and the different
machinery used in processing the apples.
Some of the activities that can be done range from graphing and
weighing the apples purchased at the store, performing science
experiments dealing with dehydrating and cooking the apples, as well
as "surfing the net" for recipes and other ideas. Books, poems, and
songs can be used, charts and stories can be written and murals can be
painted and displayed for the school to enjoy. The children will be
excited each day when arriving to school because of the "hand-on
experiments" that are ongoing in the classroom and will discover new
ways to experiment with the apples. |
The Students: Used with all learning
abilities ranging from inclusion
to gifted students. |
The Staff: Classroom teacher |
What You Need: Any type
of classroom;
apples; various
cooking equipment; a selection
of fiction and
non-fiction books
on apples. |
Overall Value: This learning experience is
easily integrated with all curriculum. It is possible with this topic
to take a student's idea and further develop it. This gives the
students ownership of the project. Doing hands-on projects that have
ownership and meaning to the student enables them to draw conclusions
and communicate to others their ideas and discoveries. The students
show development of higher level thinking skills and enjoy eating the
products of their learning experiments. |
Standards: |
B.R.I.C.K.S. -- Bringing Real Interdisciplinary Curriculum To Kids In Schools |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 8 to 10 |
How It Works: Through interdisciplinary
studies, students learn the concepts of, simple machines, gear ratios
and problem solving using the popular, building bricks manufactured by
LEGO. Students work in cooperative, groups to solve problems and build
models such as eggbeaters with, gears and cranes with pulleys. Students
keep inventor's notebooks, that include schematic drawings and parts
inventories and follow, the scientific process to arrive at conclusions
to difficult, topics. Using LEGO building bricks students are
provided with unlimited, opportunities for hands-on learning. As
students progress through, the project, they encounter important
concepts from math, physics robotics and engineering. In addition,
they participate in the, important processes of problem solving and
cooperative learning. Students involved in this project will be
gearing up for learning. DCPS Major System Priorities:
Achievement, Critical Thinking, Intergroup Relations Blueprint 2000
Goals: Student Performance, Learning Environment The Students:
Computer Application students in grades six, seven and eight, including
ESOL and ESE students, (LD, EH, SLD and Gifted) have, participated in
B.R.I.C.K.S. The project also has been presented, to elementary
students. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Lottie Simms is a 14-year teaching
veteran with an educational, specialist degree in Computer Science
Education. She is the 1992, State of Florida Instructional Computing
Teacher of the Year. She, teaches computer technology classes and is an
Adjunct Instructor, for Barry University's School of Education. She is
also the Middle, School Coordinator at Miami Lakes Middle School, a
teacher trainer, for LEGO educational products, an advocate of
interdisciplinary, instruction and a cooperative learning instructor.
She is the, recipient of two Teacher Mini-Grants and is a 1990-1991
IMPACT II, Developer. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities:
The project can be implemented in the traditional classroom. LEGO,
kits, (Technic I and Technic II) are needed to fulfill the project,
objective. Outside Resources: A teacher-made video showing
students at work accomplishing the, stated objectives can be shown.
LEGO produced lesson plans and, ideas for implementation also can be
utilized. |
Overall Value: Students enjoy coming to class
to play with LEGO toys. However they don't realize that the toys
they are playing with have, outstanding education value. Through this
project, students, develop an enthusiasm for school as well as
developing team skills, by working in cooperative pairs. Students are
rewarded with self-, gratification by accomplishing some difficult tasks
in a, cooperative, social setting. |
Standards: |
Bacteria Unit: A Collaboration of Experts |
Category: Science |
Grades: 5 to 8 |
How It Works: Guiding Principles: #1
Students understand the nature of mathematics and science #2 Students
communicate effectively in mathematics and science #7 Students attain
and apply essential knowledge and skills of mathematics and science
Content Standards 1A: Students use scientific inquiry to provide
insight into and comprehension of the world around them. P1 Make
accurate observations using appropriate tools and units of measure. P2
Ask questions and propose strategies and materials to use in seeking
answers to questions. 2B: Students construct knowledge through
reflection, evaluation and refocusing. I1 Reflect on work in science
and mathematics using such activities as discussions, journals and self
assessments. 2F: Individually and collaboratively students use
effective communication techniques. P2 Interact in groups of various
sizes. I1 Function effectively in groups within various assigned roles.
7.1C: Students understand and apply concepts of data analysis. P2
Make tallies and graphs of information gathered from immediate
surroundings. 7.2B: Students understand how living things depend on one
another and non-living aspects of the environment. P1 Identify ways
that organisms depend on their environment. 7.2C: Students understand
that cells are the basic units of life that can reproduce themselves.
P2 Demonstrate an understanding that plants and animals need food, water
and gases to survive. P3 Explore magnifying devices and how they
enable individuals to see in more detail. P4 Provide examples of
causes of diseases.
The Approach In the BACTERIA UNIT: A COLLECTION OF EXPERTS, a
laboratory scientist works with students and their teachers to transform
classrooms into active laboratories. Teams of students actively search
for bacteria in their classroom and surrounding environment. Through an
integrated curriculum, scientific methods and language are introduced to
students. Students discuss what bacteria actually are, where and what
they require to live, and the useful and harmful things bacteria do.
They also learn the techniques necessary to study bacteria. Teachers and
scientists guide students to develop hypotheses and protocols, which
they then investigate in teams. Language arts, math, science, art and
cooperative learning are incorporated into this curriculum, taking full
advantage of the unique experience. A variety of teaching strategies
and assessments are used to insure student success throughout the week.
Student brainstorming activities provide a baseline through their
demonstration of prior knowledge (preassessment). Students learn how to
inoculate petri dishes the right and wrong way through live
demonstration and instructional video. In daily science journals
students record their activities, predictions, and observations.
Students apply knowledge learned in early experiments and make
inferences based on previous conclusions established through data
analysis. Collective data are displayed in several ways. A student
generated classroom map entitled,"Where can we find bacteria?," displays
hand-dawn pictures. Students place actual petri dishes, which serve as
data points, on a large floor graph. This allows comparative data
analysis and discussion at the whole class level. Teachers use pre and
post unit student interviews and student journals to assess learning
throughout the period. Pre-test, post-test and five month follow-up
interviews with stratified sample students in the BACTERIA UNIT revealed
strong durable comprehension of the unit's basic concepts.
Additionally, students interviewed demonstrated facility with designing
experiments, including the importance of an experimental control, and
were able to interpret graphic data displays. In the coming year,
assessment strategies will include a student designed quiz with answer
key for inter-classroom exchange, a cartoon depiction of the week's
activities, fill in the caption student exercise and "design your own
experiment." |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: This project requires
pertinent scientific tools including: agar, petri dishes, test tubes,
sterile swabs, sterile gloves and an incubator. Petri dishes with agar
are the only necessary materials unique to this unit. They are
commercially available, pre-made for $0.30 each. All other materials can
be obtained from existing supplies. A cardboard box and lamp serve well
as an incubator. Q-tips are a realistic substitute for sterile swabs
and a plastic sandwich bag can be substituted for a test tube. A
magnifying glass offers the close up view required for observations. A
scientist-expert guides students experimentation, ensuring scientific
accuracy, in the design of learning experiences. Because a
scientist-expert is not always available, we have produced a training
video to demonstrate techniques to student-scientists. Teacher-experts
nurture student conceptual growth and oversee class management concerns.
|
Overall Value: This project, which focuses on
learning about germs in personally relevant studies, addresses the need
to interest rural students in science and mathematics. It offers them
free access to scientists from the community, introducing them to local
role models in non-traditional fields. This investigation into the world
of bacteriology links science to students' worlds, in an easy to
implement format. The COLLABORATION OF EXPERTS has been active for three
successive years, involved two laboratory scientists, reached one
hundred eighty second grade students and resulted in a document
submitted for publication. Students, parents, teachers and scientists
describe this unit as exciting, innovative and adaptable to many
settings. |
Standards: |
Bagging Up Alphabet Fun |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 1 to 3 |
How It Works: This daily program gave
children an opportunity to relate letter sounds they were learning to
objects they had at home that began with each alphabet letter. Each
child had a chance to take home a duffel bag and find three to five
items that began with the weekly alphabet study. The sharing child gave
a clue to an item that had been brought in and classmates tried to
guess the item, answering in a complete sentence. If the item was not
guessed in three tries, the student showed the object. When the child
was finished, another child was picked to fill the duffel bag the
following day. Children loved guessing and then seeing the items as
well as being in the spotlight. Each child was given an equal chance to
excel. This project helped many shy children overcome their fear of
speaking to the class because they were holding onto their props. |
The Students: This year 29 students in a
team-teaching classroom used two bags per day. This program could be
done with first graders or special education classes and in small or
whole class settings |
The Staff: Susan Bussan has taught 16 years.
She has taught second grade, tutored in kindergarten and is currently
teaching kindergarten. She has received two IMPACT Grants in past
years. |
What You Need: Children, with parental help,
searched their homes for ideas. Some children brought in favorite tapes
and books beginning with the letter study. A few students have even
copied pictures they have found on the Internet.Children sit on the
floor with the sharing child holding the duffel bag standing in front of
them. The duffel bag also contained a stuffed animal or puppet that
the child could play with when the bag was taken home for the evening. |
Overall Value: Children love the chance to be
"teacher". They enjoy giving clues and choosing the child to guess
which objects they have in the bag. Children develop good listening
skills and practice effective speaking. This helps build
self-confidence and pride. "Bagging Up Alphabet Fun" helps children
remember the letters and sounds which they are learning each week.
Children learn and retain from their peers. |
Standards: |
BALEEN OR NOT BALEEN? THAT IS THE QUESTION |
Category: Science |
Grades: 2 to 7 |
How It Works: This interdisciplinary project
was designed for students to acquire knowledge, gain understanding, and
develop an appreciation for whales and their environment. Integrated
activities incorporated language arts, math, science, social studies,
art, music, and technology. Students not only took pride in their
expertise but also gained an awareness of the delicate balance of nature
in the oceans. An exciting component of the project was the opportunity
for the students to become graphic artists. Each student selected a
whale, researched its attributes, and created a free-hand drawing on a
computer. On the class field trip to the Mystic Marine Life Aquarium,
all sixty-six third grade students wore their personally- designed
shirts. This trip culminated in an in-depth study conducted in the
classroom that included individual research reports, whale stories, a
presentation by a marine naturalist, math lessons, project folders,
videos, computer lab activities, art room projects, and whaling songs.
It provided an opportunity for students to demonstrate their knowledge
to the aquarium staff and to better appreciate the live exhibits they
encountered. This project incorporated activities that encompassed the
seven Multiple Intelligences, as described by Dr. Howard Gardner,
addressing varied abilities, interests, and learning styles. Students
measured and drew three life-sized whales on the school parking lot.
|
The Students: |
The Staff: Julie Kuja, Avery Morgan, Joan Seaman and Mary Stehle |
What You Need: Measuring tools and music tapes. |
Overall Value: This project capitalized on
students' natural interest in whales. Students synthesized information
and developed an awareness of and appreciation for whales and their
environment. Open-ended activities enabled students to effectively use
reasoning and problem solving strategies. Students were able to answer
the following essential questions about whales: What are the
distinguishing characteristics of whales; Why do whales migrate; How has
humankind disturbed the delicate balance of nature in the oceans?
|
Standards: Intellectual Curiosity Reasoning and Problem Solving |
Bathroom Beautification |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 4 to 10 |
How It Works: In this project, students lead
their learning community by replacing bathroom graffiti with attractive
student-made art. Eighth graders first analyze instances of graffiti or
vandalism in the school's bathrooms, using the mean, mode, and median
to describe their findings.
Meanwhile, the eighth graders serve as mentors to a second grade class.
The mentors create weekly lesson plans for their "students," and
measure their progress. The students co-plan the layout and design for
themes in the bathrooms, then paint the bathroom stalls and walls.
Their student-made product is safe from future vandalism because they
designed and created it!
|
The Students: Sixty second grade students and
60 eighth grade students participated in this highly successful
project. The students represented a broad range of ability levels. |
The Staff: Erin Roche is a bilingual language
arts teacher who has taught for four years in the CPS. Ushma Shah is a
CASA Art Teacher and has taught for seven years. Gabriel Angomas, a
bilingual eighth grade math teacher, and Guillermo Delgado, a
professional artist who has worked with the CPS for five years, assisted
Mr. Roche. |
What You Need: The following materials are
needed to implement this project: paint; brushes; paper towels; plastic
cups; plastic squeeze bottles; a floor covering (e.g. a tarpaulin). |
Overall Value: Students are highly motivated
to complete math assignments, interpret statistical assumptions and
meanings, write and reflect on lesson plans, lead their second grade
students, and even come to school early to help prepare! All students
are fully engaged and participatory, and the school gains
student-created artwork they can point to with pride! |
Standards: The project addresses the
following Illinois State Goals and Chicago Academic Standards (CAS):
Goal #6; Goal #7; Goal #10; Goal #25A.2d and 3d; Goal #26 Bj.2d; Goal
#27 A.2a. and State Application of Learning: Working on Teams, p.79 of
state arts standards booklet. |
Batter Up! |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 5 to 14 |
How It Works: Batter Up! is an
interdisciplinary unit of study focusing on baseball. Students use
their research skills to gain knowledge of the teams in Major League
Baseball while sharpening their skills in mathematics, geography,
language arts, and science, as well as learning new skills needed for
today's information age.
One example of Batter Up! is the lesson where students search the
internet to learn about the origin of the teams in Major League baseball
and create a timeline of the dates the teams entered the league.
Students grasp the history of the teams while learning about the other
historical events that happened during the time period.
During this unit, students will create graphs, design baseball uniforms,
create baseball cards and even learn about rumming a baseball
franchise. " " America's favorite pasttime is an exciting focus
to motivate students to learn how to gather, organize, synthesize and
communicate information in all subject areas."
|
The Students: This unit can be successful
with students of varying ability levels. I have taught this unit to 6th
graders but can also work with students older as well as younger. Any
group of students interested in using the internet and having some
interest in baseball or learning about baseball can be successful. Some
lessons can be taken out of the main unit and completed as stand-alone
lessons.
|
The Staff: Lottie J. Simms teaches at Lawton Chiles Middle School in Miami Lakes, Florida. She is also a TeachNet Web Mentor
|
What You Need: "10 or more" "Internet connection
An integrated software package - word processor, data base, spreadsheet, presentation tool.
|
Overall Value: This unit of study creatively
and effectively uses technology to motivate students to achieve. It is
high interest and innovative, thus contributing to student achievement
strategies. It is easily adapted to all grade levels and interest
levels.
|
Standards: |
Batter Up! |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 5 to 14 |
How It Works: Batter Up! is an
interdisciplinary unit of study focusing on baseball. Students use
their research skills to gain knowledge of the teams in Major League
Baseball while sharpening their skills in mathematics, geography,
language arts, and science, as well as learning new skills needed for
today's information age.
One example of Batter Up! is the lesson where students search the
internet to learn about the origin of the teams in Major League baseball
and create a timeline of the dates the teams entered the league.
Students grasp the history of the teams while learning about the other
historical events that happened during the time period.
During this unit, students will create graphs, design baseball uniforms,
create baseball cards and even learn about rumming a baseball
franchise. " " America's favorite pasttime is an exciting focus
to motivate students to learn how to gather, organize, synthesize and
communicate information in all subject areas."
|
The Students: This unit can be successful
with students of varying ability levels. I have taught this unit to 6th
graders but can also work with students older as well as younger. Any
group of students interested in using the internet and having some
interest in baseball or learning about baseball can be successful. Some
lessons can be taken out of the main unit and completed as stand-alone
lessons.
|
The Staff: Lottie J. Simms teaches at Lawton Chiles Middle School in Miami Lakes, Florida. She is also a TeachNet Web Mentor
|
What You Need: "10 or more" "Internet connection
An integrated software package - word processor, data base, spreadsheet, presentation tool.
|
Overall Value: This unit of study creatively
and effectively uses technology to motivate students to achieve. It is
high interest and innovative, thus contributing to student achievement
strategies. It is easily adapted to all grade levels and interest
levels.
|
Standards: |
Be All That You Can Be |
Category: Relations |
Grades: 3 to 14 |
How It Works: "Be All You Can Be" is an
enrichment curriculum to increase self-esteem, to encourage students to
get the best education possible to achieve their career goals in life,
and to make the community aware of the school mission statement and
motto. Community resource speakers are utilized through assemblies,
group discussions, and interactions to enlighten students on the various
educational choices and alternatives they may choose to achieve their
career goals. A full week or more of activities is set aside to
implement this program. Speakers, representing all the ethnic groups of
the school, are invited to boost the students' self-esteem and to talk
about their success regardless of their race or socioeconomic
background. Each day has a theme (Monday: Hats Off to a Great
Education Ñ everyone wears a hat). Each classroom designs a banner
about success, education, achievement, or the school motto. The banners
are displayed in the school for the remainder of the year. Student
athletes from the neighboring universities speak to, small groups of
students on the importance of college and the desire to succeed.
Other speakers show educational alternatives such as vocational trade
schools and junior, college. The importance of a high, school education
is stressed to the students. Each student colors and makes a badge
with an education slogan on it, i.e. Education is the Key to Your
Future; Education, Education, Education: Don't Take a Vacation from
Education. Students read poems during the program each day about the
importance of education. For the finale at the end of the week, a pep
rally is held with skits stressing the importance of an education and
cheers including S-U-C-C-E-S-S and other cheers that the students have
made up with their classes. The grand finale is a Be All That You Can
Be Sock Hop on Friday after school with door prizes donated by local
merchants. The Student: All students in the school can participate in
this program, and it can, be adapted for middle school and high school. |
The Students: |
The Staff: At least a couple of energetic,
teachers or VIPS are needed to coordinate the week of activities.
Cooperation with the faculty and staff is necessary to carry out the
activities. Volunteers are needed to help with the after-school dance. |
What You Need: Materials: Badge (one for
every student), paper to make badge inserts, ribbons with the school
motto printed on them, poster board, markers, art supplies, and computer
banners. Outside Resources: The Houston Independent School District
Community Resource Speakers catalogue was used to obtain most of the
speakers. Other speakers were obtained through personal contact with
teachers at the school. For this program to be successful, you do need
to incorporate outside speakers. |
Overall Value: Materials: Badge (one for
every student), paper to make badge inserts, ribbons with the school
motto printed on them, poster board, markers, art supplies, and computer
banners. Outside Resources: The Houston Independent School District
Community Resource Speakers catalogue was used to obtain most of the
speakers. Other speakers were obtained through personal contact with
teachers at the school. For this program to be successful, you do need
to incorporate outside speakers. |
Standards: |
BE YOUR OWN BOSS |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: An empty store is available for
lease in a the local mall. Student groups must wear the hats of
entrepreneurs and decide if they will sign the lease and open their own
retail stores. Before making their decisions, a number of factors must
be considered, a great deal of planning must occur, and choices must be
made - and this is what propels the students through the unit. In the
end, students must decide if signing the lease is a wise decision. This
project integrates many skills. Students construct graphs of data they
have gathered from the survey, interview real mall store managers,
measure and diagram an empty store, determine area, calculate inventory
and remodeling costs, design store logos and advertisements, create
spreadsheets, evaluate data, and write essays explaining their
decisions. By centering the theme on a shopping mall, the unit
capitalizes on the middle school students' interests and social
tendencies while providing a motivating backdrop that focuses on skill
development in a realistic environment. The majority of the unit
occurs in the mathematics classroom, but the students use the computer
lab at optimal points when both the classroom teacher and the computer
teacher are available to help students with their numerous project
components. |
The Students: "Be Your Own Boss" is used with
Pre Algebra, General Math and Remedial Math students in grade 8 but it
also suitable for students in grades 7 and 9. The project could be
modified by increasing or decreasing the amount of computer work or by
changing the complexity of the tasks.
|
The Staff: Joyce Jones and Elizabeth Smith Leonard J. Tyl Middle School, Oakdale |
What You Need: Shopping mall field trip, 50' tape measure, clipboards, graph paper, computers. |
Overall Value: "Be Your Own Boss" was
designed to address student weaknesses on the Connecticut Mastery Test
as well as prepare students for the Connecticut Academic Performance
Test. During the three to four weeks of the project, students work from
the concrete to the abstract. Reasoning, measuring, computation,
communication, and problem solving are all involved, just as auditory,
visual, and hands-on learning styles are addressed. Students get to
integrate their math and computer skills while also working
cooperatively with fellow students in a real world situation.
|
Standards: Motivation and Persistence
Interpersonal Relations Reasoning and Problem Solving Quantitative
Skills Speaking, Listening and Viewing
|
Because - We Want Results |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 12 to 12 |
How It Works: "Because - We Want Results"
combines the State Assessment skill of cause and effect with writing to
turn students into advertising executives who,,"because" of their
newly-discovered powers, get the,"results" they want! The project's
strength lies in the critical thinking involved in recognizing cause and
effect in relationships. This basic skill comes alive when students
share over a dozen examples from their own experiences, using
cause/effect vocabulary. The teacher can easily teach the accompanying,
writing skills, specifically comma usage for introductory dependent
clauses. A construction-paper paired activity is used to check
application. Students then examine ads to find directly-stated or
implied cause/effect relationships. Further activities include
developing group products and ads, reading literary selections to
analyze cause/effect, and writing expository essays structured by this
skill. This project inverts the English teacher's usual approach of
literature-skill-writing-evaluation and, instead asks young people to
search their own lives for examples, express them in writing, generalize
the application of the skill and recognize it in reading, both
functionally and creatively. It is important, to understand
that,"Because We Want Results" can be a one-day to two or three week
activity, depending on curricular needs. Some classes benefit from just
the examples, vocabulary, and paired activity, while other courses
connect the ad writing to consumer propaganda or mass-media units to
increase the students' learning experience. DCPS Major System
Priorities: Critical Thinking, Job Preparedness, Standard English,
Intergroup Relations. The Students: This project has been used in
several skills level tenth-grade classrooms. The project can be easily
adapted to any level, from Kindergarten to accelerated. Other
disciplines packed with cause/effect relationship--such as health,
science (especially, physics) and social studies--lend themselves well
to many of the activities found in,"Because - We Want Results". |
The Students: |
The Staff: Chris Kirchner has developed SSAT
teaching techniques as her school's testing coordinator for the past
three years. She has taught inner-city high school students for over
seven years, and has won acclaim for involving these young people in the
social problems that face the community through JACKSON ACTION. She was
recently a finalist for Dade County Teacher of the Year. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities: A
normal classroom setting, overhead projector, writing skill
transparencies, construction or colored paper, magazines. Outside
Resources: Students can study case/effect relationships at Miami's
Museum of Science. A list of speakers from local ad agencies is
available. |
Overall Value: Students have a great time
teaching themselves the basic skills as they gain insight into
advertising techniques through their study of cause and effect. The
ability to recognize relationships in what they hear, see and read
develops critical thinking skills valuable to the conscientious
consumers of the 21st century. |
Standards: |
Becoming That Scientist! |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 5 to 14 |
How It Works: Becoming That Scientist, is an
exciting interdisciplinary, hands-on unit that enables students to learn
about, demonstrate, the acquired knowledge, and,"step into the shoes"
of the, scientist of their choice. This unit expands science into,
history, writing, art, and mathematics giving the student, knowledge of
the tools a given scientist must use. Becoming That Scientist
captures and strengthens the scientific, curiosity and interest of the
whole class, motivating students to, research and demonstrate the life
and science of their special, chosen scientist. Students begin by
brainstroming the question,,"What is a, Scientist?" Students then begin
gathering facts and resources, about scientists and inventors,
eventually narrowing their, research report down to one favorite person.
Student-created, journals, reflective writings, diary page collections
interviews, timelines (pictorial and written), science fair, entries
and the culminating minidramas are outlined and scheduled, by the
teacher throughout this science unit. Teacher assessments include:
final projects, tests, assignment, checklists, and videotaped
minidramas. Students use higher level, critical thinking skills and
problem solving when comparing their, scientist to their own lives.
Students' written and oral, reflections along with parent, staff, and
community comment are, also used in assessing this unit. Photographs and
video, recordings are collected periodically throughout the unit, and,
viewed by the class, parents, and community, in class and during, Open
House/Science Fair night. Parent comments included,"I'm glad, to see a
strong student interest in science," and,"We're all, learning about
Benjamin Franklin!" This idea could be, successfully adapted to any
famous individual of history literature, music, or art. This unit
teaches process skills such as observing, ordering, and, categorizing.
It communicates ideas to others, while experiencing, history in rich
detail and as a story well told, which are all, recommended by the
Science and History/Social Scienc Frameworks. The Science Framework
stresses hands-on lessons and instilling in, students the joy of science
through enjoyable, expanding, activities and experiences. Also
recommended is writing across, the curriculum and integrating with other
areas of study. Sixty-six sixth graders, including ESL and special
education, students, participated in the 1993-94 school year. All
students, successfully completed the key areas of the unit. Adaptations
to, individual learning levels included teaming students and,
modifications of assignments. |
The Students: |
The Staff: I have taught sixth grade for 19
years, the last seven years at, Solvang. I have also taught
kindergarten, grades 3-4, and 7-8. |
What You Need: This unit can be done in any
normal classroom setting. Resources, from the County Education Office
Library and the school library, should be planned ahead. Camera and
video equipment is helpful, but not necessary. Guest scientists are very
effective during this unit. Class, visits and field trips to medical
labs and hospitals are helpful. When applied to in writing, NASA and
other national science, agencies can often supply materials and
photographs. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Before 911 |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: Before 911, is designed to
teach students first aid skills emphasizing hands-on emergency
experiences in a fun but, educational manner. People encounter medical
emergency situations, requiring first aid knowledge daily. An initial
assessment of, first aid skills identifies areas where each one needs
more work. During the unit, they individually investigate and learn
these, skills. Curriculum includes, but is not limited to, discussion
role play of minor cuts, burns, sprains, broken bones, seizure,
reactions, severe bleeding situations, and sports accidents. After
class discussion of a variety of community emergency, situations,
experts come in to speak to the class. Next, students, are divided into
groups of two or three to role play emergencies, and demonstrate their
knowledge of appropriate reactions while, being videotaped by another
student. Videotapes are then reviewed, by the class, which stimulates
additional discussion on reaction, options. Using students as the actors
and camera operators is an, effective teaching tool since peer image is
so important at the, high school level. Videotaping also provides an
effective means, of evaluation. Before 911, promotes
critical/reflective thinking skills and, problem solving for high-stress
emergency situations. Students, learn that panic reactions are not
conducive to clear thinking. By remaining calm and having knowledge of
first aid, students, experience increased self-esteem. They are proud of
themselves, for being able to help others. State Framework, This
curriculum fits the English/Language Arts and History/Social, Science
frameworks by integrating listening, speaking, thinking self-esteem
building and community involvement in a meaningful, context. The Science
Framework is addressed with hands-on, learning and understanding of
essential body functions, and also, the teaching of process skills such
as observation and, categorizing priorities. Before 911 was implemented
with students who were identified as, learning and severely
developmentally disabled. It was designed, to address the needs of all
learners in the classroom. Ten, students, grades 9-12, ages 14-22,
participated successfully. |
The Students: |
The Staff: I have taught home economics and health for six years and have, been a Learning Handicapped teacher for three years. |
What You Need: Materials are taken from a
variety of sources, including first, aid books and films. Role play
activities use materials which are, commonly available: sticks or
magazines for splints; clothing or, sheets for bandages. A video camera
is also necessary. Professional speakers are valuable resources.
Possible speakers, include representatives from the Red Cross, the
Mobile Life, Support Unit, and the Fire Department. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Behavior Of Mealworms |
Category: Science |
Grades: 4 to 7 |
How It Works: This project involves students
in caring for and observing the behavior of mealworms. Mealworms are
the larvae of the darkling beetle. This project evolves with the
interest level of the students. It is possible to study just the
mealworms, but if interest remains high, it is even more satisfying for
students to adopt a mealworm and observe it as it passes from the larvae
stage to the pupa stage, then see its,"pet" as an adult, and even
witness the next generation of mealworms as the eggs left by the adult
beetles mature into mealworms. Activities include observing mealworms,
thinking about their likes and dislikes--and wondering about them.
Students become concerned about their pets and want to name them and
devise ways to improve the quality of their lives. Children use their
own ingenuity to create equipment to test their hunches con concerning
their mealworms'-abilities and likes and dislikes. Children quickly
learn that a lowly little creature has definite likes and dislikes--and
this creature can show its preferences when given choices. Children
record their findings in science journals. Evaluation is on-going. As
children work alone or with partners studying their mealworms and/or
designing equipment to test their theories, much sharing and
brainstorming occurs. Teachers may also monitor the activities and use
reflective questioning as a strategy to get the pupils to work through
their theories. The quality and quantity of responses in the science
journals are also helpful in evaluating the quality of student learning.
One particularly revealing assignment I have given is to ask the
students to write a letter to their mealworms describing all the things
that he were able to learn from their meal worms. |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: Mealworms, Containers, Cereal,
Science Journals, (reproducibles for science journal are in project
package) Cardboard, Q-tips,Blocks, Paperclips, Cotton Balls (any items
students want to use to create equipment for their mealworm experiments.
|
Overall Value: When students are working with
live creatures they are in the unique position of having the
opportunity to learn directly from them. With this project, the teacher
is the facilitator monitoring student activities, checking for
understanding, making available supplies needed by children who are
creating equipment, or observing their mealworms. The mealworm itself,
is the teacher, and the student participates actively trying to come up
with ways to help the mealworm reveal its preferences. In this regard
it is a most unusual experience for young children. I have found that
this sort of hands-on activity holds student interest and serves as a
springboard to generate much language. I have also found that the
experience of working with mealworms and following the life cycle of the
darkling beetle cultivated a respect for living creatures. Appropriate
vocabulary such as segment",,"larvae",,"life cycle","pupa" and habitat
become a part of the students' everyday speaking vocabulary. |
Standards: |
Berlin's Choice: The Soviet Union or the West? |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 12 to 14 |
How It Works: Students analyze the relative
merits of capitalism and communism by assuming the roles of post-WWII
steel workers in the ruined city of Berlin. Using primary source
documents, they stage a debate in which a fictitious labor union, eager
to rebuild, will decide to invite either the backing of communist Soviet
Union or the capitalist West.
The lesson plan is four anticipatory sets followed by a mock debate.
Set 1) Students view slides of art and photos from 1930s and 40s Berlin.
They see Expressionistic art and listen to jazz music, then see photos
of Nazi Berlin while listening to Ode to Joy. Finally, they see slides
of Berlin in ruins. Each student creates an art triptych in response to
these three stages of Berlin. Set 2) Students participate in "jump-in
reading" and create found poetry about Berlin using George Marshall's
1947 Harvard University address. Set 3) Students, seated before a
projected image of Churchill, Stalin and FDR at the Yalta Conference,
read excerpts from "Declaration of a Liberated Europe." Set 4) As
American foreign correspondents in post-war Berlin, they synthesize
learning into a column for the paper back home.
For the debate, the class becomes the United Steel Workers of Berlin
Labor Union, committed to having a say in the future of Berlin. Students
are divided into two teams. Team 1 is given primary source documents
which paint an optimistic picture of communism. Team 2 is given primary
source documents which favor capitalism and the West. Once both teams
analyze the documents and prepare their cases, three elected speakers
begin the debate. |
The Students: 1997-98: 60 grade 10 World Cultures students, 35 teachers (at the California History/Social Science Project). |
The Staff: Chris has taught World History and Latin for two years. He is a UCSB California History/Social Science Project fellow. |
What You Need: Teacher packet with primary
source documents, images of Berlin photography and art, period music,
and overhead of the Yalta Conference photo. |
Overall Value: Students step back in time and
view the promise of communism vs. democracy rather than communism's
harsh totalitarian outcome. They are challenged to address society's
concept of civic rights, values and responsibilities. They also
strengthen their historical, ethical, cultural, geographic, economic and
sociopolitical literacy. By interpreting and re-teaching primary source
documents, they hone their participation, critical thinking and basic
study skills.
Students receive credit for completing drawings, poetry and newspaper
articles. Journal entries are evaluated for student understanding of
history and for personal effort and awareness of the process. The
California History/Social Science Framework recommends teaching the
results of World War II, The Marshall Plan, and the Truman Doctrine. A
final test on totalitarianism includes this material. |
Standards: |
Beyond Happily Ever After |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 6 to 6 |
How It Works: "Beyond Happily Ever After" is
an integrated language arts/social studies unit in which students study a
wide variety of literature featuring strong female protagonists and
examine their own stereotypical thinking. As they study traditional vs.
feminist fairy tales, they practice the skills necessary for success in
writing a compare/contrast essay, as well as writing their own parodies
of traditional tales. After studying shorter literary forms, they move
on to novels, focusing on the works of Lynn Reid Banks, Katherine
Peterson, and Patricia C. Wrede. After analyzing their treatment of
characters in their works, excerpts from the novels are transformed into
puppet shows, with the students creating scripts, puppets, and scenery.
While this is going on, students are studying Herstory, or the
contributions that women have made to our society, and applying what
they have learned to the choices that they must make in their own lives.
The unit concludes with a Famous Females program. The Student: The
program was implemented with two classes of Vanguard fourth graders who
meet daily for integrated language arts instruction. Student's, reading
levels ranged from about one year below level to three to four, years
above grade level. Books were chosen to meet their individual reading
needs, while whole-group instruction was aimed at specific TAAS reading
and writing targets. |
The Students: |
The Staff: "Beyond Happily Ever After" is
used by a classroom teacher with interest and experience in both the
language and performing arts. No other staff members are needed,
although ancillary teachers can contribute a great deal to the quality
of the finished products. The program has enjoyed the enthusiastic
support of the administration and parents. |
What You Need: Materials: Copies of fairy
tales on transparencies, an overhead projector, art materials for
puppets (Styrofoam, wooden dowels, yarn, felt, acrylic paints), and
enough copies of novels by the featured authors for the children to read
are all that is necessary. Additional audio-visual equipment, such as a
cassette/CD player, keyboard, or video camera would enhance the quality
of the performances. Outside Resources: The library is an excellent
source for single copies of the necessary books. Multiple copies can
be, purchased inexpensively from school book clubs (such as Scholastic)
or at a significant discount from Richardson's Books. |
Overall Value: This project is a valuable one
for several reasons; first, students are able to practice important
reading, writing, and interpersonal skills within a very meaningful
context. In addition, they are able to learn more about the half of the
population that history books have for so long neglected, as well as
being able to make the connection that history was made by real people
like themselves. Finally, they are able to examine the stereotypical
thinking, both in literature and on the playground, that has limited
their choices in the past so that they may avoid those traps in the
future. |
Standards: |
Beyond the Earth and You |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 9 to 11 |
How It Works: Beyond The Earth And You is
designed to teach,"at-risk" and reluctant learners different aspects of
our solar system using hands-on, exciting activities. The purpose is to
show students that there are many things that are far larger than
themselves and the world in which they live. To begin this unit of
study, students are first introduced to terms that form a base for
discovering their solar system. Students then begin to build on this
knowledge by researching information on the planets and other celestial
objects within our solar system. The students share information with
their peers to create their own individual books on and illustrations of
the solar system. The students continue with a field activity in which
the students must, using mathematics and a team approach, determine a
scale they can use to show the distance of each planet from the sun. The
students then use this scale to create a "human picture" of the
universe with each student representing a planet. Next, students
construct models of the solar system using their gained knowledge and
applied math. The final activities involve a "night-sky discovery" and
construction of a mini-planetarium. These activities provide the
students with an opportunity to share their knowledge with other
students within the school and with the community. DCPS Major System
Priorities, Achievement, Critical Thinking, Parental Involvement,
Intergroup Relations, Blueprint 2000 Goals, Student Performance,
Learning Environment, The Students: This program has been used with
students with varying exceptionalities in grades seven through nine.
Beyond The Earth And You may be adapted to meet the needs of students of
all levels and skills. This project is centered around cooperative
learning and may be used with large or small groups of students. |
The Students: |
The Staff: DaJuana Prater holds a bachelor of
arts in education and is a beginning teacher. She graduated at the top
of her class at Florida Atlantic University. Her field of specialization
is exceptional student education. Ms. Prater currently teaches science
and math to students of varying exceptionalities at North Dade Middle
School. |
What You Need: This program uses various art
materials, a telescope of average magnification and supplies needed to
construct a mini-planetarium. A classroom of virtually any size may be
used when implementing this project. Outside Resources: Parents are
the most valuable outside resource for providing volunteer support and
materials. Other sources include the school's PTA and student service
organizations. |
Overall Value: Beyond The Earth And You
furnishes both teachers and students with the opportunity to discover,
in an exciting and innovative environment, more about their world and
other celestial bodies beyond that world. |
Standards: |
Beyond the Shadow of a Doubt |
Category: Science |
Grades: 8 to 8 |
How It Works: This program uses the
observation of shadows in all its forms to teach science, art, language,
and math. Some social studies is woven into several of the activities.
The students were first taken to the Museum of Fine Arts to observe
the use of shade and shadow. They were encouraged to make observations
on the work of the various,"masters" and to comment on the effectiveness
of their use of shadows. If this field trip is not possible, it may be
replaced by a display of reproductions of various sketches and
paintings. Questions such as the position of the source of light and
the possible effect of shifting the object/light source were used to
trigger discussion about the relationship between the tested variables.
The class used the resulting formula to calculate and predict the size
of the shadow using different variables. They also applied their
knowledge of the formation of shadows to the formation of eclipses.
This led to a discussion of how light travels and the conclusion that
light must travel in a straight line otherwise shadows would not be
formed. An extension of this activity was a discussion of the things
that shadows are used for, e.g. sun dials. The second activity was
introduced by the placement of various objects on a table in the middle
of the room with a light shining down on them. The students were
positioned around the room with sketch pad and pencils in hand. Each
student sketched the object from his perspective. The sketches were
placed on a grid map of the classroom. Each student was also asked to
write a description to go with his sketch. As an extension of this
activity, I mixed up the pictures and asked students to attempt to
identify which description went with which sketch. The third activity
involved the reading of Macbeth (either the whole play as we did, or one
of the many speeches, that deal with light, darkness, and shadow, e.g.
"Out, out brief candle, life is but a walking shadow" followed by a
group discussion about the true meaning of this speech and the students'
understand of how uncertainty can be portrayed as a shadow. They were
then encouraged to write their own poems using and metaphors about
shadows. Each student or group of students read their poems to the
class but did not explain them. Other members of the class took turns
explaining the poems; and after everyone who wanted to attempt an
interpretation had done so, the authors explained their poem,
culminating discussion about differences in interpretation. The
students were also allowed to listen to different types of music and
discuss which parts were equivalent to bright light and darkness and
which they would consider shadowy. The students were challenged to
interview friends and family and do research to find myths, legends,
traditions, and/or superstitions involving shadows e.g. Ground Hog Day.
They were allowed to share their discovery with others. As an
extension of this activity, the students were encouraged to create their
own myths. The Student: The students involved in this program were
sixth graders, although it can be scaled up or down to other grade
levels. This program can either take place in a single integrated
middle school or upper elementary classroom, or be part of a
team-teaching system. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The only staff needed is the classroom teacher. |
What You Need: Materials: The materials
needed for this program were: paintings, light, objects, sketch pads,
pencils, music, player, graph paper, encyclopedia, books on myths and
legends Macbeth or any other work of literature that uses shadows.
Outside Resources: The school library and art museum are needed as
outside resources. |
Overall Value: The brainstorming,
observation, and group work allow the hands-on, minds-on environment
that enables students to construct their own understanding and synthesis
of knowledge. Furthermore, this program required very few materials
and was, therefore, inexpensive. |
Standards: |
BEYOND THE TIMBERLINE |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 2 to 10 |
How It Works: Through the creation of their
puppets, theaters, and scripts, students embark on a multi-cultural
journey that crosses four continents. "Beyond the Timberline" increases
and their understanding and appreciation of diversity and allows
students to become active learners through speaking, listening, and
viewing while creating their own style of presenting. The Alps,
Appalachian, Fuji, Himalayas, Andes, and Rocky Mountain regions are
represented. Enthusiastic parent volunteers assisted the groups. For
example, a Fuji mom taught the children how to make "Sadako's cranes".
Students research many aspects of the region's culture, jobs, religious
customs, and recreation and demonstrate the geography of the regions by
locating the mountains and drawing maps of the continents built to
scale. The children incorporate their newly acquired knowledge in the
writing of puppets' scripts which is shared in the excitement when the
"families" come to life on authentic stages. Intellectual curiosity
emerges and is satisfied in unexpected ways. For example, the Andes'
puppets speak Spanish. Japanese puppets educate the children about
Hiroshima and Peace Day and the Himalayas discover Chinese letters.
Through the use of a variety of instructional methods and assessments,
many learning styles are addressed. In addition to primary sources,
tapes, and videos are also available for eager learners. Performance
based assessment is used by the teachers resulting in the
self-reflections written piece upon completion of projects. |
The Students: Forty-one fourth grade students
of various ability and backgrounds have participated. This unit is
appropriate for grades four through eight.
At the culminating presentation and feast, the excitement of the
students is contagious. All involved, including parents and other
invited guests, truly became witnesses of students who are stretching
Beyond the Timberline. As a result, each child increases his/ her
self-confidence and self-esteem- the foundations for lifelong learning.
|
The Staff: Anita Greco and Kimberly Porto Ridge Road School, North Haven |
What You Need: Literature about Mountain Cultures, computers, art supplies, cassette players, videos (camcorder,VCR) |
Overall Value: The mountain project
demonstrates the students' abilities to acquire listening, speaking, and
visual expressions asking not only did they enjoy the freedom to
develop their region, but they also acquire a deeper sensitivity and
respect for people of diverse cultures. The uniqueness of this project
is in its design. The teachers provide the impetus, but the students
cooperatively and creatively write, direct, and create the scripts,
puppets, and stages.
|
Standards: Intellectual Curiosity Speaking, Listening, & Viewing
|
Birds of Multicolor Feather Can Fly Together |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 1 to 8 |
How It Works: Using a core curriculum
approach, Birds of Multi-color Feather Can Fly Together infuses global
citizenship, mathematics, science, and art into a multicultural
literature-based project. Students read multicultural books, conduct
research, complete art projects, make books and puppets, role-play, and
create plays. As an arts-based activity, children draw pictures of two
parrots, cut out the pictures, and paste them face-to-face onto oaktag
paper. They then write dialogue between the birds: "Even though we
have different feathers, we can still fly together" and,"Our colors are
different, but we can still play in the park" are some comments the
parrots have made. Parrots in different settings are created with a
variety of ma-terials. Children then draw pictures of people of
different races talking to each other and add dialogue. A math worksheet
about bird eggs helps children with addition and subtraction, and the
study and comparison of the characteristics of parrots (feather colors,
beaks, food supply, sounds made, egg laying, and how they fly) engages
youngsters in science research. For a social studies activity students
study where parrots can be found. For literature activities children
take their reading an extra step, and make their own books about
parrots. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Sela Zellman developed this
project for her students at PS 81 in Ridgewood, Queens. She wanted to
encourage children to respect and get along with people of various races
and ethnic backgrounds. |
What You Need: Materials required include
drawing paper, scissors, oaktag, paste or glue, markers and crayons in a
wide range of colors, multicultural skin-tone crayons or markers, a
variety of multicultural reading materials, and videos of various
peoples and their cultures. |
Overall Value: Disseminator Sela Zellman
states that this project fulfills the need for children to understand
how important it is to respect diversity in people. "The students tell
me that they understand more about different ethnic groups," says
Zellman. "They see that although the colors of the feathers of the
birds are all different, the birds are the same underneath. I began to
see the students treating each other better in just a short time. The
children have expressed that being different is nice. If we were all
the same it would be boring." |
Standards: |
BLASTING OFF INTO THE TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY |
Category: Science |
Grades: 2 to 5 |
How It Works: Children learn about our solar
system by creating a "wall of planets" and playing "musical planets"
with this project. They are introduced to astronauts and NASA missions
with films and books. Children eat "space" food, publish their own
ABC's of Space Travel Big Book, keep logs of their explorations, and
even design their own space suits and create space ships for journeys to
the moon and planets! |
The Students: The project was developed for
two half-day kindergarten classes; it can be easily adapted for
different ages and ability levels. |
The Staff: Mary Ann Mangano has taught
kindergarten at Cameron School since 1970. Her BS is from Loyola
University, Chicago, and she holds a masters degree from the University
of Illinois, Champaign-Urbana. |
What You Need: The following are needed:
trade books and video(s) about space exploration and astronauts; solar
system floor puzzle; sunflower seeds and dried fruit; garbage bags;
silver paper; large cardboard boxes; notebooks and/or bookmaking
supplies. |
Overall Value: Blasting Off Into the
Twenty-First Century lets students look at the past, examine the
present, and develop ideas and inventions that will prepare them for the
next century. They learn to value team effort and group planning,
think critically, and improve their communication skills. |
Standards: |
Book Battle |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 6 to 7 |
How It Works: Students at two neighboring
elementary schools first read the same specified titles from their media
centers, and then are chosen to be members of their school's,"Book
Battle" teams. They compete orally by answering questions (developed by
the Media Specialists) about their books, whose titles are specified by
the Sunshine State Young Reader's Award (SSYRA) program, sponsored
annually by the School Library Services Office of the Florida Department
of Education. Twenty fiction books are nominated and any educator in
the district with third through eighth grade students can choose to have
their school participate. Three years ago, the developers expanded the
state program to add more excitement and incentives for their students
to be SSYRA readers. Each year, these Media Specialist write questions
for each nominated book and advertise the program. All students who
want to try out for their school's team read the books and answer
written questions. Students with the highest scores on the written
tests are chosen as the,"Book Battle" team. The whole program culminates
with an oral competition between the two schools, with everyone
involved wearing,"Book Battle" tee-shirts. Trophies are awarded and
refreshments are served. DCPS Major System Priorities: Achievement,
Critical Thinking, Intergroup Relations. The Students: The SSYRA program
is intended for students in the third through eighth grades. However,
the two schools at which this project is implemented are elementary
schools. In the,"Book Battle" each team is limited to fourth and fifth
grade students, any of whom can take the written qualifying test to
seek a place on the team. Several Learning Disabled students have
become members of the teams. The project could easily be adapted to any
grade level, any books, or any number of schools! |
The Students: |
The Staff: Jean Worley has taught in several
capacities for Dade County Schools for 18 years and has been the Media
Specialist at Redland Elementary School for ten years. She is actively
involved in many activities, including SchoolBased Management Council,
The Dade County Media Specialists Associations, and the AFT's
Educational Research and Dissemination program (as a TeacherResearch
Linker). Marcia Pitt has been teaching in Dade County for 22 years, and
has been the Media Specialist at Avocado the past ten. She has been
chosen Avocado's Teacher of the Year and has been honored by the
Homestead/Florida City Chamber of Commerce in 1987. She has served as a
board member on professional and county Media Specialists'
organizations. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities: Any
size Media Center or classroom could be a site for of this, project. The
newly-nominated paperback books, tee-shirts, trophies, and refreshments
are the needed components. The,"Book Battle" guidelines and a planning
calendar have been compiled by the Developers to enable any teacher to
easily adapt this program. Outside Resources: A large room with a podium
and microphone lends importance to the,"Book Battle" for the students
and their parents. |
Overall Value: The SSYRA Book Battle is a
program that has everything a teacher can want: a highly motivational,
easy-to-implement, inexpensive, not timeconsuming, short-term and
long-term program in which all levels of students can participate and,
most importantly, have fun! The school spirit generated by the
competition runs as high as for sports activities. Parents express
great pride in their children participating in such a wonderful program.
|
Standards: |
Book Battle |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 5 to 10 |
How It Works: Students at two neighboring
elementary schools first read the same specified titles from their media
centers, and then are chosen to be members of their school's,"Book
Battle" teams. They compete orally by answering questions (developed by
the Media Specialists) about their books, whose titles are specified by
the Sunshine State Young Reader's Award (SSYRA) program, sponsored
annually by the School Library Services Office of the Florida Department
of Education. Twenty fiction books are nominated and any educator in
the district with third through eighth grade students can choose to have
their school participate. Three years ago, the developers expanded the
state program to add more excitement and incentives for their students
to be SSYRA readers. Each year, these Media Specialist write questions
for each nominated book and advertise the program. All students who
want to try out for their school's team read the books and answer
written questions. Students with the highest scores on the written
tests are chosen as the,"Book Battle" team. The whole program culminates
with an oral competition between the two schools, with everyone
involved wearing,"Book Battle" tee-shirts. Trophies are awarded and
refreshments are served. DCPS Major System Priorities: Achievement,
Critical Thinking, Intergroup Relations. The Students: The SSYRA
program is intended for students in the third through eighth grades.
However, the two schools at which this project is implemented are
elementary schools. In the,"Book Battle" each team is limited to
fourth and fifth grade students, any of whom can take the written
qualifying test to seek a place on the team. Several Learning Disabled
students have become members of the teams. The project could easily be
adapted to any grade level, any books, or any number of schools! |
The Students: |
The Staff: Jean Worley has taught in several
capacities for Dade County Schools for 18 years and has been the Media
Specialist at Redland Elementary School for ten years. She is actively
involved in many activities, including SchoolBased Management Council,
The Dade County Media Specialists Associations, and the AFT's
Educational Research and Dissemination program (as a TeacherResearch
Linker). Marcia Pitt has been teaching in Dade County for 22 years, and
has been the Media Specialist at Avocado the past ten. She has been
chosen Avocado's Teacher of the Year and has been honored by the
Homestead/Florida City Chamber of Commerce in 1987. She has served as a
board member on professional and county Media Specialists'
organizations. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities: Any
size Media Center or classroom could be a site for of this, project.
The newly-nominated paperback books, tee-shirts, trophies, and
refreshments are the needed components. The,"Book Battle" guidelines
and a planning calendar have been compiled by the Developers to enable
any teacher to easily adapt this program. Outside Resources: A large
room with a podium and microphone lends importance to the,"Book Battle"
for the students and their parents. |
Overall Value: The SSYRA Book Battle is a
program that has everything a teacher can want: a highly motivational,
easy-to-implement, inexpensive, not timeconsuming, short-term and
long-term program in which all levels of students can participate and,
most importantly, have fun! The school spirit generated by, the
competition runs as high as for sports activities. Parents express
great pride in their children participating in such a wonderful program.
|
Standards: |
BOOKMAKING: AN INVITATION TO WRITE |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 1 to 8 |
How It Works: Bookmaking: An Invitation to
Write provides classroom teachers with writing prompts that extend the
lesson and integrate art into the curriculum. This approach to teaching
art and writing links how an artist expresses an idea with how an
author expresses an idea and inspires students to write poems and
stories by creating books. The results of the project are shared at the
school's Writers' Celebration. The construction of the books ranges
from simple to complex and can adapt to many subjects and art materials.
Students explore the art elements of design--shape, line, color,
texture, and positive and negative space-and technical
properties-materials and techniques. They also examine books and
observe the relationship between illustrations and stories. They try
out the artists' and authors' techniques and processes by creating
individual books to share with family and friends. The art projects
enable all children to participate, and they take into account diverse
learning styles by linking verbal and visual modes of expression.
Students All students are involved in the program. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The art teacher works with the entire school community to implement the program. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities
Picture This by Ellen Matter, Looking at Picture Books by John Stewing,
Poetry Fun by the Ton With Jack Prelutsky and Poetry Galore and More
With Shel Silvestein both by Cheryl Potts are excellent resources. Also
needed are bookmaking supplies including ingredients for paste,
textured papers for covers, binding combs, glue sticks, and a book
stapler. Outside Resources Authors and illustrators from the community
help carry out the program. |
Overall Value: Students learn best when they
are active, when they have choices, and when the learning is relevant to
their lives. This program encourages students to use words and drawing
to express their ideas and to view their work in a positive way. The
books can be kept as treasures and read and enjoyed for many years. |
Standards: |
BOOKS OR BYTES AT LAST CHANCE HIGH |
Category: Instructional Inquiry |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: This study seeks to answer the
question: Which mode of study is the best to prepare a student to pass
the General Educational Development (GED) exam: book, computer, or a
combination of book and computer? Books and related reading and
writing materials are currently used in preparing students to pass the
GED test. Since most of our students are enrolled short-term and are
visual and kinesthetic learners, they need the most friendly and
time-efficient method of preparation.
Data will be gathered by comparing test scores from the 1st day and the
15th day of the study. The class will be divided into three groups:
students preparing with book-related materials, students preparing with
the computer program, and students using both. Data will also include a
comparison of student academic and technical competencies through a
computerized self-assessment Leikert scale questionnaire administered on
the 1st and 15th days of the study.
The Fairfax County Juvenile Court detained the students participating in
this inquiry. Their average stay is 21 days. The GED population
consists of 16 and 17 year-old students who have a few high school
credits toward graduation. These at-risk students do not plan to return
to high school and need GED preparation in order to obtain a viable job
and become successful adults. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Two teachers, one specialist, five
volunteers, and 24 facility staff members who monitor the classroom
will conduct the research. The two teachers will implement and manage
the group matching and statistics while the specialist directs, guides,
and supports the inquiry. |
What You Need: This program requires the use
of the GED 2000 GED computer Preparation Course, Levels 8-12. No
special facilities are needed.
The Fairfax County GED program coordinator, the Virginia Department of
Education GED specialist, and the Washington, D.C., GED testing service
irector will advise the research team during this study. |
Overall Value: The following outcomes are
expected: Students will successfully complete the GED exam. Study
habits and time on task will improve through the use of different study
methods. Use of the most time-efficient method for GED preparation
will enhance student initiative and self-discipline. |
Standards: |
Books To Go |
Category: Foreign Language |
Grades: to |
How It Works: Books to Go provides a
different perspective from the original program It's in the Bag With
Books (see IMPACT II catalog 1989-1990) in that it reaches out to
students with learning disabilities (LD) and students for whom English
is a second language (ESL). The students take a small tape player home
with a book and an audiotape, affording them the opportunity to listen
repeatedly to good literature and to science trade books. In addition,
this adaptation enables grade one and grade two students to use the tape
player independently, allowing them to choose from a variety of
appropriate responses. Students' self-esteem, reading vocabulary,
comprehension skills, and background knowledge improve as a result of
this program. |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Bouncing Book Bag |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 6 to 6 |
How It Works: A child-parent team is hard to
beat when they work together to acquire English literacy. Using a class
library of books that are at or below students' reading level, the
teacher first reads the books to the class. Students discuss the books,
using innovative discussion methods such as: · the fish bowl ·
picture walks · one minute commercials Or students may create mini
books, flip books, accordion books, even a video book.
Students next select a book to take home to read to their parents. At
home, parent and child read and discuss the book together, then record
their reaction to the book in a special diary, using their choice of
words or drawings. The bag goes back to school and the cycle repeats.
Students are encouraged to voluntarily share their diaries with the
class.
A child-parent team is hard to beat when they work together to acquire
English literacy. Using a class library of books that are at or below
students' reading level, the teacher first reads the books to the class.
Students discuss the books, using innovative discussion methods such
as: · the fish bowl · picture walks · one minute commercials Or
students may create mini books, flip books, accordion books, even a
video book.
Students next select a book to take home to read to their parents. At
home, parent and child read and discuss the book together, then record
their reaction to the book in a special diary, using their choice of
words or drawings. The bag goes back to school and the cycle repeats.
Students are encouraged to voluntarily share their diaries with the
class.
A child-parent team is hard to beat when they work together to acquire
English literacy. Using a class library of books that are at or below
students' reading level, the teacher first reads the books to the class.
Students discuss the books, using innovative discussion methods such
as: · the fish bowl · picture walks · one minute commercials Or
students may create mini books, flip books, accordion books, even a
video book.
Students next select a book to take home to read to their parents. At
home, parent and child read and discuss the book together, then record
their reaction to the book in a special diary, using their choice of
words or drawings. The bag goes back to school and the cycle repeats.
Students are encouraged to voluntarily share their diaries with the
class.
|
The Students: Twenty-five fourth grade
bilingual students participated in this three-month-long project. The
project can be adapted for grades one through six, with any size group. |
The Staff: Luis Soria has taught for seven
years. He holds a Type 03 teaching certificate for grades K-9, with
bilingual and ESL certification. |
What You Need: The following items are needed
for this project: children's literature books, library envelopes and
borrower cards, sturdy storage bags, copy paper, 3-clasp folders. |
Overall Value: This project builds literacy
through a home/school partnership, creating a family of learners.
Children rapidly improve their ability to read and speak English. |
Standards: This project builds literacy
through a home/school partnership, creating a family of learners.
Children rapidly improve their ability to read and speak English. |
Bouncing Bubbles |
Category: Science |
Grades: 1 to 3 |
How It Works: Children can't resist the
allure of bubbles. They love to blow bubbles and to observe bubbles in
nature or in their own bathtub. This interdisciplinary, year-long
project includes the following "bubble activities:" · creating an
interactive bulletin board · finding bubbles in lollipops and bubble
gum · measuring liquids and mixing bubble solutions · making bubble
wands · reading stories and poems about bubbles · writing stories
about bubbles · charting the size of bubbles |
The Students: Thirty-two
heterogeneously-grouped first graders participated. The project can be
adapted for other ages and can be implemented for larger or smaller
groups.
|
The Staff: Beth Yaccino holds a BS in
Elementary Education from Northern Illinois University and an MA from
Northeastern Illinois University. She has taught first grade for seven
years.
|
What You Need: There are several books for
teachers with information about bubbles, and bubble-themed books for
children, such as Tomie de Paola's The Bubble Factory, add to the fun.
In addition to common classroom supplies, the following are needed:
measuring cups; dish detergent; glycerin; rubber bands; straws; funnels;
clear and plastic cups; bubble gum; lollipops; balloons; pipe cleaners;
sponges; strawberry baskets; pipe cleaners.
|
Overall Value: Children have fun as they acquire a variety of skills in hands-on activities revolving around bubbles. |
Standards: This project addresses the
following Illinois State Learning Goals and Chicago Academic Standards
(CAS): Science Goals #11, A1 & C1; #12, B2 & C2; #13, D1. |
BOUND TO READ, BOUND TO SUCCEED |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 3 to 6 |
How It Works: Best Practices for Teaching
Reading recommends having children write and publish for real audiences.
This project lets children do just that as they create a daily class
newsletter full of world, national, and local news, jokes and
brainteasers, a weather report, and upcoming school events.
A copy of the newsletter goes home at the end of the day to be shared
with parents. The teacher includes in the newsletter homework tasks
such as correcting intentional misspellings and grammatical errors, or
supplying missing illustrations. The following day, the class reads and
edits the letter; at the end of the month the newsletters are bound
into booklets. Children and their parents treasure this permanent
record of the school year. |
The Students: The project was developed with a
first grade class. (Most of the children used English as a second
language and had limited English vocabularies.) The project is
adaptable for first through fourth grade students of various ability
levels. |
The Staff: Rita Nicky is a first grade teacher at Rachel Carson School and hold a MS in Education. She has taught for 22 years. |
What You Need: The following are needed for
this project: a chart tablet or overhead projector; paper and access to a
photocopier; a book of riddle or brainteasers; binding supplies. |
Overall Value: The newsletter increases
parent and child literacy levels as they see writing done for a purpose.
Parents are kept well informed of school events, and the bound
newsletter are valued as keepsakes and learning tools. |
Standards: |
Bringing The News To Life |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 8 to 11 |
How It Works: In Bringing The News To Life
students enter the complex world of, mass media and use their language
skills to produce a news video. They analyze the format of a local TV
news broadcast to classify, news items, identify the sequence of
presentations and describe, transitions. Each student selects an area
of personal interest finds a related article in The Miami Herald to
analyze and, synthesize orally and in writing. Written reports are
prepared individually, but oral reports are, rehearsed in pairs and
small groups. In addition, each student, coordinates with the anchors
to create an introduction for the, report. Students may work
individually or in groups to, prepare, visual aids and commercials. The
project is video taped and, critiqued in class. DCPS Major System
Priorities: Standard English, Critical Thinking, Intergroup Relations
Achievement Blueprint 2000 Goals: Adult Literacy, Learning
Environment, Graduation Rate and Readiness, for Postsecondary Education
and Employment The Students: This project has been used with 25
adult students in advanced ESOL, classes. It can be easily adapted to
other class sizes, age groups, or achievement levels. In addition, it
can be adapted to regular, English classes, foreign language classes,
history or social, studies classes. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Carol Antunano has been teaching
ESOL at The English Center since joining the Dade County Public
Schools in 1982. She has a master's, degree in TESOL from Florida
International University. In 1990 she received a Teacher Mini-Grant,
and was a 1991-1992 IMPACT II, Adapter. She has been BRINGING THE NEWS
TO LIFE for five years. The English Center media specialist has
provided valuable technical, assistance in implementing this project. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities:
The project can be used in any classroom. Newspapers, maps posters
and art supplies are needed to prepare the reports, logo weather
symbols, commercial and visual aids. A video camera and, cassette
recorder add an exciting dimension of reality to the news, broadcasts
but are not essential to the success of the project. Outside
Resources: Although no outside resources are required, a field trip
to a local, newspaper or television station would enhance the project. |
Overall Value: In Bringing The News To Life
students become familiar with the news, media, improve language skills
and develop critical thinking, skills. By actively reporting the news,
students become better, informed and gain self-confidence. As members
of a team, students, increase their appreciation of cultural diversity
in the classroom. As members of a culturally diverse society, students
become, empowered to participate actively in community affairs and
really, bring the news to life. |
Standards: |
Bubble Gum Mania |
Category: Classroom Management/Intergroup |
Grades: 9 to 9 |
How It Works: Bubble Gum Mania is an
interdisciplinary unit for middle school students that provides them
with hands-on learning. Math and science concepts are connected to the
social studies, language arts, and the elective curricula. In
science, students use the stretchability and sugar content of bubble gum
to learn experimental design methods. In math, students work with
percentages, measurement of central tendency, correlation analysis, and
statistical analysis of data gathered through scientific
experimentation. In English classrooms, students are involved in
collaborative writing, while investigating the Vietnam era in social
studies. The arts are involved through the creation of bubble gum
collages and the study of,"bubble gum" music popular during the Vietnam
War. Students also develop the cooperative learning skills of
encouraging listening, using soft voices, helping others, and staying on
task. The Students: One hundred students in the seventh grade
participate in the program. This program is designed to run
concurrently over a period of one to two weeks in all core subject
classrooms on a middle school team. Students develop a positive
attitude toward learning and increase their understanding of math and
science concepts. The program can be used in a variety of educational
settings and adapted to a large group activity. |
The Students: |
The Staff: A middle school core team composed
of science, math, social studies, and language arts teachers implement
the program. The elective teachers are involved with the development of
visual arts projects that enhance the unit. |
What You Need: The facilities necessary for
the activities consist of a middle school science lab; math, English,
and social studies classrooms; and a Macintosh computer lab. Materials
such as assorted bubble gum brands, meter sticks, and triple beam
balances are also needed. The science and math curriculum specialists in
the Department of Instructional Services helped in developing this
program. |
Overall Value: Bubble Gum Mania creates an
exciting atmosphere for learning, while facilitating the integration of
subjects. Students demonstrate that learning has taken place in math
and science through the successful completion of individual response
sheets, entry of data on a computer spreadsheet, and general feelings of
accomplishment. |
Standards: |
Building Blocks for Reading, Writing and Character |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: Building Blocks for Reading,
Writing and Character is a writing activity that fosters success in
writing and teaches important character education lessons. Using an
agenda on a character-related theme, students construct a one- to
two-page well-organized composition each week, while engaging in
discussions about developing values and building character. Theme
examples are: Finding Money (Honesty); Elderly Character
(Compassion/Respect) and Solving Personal Conflicts (Cooperation).
The teacher introduces the theme at the beginning of the week by
giving students an agenda that states the theme and a writing prompt for
each day. The teacher leads a discussion each day to generate
brainstorming ideas, and reinforce the specific idea within each unit.
Students then write a five- or six-sentence paragraph each night as
homework, and revise the previous night's homework. The next day,
students and teacher revise their new paragraphs. This is repeated each
day until Friday, when they do final copies in the computer lab, engage
in summative discussion and presentation of their completed work. |
The Students: 1997-98: nineteen seventh grade special day class students. |
The Staff: John taught junior high special
education for nine years, and will teach art in 1998-99. He has taught
art for the Music and Arts Conservatory. Prior to teaching, he was a
partner in a commercial/residential interior design firm. |
What You Need: Teacher packet with writing
prompts; poster of the STAR Basic Life Skills; a chart that displays
daily points and weekly totals so students can monitor their success;
clipboard for teacher recording; weekly access to a computer lab; the
STAR Program Workbook, or other character education-related materials,
which include videos on character-building topics. |
Overall Value: This project reinforces the
California Language Arts Framework recommendations by providing daily
writing. Improvements in writing ability in terms of grammar, spelling,
inclusion of topic sentence, and sentence structure have been
documented. Communication skills are strengthened through discussion
where students teach other about issues like honesty, respect,
responsibility, and good judgment.
Student self-esteem is increased by daily success points for
completing their homework, bringing their agendas, re-copying the
previous day's final draft, and contributing to class discussions.
Positive changes in student behavior results in improved citizenship
grades and increased adherence to classroom, school and district rules
and expectations. |
Standards: |
Building Bridges to the World Through the Arts |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 6 to 6 |
How It Works: These are multicultural,
interdisciplinary units celebrating the countries (Africa and Russia) of
our world, using the arts as a foundation for learning and
understanding. The arts have always played a major role in our
acquiring knowledge of past and present cultures and civilizations.
There are several goals involved: to insure that as much academic
knowledge as possible, in the areas of language arts, history,
geography, science, social studies, theater, current events, social
issues, politics, and in art and music appreciation, is learned about
each country; that students, through ethnic singing, dancing, playing
instruments and art, gain an awareness of the arts as universal
languages, that can bridge gaps between nations; to unite a school and
community in a common goal; to provide direct, positive relationships
and experiences for our students with those of other nations; to promote
growth in skills and knowledge in the arts, according to their
curriculums; to provide, an example of how special subject teachers.s
can work cooperatively to enhance the educational experience for all;
and to encourage appreciation and gratitude for life in the United
States. Initially, our goals are twofold: to establish rapport with the
and support the staff; and to ignite enthusiasm for the project from
staff and students. These goals are achieved by: (1) making a
presentation to the staff, which, includes a complete written outline of
all phases of the project, our goals and objectives, how they will be
carried out, a comprehensive list of activities/suggestions for each
subject area, that can be implemented in the classroom, and a
bibliography of the mini libraries set up in our classrooms for their
use; and (2) establishing direct, personal contact with the country.
This creates incredible enthusiam, a ripe environment and excitement for
learning. In the case of Russia, penpals are arranged for older
students and books, about life in our country (favorite toys, seasons of
the year, etc.) were created and exchanged with younger students. For
Africa, involvement with the Peace Corps Partnership program began
immediatley with very many fundraising projects, the outcome of which
was the building of a small school in rural Africa. Having established
and to continue rapport, support, and enthusiasm, general instruction
begins with he arts team which includes: introductory videos, guest
artists and speakers, field, trips to museums and concerts, current
events boards, the use of common words and phrases in native languages,
discussion of customs and social issues, the reading of fairy tales, art
and artifacts displays, etc. And, although much instruction is proved
by the art team, the classroom teacher has an unlimited opportunity, to
contribute, to instruction, and to devise innovative ways to incorporate
units into the curriculum. Forexample, one teacher orchestrates
an,"African Jeopardy" game between classes, another teacher presents a
theatrical adaptation of a Russian fairy tale; and still another
teacher, arranges to be a guest lecturer on geography. The enthusiasm
of a, few tends to become infectious. As for the development, of skill
within special subject areas, all lessons are designed to met
curriculum, standards, as well as, understanding knowledge and
appreciation of each country. For example, in art, while learning
factual information on life in the Serengheti, students were also
learning how to mix colors as they painted animals for a mural of the
Serengheti. In music, using the Kodaly method of instruction of in
many, folksongs were learned with accompaniments on Orff instruments.
All elements.s of music were emphasized and discussion of lyrics
provided knowledge of life in another country. In physical education,
students were taught several ethnic folk dances with rhythmic motor
ability, auditory integration, locomotor skills, and cooperation as some
of the objectives. Methods of assessment included: self assessment
from videos of performances; student assessment from verbal responses
and increased enthusiasm for and knowledge of the arts; written and
verbal assessments from parents, teachers, administrators, community,
and news media; and Professional assessment from a renowned
ethnomusicologist and professor of music education who (1) made a
presentation of our programs at the national association of
ethnomusicologists, (2) wrote two articles on our programs for
professional journals, (3) sent a Fulbright scholar from Japan to assess
our programs for use in her country, and (4) made the videos of our
programs mandatory viewing for music education students. In conclusion,
this project requires energy, teamwork, and preparation. Its uniqueness
stems from students bonding in some special way with individuals of
other nations. It is designed for educators who are concerned with not
only the academic knowledge a child acquires, but also with moral and
ethical character development. This project represents a mosaic from
which any of the parts can be removed. THE STUDENTS: All students,
K-12, could benefit; 280 students, including special needs students
participated in our school; frequency of class meetings per week = art,
one, one-hour session, music, two, one half-hour sessions, and physical
education, three, one half-hour sessions; achievement levels have no
boundaries; project can be undertaken within a range of one classroom to
entire school. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Music, Art, and Physical Education teachers are the foundation; all staff can contribute. |
What You Need: Necessary materials are:
instruments, piano, music, books, records, tapes, videos, stereo system,
basic art supplies for projects, costumes, and scenery; recommended
facilities are: stage and/or all purpose room for performance, regular
classrooms and/or arts rooms for practice; outside resources include:
museums, parents, P.T.O. community, university personnel and students,
guest speakers and artists, and news media; other outside resources
include: names and addresses of contact people in Russia, Africa, and
Peace Corps, resource books bibliography, format instructions,
videotapes of performances and art exhibits, written presentations for
staff, song, listening, and dance repertories, lists of art projects,
lists of classroom activities, etc. Enough research has been done and
materials acquired to make it easier for other schools to participate. |
Overall Value: Using the universal languages
of the arts as a foundation for gaining knowledge of other countries,
students become keenly aware that,"its a small world, after all" that
people everywhere are more a like than different, that they are most
fortunate to live in the United States, and that knowledge, compassion
and understanding are ingredients to mains a better world. Through
direct contact with students from other nations, it is hoped that our
student will develop some temporary and lifelong friendshipships, that
will free them from future prejudice. Hopefully, as future leaders of
our country, they will make a difference in world peace. |
Standards: |
Building Language And Life Skills With Photography And Video |
Category: Foreign Language |
Grades: 7 to 7 |
How It Works: Building Language and Life
Skills With Photography and Video explores ways of using multimedia to
motivate, acculturate, and teach students who have had little formal
schooling and who have limited proficiency in English. Students gain in
self-esteem and acquire school survival skills as they participate in
activities with real-life relevance such as making a school orientation
video for other,"newcomers," developing photo books to teach language
concepts to younger,"buddies," and using photography and video to record
daily events and concepts across the curriculum. Students develop
receptive and expressive language skills as well as critical-thinking
skills as they plan, write, film, edit, and evaluate multimedia products
such as videos, photo books, and storyboards. The Students:
Approximately 20 fifth grade English as a second language (ESL) students
participate, sharing the multimedia products with first
grade,"buddies," fifth grade peers, and other newcomers to the school.
The activities can be used successfully with students of all language
levels at various grade levels. |
The Students: |
The Staff: An ESL teacher who works as part
of the fifth grade instructional team developed the program. Various
staff members help in producing the school orientation video. Most of
the activities can be implemented by one teacher working with a group of
12 or fewer students. |
What You Need: Materials needed include
several Polaroid cameras (preferably one camera for every two students),
Polaroid film, a camcorder, and videotape. Cameras can be borrowed for
the program from other staff members and parents. Materials also
include a bibliography of resources related to photography and video and
a video response form with instructions. Parents are invited to
view the school orientation video and to give feedback on its content.
Students share photo books with their families and are encouraged to
bring in photographs and videos of their families and countries. The
staff at Chapel Square Center helped edit the school orientation video. |
Overall Value: Students gain in self-esteem
and acquire new language skills as they participate in the program.
Students who can barely communicate in English discover a new medium for
self-expression and move from visual to verbal literacy, from passive
outsiders to active members of the school community. |
Standards: |
Building The International Space Station |
Category: |
Grades: to |
How It Works: |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Bulbs, Birds, Butterflies and Beyond |
Category: Science |
Grades: 3 to 5 |
How It Works: "Bulbs, Birds, Butterflies and
Beyond" was an exciting program which not only developed an outdoor
classroom, but also fostered relationships between home, school and
community. Students learned about the interdependence of communities -
plant, animal, insect, an human - by creating a garden on school
property. With the help of parent and community volunteers, students
planted small bushes, trees, and flowers that attract butterflies, other
insects and birds. Students also provided and maintained nesting
houses, bird feeders and birdbaths in the garden. A small indoor
butterfly hatchery could be added to the classroom. Students
participated in design, observation, journaling, research, and inquiry
activities. |
The Students: During the 1999-2000 school
year, 33 second grade students participated in the project. The
students met daily and were at varied levels of achievement including a
number of IEP students. The project could be adapted to any age level
or achievement level and could also be used with individual, small or
large groups. |
The Staff: Tracy Piatt and Lois Bates have a
combined 57 years of teaching experience plus numerous awards including
NEOEA Positive Image Award, East Ohio Gas Good Neighbor Award, Phoebe
Apperson Hearst Outstanding Educator Award, Outstanding young Educator -
Stow Schools, Outstanding Educator - Fishcreek Elementary School, and
Honorary Life Membership PTA.
|
What You Need: A wide variety of resources
ranging from library books to the National Wildlife Federation website
were used in this program. Classroom speakers included an
environmentalist and the owners of a local nursery and wildlife store.
Parent and community volunteers helped to prepare soil, build birdhouses
and maintain the garden area.A small grassy area with at least one tree
was needed to begin the garden project. Flowering shrubs, perennials,
assorted birdfeeders, and a birdbath were added to attract a variety of
birds and other wildlife. |
Overall Value: This project fosters
independence, responsibility, caring, and and accomplishment in all
students. By involving parent and community volunteers, the project
increases communication between home and school. The project is easily
adapted to all ages and most curriculum areas. Students are encouraged
to care for and protect our environment. |
Standards: |
Bunny=Usogi: Discovering What We Have in Common with Our Japanese Pen Pals |
Category: Foreign Language |
Grades: 1 to 14 |
How It Works: : Through prolonged exchanges
of photos and letters, children from two countries learned about one
another and about themselves! The program began as children identified a
partner class from another country and initiated the relationship
through the exchange of photos of themselves working or playing at a
favorite activity along with a brief autobiography. The program was
extended as children identified events, celebrations and classroom
activities that they would like to share with their partners. These
were documented with photographs and then captioned with brief
explanations. Foreign Language students were enlisted to complete
translations. What students discovered from thousands of miles away by
using different languages, having different face and clothes, they were
sharing the same interests and activities while exhibiting the same
curiosity, cooperation and verve as other children when they explored
their learning. |
The Students: There were 31 American
kindergarten and first graders and 45 American fifth graders from
Japanese language classes. From Japan, there were 22 first grade
students and 35 ninth grade English language students. All children
participated actively and constantly. This project could be adapted to
any grade level, group size or country, |
The Staff: Sheri Leafgren teaches at the
Downtown Primary School. She has been a Jennings Scholar, a recipient
of a Fulbright Memorial Fund Scholarship to Japan, a building Teacher of
the Year and received a PTA Outstanding Educator award. She has
presented at local and national teacher inservice.
|
What You Need: The project began when the
teacher went to Japan, but could be initiated with any foreign country
classroom. Resources could include foreign language teachers,
university personnel, specialists in Japanese culture, or visitors from
Japan. Local libraries and computer websites were an additionaThe
classes went about their normal learning activities and used 35 mm and
digital cameras to document their work and play. As photos were
prepared, the students composed explanatory captions for the pictures
and then enlisted the expertise of 5th grade students taking Japanese.
Picture books were gathered that were written in Japanese with English
translations as well as Fairy Tales.l source to gather information about
the country and its people. |
Overall Value: Children are children
everywhere!! Through this project, children actually see themselves:
their friendships, their enthusiasm for learning, their love of animals
and their wonderment for the world in the words and faces of their
friends from across the sea.
|
Standards: |
Butterflies Emerge: Cycles of Life |
Category: Science |
Grades: 3 to 10 |
How It Works: In this project students do
more than observe and study the life cycle of the Painted Lady
butterfly. Besides obvious science lessons, students become better
writers when they: · keep a butterfly journal · estimate and measure
caterpillars as they grow · discover symmetry through art and
mathematics · develop a keener concept of time as they tally the number
of days it takes for a butterfly to emerge
|
The Students: This team project involved 90
students in first and fourth grades, an intermediate special education
class, and an upper grade special education |
The Staff: Sue Sessler holds a BA from
Carthage College, an MAT from National-Louis University, and has taught
for three years. Kerry Maloney has an MSEd in Special Education and has
tauAnn-Louise Murray holds a BA from Lawrence University and an MFA
from Northeastern Illinois University; she's taught for 14 years. Anne
Pandyra, with 20 years of experience, is a trilingual teacher. ght in
cross-categorical classrooms for 11 years. |
What You Need: The following are needed for
this project: a butterfly nursery with 3-5 caterpillars, Life Cycle
stamps, handheld magnifiers, many books about butterflies, a
caterpillar-to-butterfly puppet. |
Overall Value: Children develop a new respect
for life and the environment when they help raise and observe real
butterflies fluttering in the classroom. |
Standards: This project addresses Chicago Academic Standards in Science, Language Arts, Math, Drama and Music.
|
C.A.N.E. -- Creating A Natural Environment |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 4 to 4 |
How It Works: Preserving our natural
environment is extremely important to the, well-being of future
generations. Project C.A.N.E. was designed, specifically to educate and
encourage young students to see the, importance our environment plays
in our day-to-day existence. Project C.A.N.E. builds knowledge,
fosters appreciation and, promotes active involvement in the creation of
a natural biome. The students receive hands-on experiences in
researching, planning creating and maintaining a South Florida
hardwood hammock. The hammock affords the students the opportunity
to feel a sense of, pride and accomplishment through actively
participating in the, maintenance of a fragile part of the South Florida
environment. Project C.A.N.E. allows students the opportunity to see
and feel a, unique South Florida environment first-hand. Classes from
many, grade levels use the hammock for outside projects and learning,
experiences. DCPS Major System Priorities: Achievement, Parental
Involvement, Intergroup Relations Blueprint 2000 Goals: Student
Performance, Learning Environment The Students: Twenty-five
second-grade TEAM students (Teaching Enrichment, Activities to Minority
Students) participated in all aspects of the, project. The project can
be easily adapted to all age levels and, can be accomplished with
smaller or larger groups. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Ken Kronheim has been teaching in
Dade County for nine years. He, has a master's degree in Urban
Education from Florida International, University. He has been teaching
Academic Excellence and TEAM, students for the past five years and is
very involved in the, Critical Thinking movement. Mr. Kronheim
volunteers his time at, Tropical Audubon Society, where he serves on the
education, committee. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities: A
plot of land on the school property is needed. Native plants can, be
obtained from a nursery specializing in such plants. It is, helpful to
have a consultant willing, to assist in the selection of, native plants
that will work well on a particular project site. Outside Resources:
Books from school Media Centers and public libraries are needed.
Parent volunteers play an integral part not only in the planting, but in
obtaining equipment needed, such as: shovels, rakes backhoe,
tillers, etc. Environmental speakers are helpful but not, necessary to
plan and implement the project successfully. |
Overall Value: The best education is one in
which the students are totally, involved and they take ownership of what
they have accomplished. This project not only does that but also
allows students to connect, a part of their education to the real world.
Students work, alongside adults, sometimes their own parents, which
allows them to, see the importance of cooperation between the
generations. The best education is one in which the students are
totally, involved and they take ownership of what they have
accomplished. This project not only does that but also allows students
to connect, a part of their education to the real world. Students
work, alongside adults, sometimes their own parents, which allows them
to, see the importance of cooperation between the generations. |
Standards: |
C.A.R.S.: Caring About Raising Self-Esteem |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 8 to 10 |
How It Works: Some children continually take a
back seat as they watch more capable students gain good grades, honors,
and recognition. C.A.R.S. provides a hands-on way for at-risk children
to gain self-esteem through building model cars. The high-interest,
structured activity holds students' attention, and the success they
experience motivates them to improve their academic, interpersonal, and
social skills |
The Students: Twelve boys and girls in grades
six through eight took part. Students were divided into two groups;
each group met once a week after school. The program can be adapted for
at-risk children in grades 4-8.
|
The Staff: Jan Fiedland is the counselor at
De La Cruz Academy; she taught for 14 years before becoming a counselor.
Robert Hrad, the assistant principal at De La Cruz, has 22 years of
teaching experience. Frankie Matos is the School-Community
Representative at De La Cruz. He is an avid model builder and a
collector of real 1960's Chevrolets |
What You Need: An art room with adjacent
storage is ideal. The following materials are needed: plastic models;
glue; a paint chart, paint and thinner; sand paper; utility blades;
soap, paper towels and water for clean-up; newspapers; rags.
|
Overall Value: C.A.R.S. attacks the difficult
problem of promoting self-esteem in at-risk students. The project has
proved to be an effective way to keep these children present and
motivated toward achieving tangible goals. |
Standards: This project addresses the
following Illinois State Standards and Chicago Academic Standards (CAS):
Goal #1,CAS A; Goal #2, CAS A; Goal #3, CAS D; Goal #4, CAS A. |
C.E.L.E.B.R.A.T.E. (Culturally Enriched Learning Endeavors Blend Relationships And Traditional Experiences) |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 3 to 7 |
How It Works: C.E.L.E.B.R.A.T.E. is a program
developed in an attempt to bridge, cultural gaps through our
traditional celebrations. It is designed, to serve as a multi-cultural
education unit that will maximize, awareness of cultural diversity,
enhance learning and instill a, sense of pride in one's uniqueness.
Students will learn, researching (critical thinking skills),
interviewing, writing public speaking and production skills.
Students, as interviewers will develop questions to use to interview
parents, relatives, or, members of various ethnic groups. As
presenters, the students will, discuss their own cultural celebrations
with the class. Through this innovative program, students have the
opportunity to, learn about their heritage while educating their peers
and their, teacher. The teacher not only becomes culturally sensitive
to his, or her students but will develop more effective teaching tools
to, meet each student's cultural needs. DCPS Major System Priorities:
Achievement, Standard English, Bilingualism, Critical Thinking
Blueprint 2000 Goals: Student Performance, Learning Environment
The Students: Approximately 60 gifted students, grades first through
fifth participated in C.E.L.E.B.R.A.T.E. during the 1991-1992 school,
year. Students in regular classrooms, grades first through fifth can
benefit from this project as well. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Ana Maria Vega is a second-year
Academic Excellence gifted program, teacher. She has a bachelor's
degree from Florida International, University and is presently working
toward a master's degree in, School Counseling. She was nominated
Beginning Teacher of the Year, for 1991-1992. Ms. Vega works closely
with two volunteers, Silvia, Samalea and Ileana Noda, to implement the
project, |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities:
This project can be carried out in any classroom. A VHS Camcorder, is
helpful but not necessary. Outside Resources: Libraries, travel
agencies, Bureau of Tourism and Travel, cultural, federations or
organizations, videos and guest speakers can be used, as resources. |
Overall Value: Many students are not aware of
their heritage and hold, preconceptions about members of cultures that
may differ from their, own. C.E.L.E.B.R.A.T.E. educates students, as
well as teachers about different cultures, customs, traditions and
beliefs. The, teacher not only becomes culturally sensitive to his or
her, students but also develops more effective teaching tools.
Students, develop pride in their own heritage and respect for cultural,
differences. |
Standards: |
C.H.A.T.S. - Community History: Adults, Teens, Senior |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: One of the greatest hindrances
to the study of history is our ability to ask our predecessors to
explain just why they did something that way or what effect n important
event had on them personally. With this project, we tapped -he
richest resource that a community has, Its citizens, in order to create a
living text on recent history in our community. he vehicle for this
centered on the creation of student-adult discussion groups which met
informally in order to gain better insight into what it was like to live
in our community during the past 50 years. Adult participants were
asked to bring along pictures and momentos to supplement their
recollections. Guests and students viewed newsreel tapes to help spark
and to focus discussion groups. Students tape-recoded discussions to be
saved as part of our city's oral history. In between group meetings,
students examined old high school yearbooks, magazines and newspapers in
order to collect data on fashions, foods, fads, new products, music,
media etc. In so doing, students learned how to use newspapers,
magazines, photographs, letters and other artifacts as prime sources in
the study o history. They came to gain a clearer view of history as a
story of people's lives. It was most rewarding lo see a unique
community-school relations}lip grow which helped students to develop a
great:greater pride in our community as they came lo know its people not
only across age gaps but cross cultures too. Students developed good
questioning techniques and improved their communication skills. They
became more discerning as viewer.s, readers and listeners. they gained a
good understanding Or bias and began to question sources. they became
more aware of the value Or every day things.s as resources. With each
community contact, they gained more self-confidence as they entered,
into real dialogue with adults. The students also came to see that
history cannot be isolated from life. They came to appreciate the fact
that history is literature, theater music, art, science and technology,
business & finance. It is life itself. Our students were pre and
post tested on l:heir knowledge of the eras studied. The end result was a
student published booklet which captured the essence of each decade
could provided students with a practical application of their computer
skills. he The Students: The project has been used with four classes of
students of ah ability levels in a non-graded high school. It would
easily be adaptable to middle & upper elementary school classes by
adjusting the depth of inquiry into the period studied. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The program was developed &
implemented by regular classroom teachers as part of an
interdisciplinary curriculum. We enlisted the support of our local
senior center, Historical Society as well as staff, parents &
friends. |
What You Need: Students used books,
magazines, microfilm and video and audio tapes as well as artifacts that
had been gathered kindness of our human resources. The depth &
variety of outside resources can go any way that is practical. The
Important part is the communication & analysis that takes place. |
Overall Value: This project- created a
thinking classroom environment;lent. Interdisciplinary approaches to the
project made students more aware of the need to learn and understand
the information: analyze it to understand the relationship of the parts
to other parts; and synthesize, it or create something new using
divergent thinking. They used criteria hat they had developed allowing
hem to exercise an essential higher-level thinking skill.
(''think-pair-share'' method) Involvement in the decades project focused
on students becoming more active in their own learning. Most
importantly, they are functioning s they would in the workplace/real
world by gaining: planning, interpersonal, leadership, information,
technology, communication, listening, team, building technologies
competencies. (Common Core Of Learning) This is a highly motivating
alternative to the usual class report. |
Standards: |
CAFE - Food for Thought |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 3 to 8 |
How It Works: Combine: Cups of creative
cooking experiences and tablespoons of teacher questioning. Add: A
dash of diversity, desire and determination. Mix well with eager
students willing to hypothesize, inquire, discover, analyze and
evaluate. Enjoy! Yields: Gallons of Great Thinkers! The project's
purpose: to develop students' basic skills in reading, writing,
language arts, the content areas, mathematics and the fine arts. As the
students read, write, speak and think about their experiences with
foods, they are using their senses. Sensory activities make learning
meaningful and aid in the retention of basic skills. Recipes feature a
variety of foods that appeal to the multi-cultural tastes of our
community. Cooking is perceived as an adult activity, and students find
working with foods both motivational and satisfying. DCPS Major System
Priorities: Critical Thinking, Achievement. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Marti Milberg McLean has taught
Kindergarten at Williams Jennings Bryan Elementary School for five
years. She has completed an M.S. in Early Childhood Education from
Florida International University. Mrs. McLean is associated with the
DCPS/UTD Critical Thinking Skills Project. Deborah Mink has been
teaching at John G. DuPuis Elementary for ten years, previously serving
as a music teacher at Miami Gardens Elementary School. She has traveled
throughout the United States collecting ethnic recipes. Mrs. Mink loves
to cook herself and had fun writing the cookbook and adapting the
recipes for the classroom. (In contrast, Mrs. McLean hates to cook at
home, but loves the results she gets cooking with her students!) |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities: A
regular self-contained classroom with access to running water and soap
is all that is needed to begin a cooking program. The teachers have
written a cookbook full of recipes that have been classroom-tested by
the children. Outside Resources: Children's cookbooks are valuable
resources. Field trips to restaurants, grocery stores and food-service
businesses provide learning experiences. Guest chefs and parents who
share favorite recipes also add to a successful program. |
Overall Value: "CAFE - Food for Thought"
increases attendance, improves student achievement and helps children
think critically as they develop life skills. Students rarely miss a
cooking day at school. Through teachers' questioning, students
develop skills such as sequencing, seriation, part-to-whole
relationships, measuring capacities and observing changes in the foods,
skills which build a knowledge base for reading and math. |
Standards: |
Cafeteria ABC's |
Category: Classroom Management/Intergroup |
Grades: 7 to 7 |
How It Works: What's the conduct like in your
school cafeteria?, How can you help to make it better?,,"Cafeteria
ABCs" was designed as a service project for older students to assist
younger children, sometimes in school for the first time, to learn
proper behavior in a school cafeteria. The project enabled the older
students to become successful writers, sensitive to language and its
effect. These students were able to utilize their computer skills in
the production of a professional-looking book which could then be read
to other classes. Higher-level thinking skills were called on to
achieve the objective. The project also allowed students to experience
how cooperation with others created something of value that one person
would have difficulty achieving alone. The approval of others as they
read and reread the students' work was a great bonus for their self
esteem. Each fifth grade student began by choosing a letter of the
alphabet for his/her page of our book. It was necessary for them to
relate the letter to cafeteria behavior and to incorporate an
illustration which they thought would appeal to their audience to help
them to remember the advice or admonition being given. Alphabet letters
left over after everyone had chosen their letter were written first
as a class project under teacher guidance and served as samples for the
project as a whole. Students worked together to find varied ways to
present text and graphics. Pages were assembled and bound. The final
stage was reading the book to the kindergarteners. The pages of the
book were also used as a bulletin board display in the main hall that
was much read. The Student: Two classes of fifth graders originally
participated. All types of students, ESL, SIGHTS, Resource Room, were
involved. They met for two 45-minute classes weekly. Four classes of
kindergartens were originally visited. Requests for repeat visits and
from other classes were honored. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The teacher technologist developed
and implemented this project. Consent to read to the classes is needed
from all classrooms visited. |
What You Need: Materials: Although,"Cafeteria
ABCs" was written and illustrated in a computer lab, basic school
supplies are all that is really required to implement this project. A
binder for the pages is really nice although brads could be used if
needed. Outside Resources: None required, although a review of ABC
books could be helpful to the students to assist them in evaluation. |
Overall Value: Materials: Although,"Cafeteria
ABCs" was written and illustrated in a computer lab, basic school
supplies are all that is really required to implement this project. A
binder for the pages is really nice although brads could be used if
needed. Outside Resources: None required, although a review of ABC
books could be helpful to the students to assist them in evaluation. |
Standards: |
Calculating Some Great Trips |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 6 to 9 |
How It Works: How much vacation will $10,000
buy for you and three companions if you venture outside the U.S.A.?
Students find out when they plan a memorable three-week vacation abroad.
Working in teams, students research currency and plan an itinerary.
Students gather information using the library, the Internet, even
personal recommendations from school staff members. Students display
materials related to their destination country, mathematically analyze
its flag, and investigate the geometric features of locales in their
selected country. The project culminates with 5-minute team
presentations of the planned trips. Classmates use calculators during
the presentation to monitor those $10,000 budgets! |
The Students: This project has been used with
a math class of 15 sixth and seventh graders, and with 18 fourth and
fifth grade students who were studying in-depth library research
methods. It is adaptable for upper grade classes, and for larger or
smaller groups
|
The Staff: Regina Biros holds a bachelor's
degree in Elementary Education from St. Xavier College and a master's
degree in Mathematics Education. She has taught at Kellogg School for
five years.
|
What You Need: Much of the research for this
project was done on the Internet. The following items are also needed:
encyclopedias; travel sections of newspapers; folders/scrapbooks; travel
brochures; calculators.
|
Overall Value: This "real-world" math project
incorporates language arts and social studies, resulting in students
who realize that math skills learned at school will be useful throughout
their lives.
|
Standards: This project addresses these
Illinois State Goals and Chicago Academic Standards (CAS): Goal#7, CAS
A-2; Goal#8, CAS D-1; Goal#9, CAS C-1. |
Calculating Some Great Trips |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 6 to 9 |
How It Works: How much vacation will $10,000
buy for you and three companions if you venture outside the U.S.A.?
Students find out when they plan a memorable three-week vacation abroad.
Working in teams, students research currency and plan an itinerary.
Students gather information using the library, the Internet, even
personal recommendations from school staff members. Students display
materials related to their destination country, mathematically analyze
its flag, and investigate the geometric features of locales in their
selected country. The project culminates with 5-minute team
presentations of the planned trips. Classmates use calculators during
the presentation to monitor those $10,000 budgets! |
The Students: This project has been used with
a math class of 15 sixth and seventh graders, and with 18 fourth and
fifth grade students who were studying in-depth library research
methods. It is adaptable for upper grade classes, and for larger or
smaller groups
|
The Staff: Regina Biros holds a bachelor's
degree in Elementary Education from St. Xavier College and a master's
degree in Mathematics Education. She has taught at Kellogg School for
five years.
|
What You Need: Much of the research for this
project was done on the Internet. The following items are also needed:
encyclopedias; travel sections of newspapers; folders/scrapbooks; travel
brochures; calculators.
|
Overall Value: This "real-world" math project
incorporates language arts and social studies, resulting in students
who realize that math skills learned at school will be useful throughout
their lives.
|
Standards: This project addresses these
Illinois State Goals and Chicago Academic Standards (CAS): Goal#7, CAS
A-2; Goal#8, CAS D-1; Goal#9, CAS C-1. |
Cambodia in the 1970s: Communism and the Khmer Rouge |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 12 to 14 |
How It Works: Cambodia in the 1970s:
Communism and the Khmer Rouge is an interdisciplinary unit which uses
writing and literature to help students understand how communism played
out in the genocide of Cambodia. (In 1975 the Khmer Rouge, the communist
Cambodian jungle group led by Pol Pot, took control, with the goal of
building an agrarian Cambodia based on Pol Pot's view of communism.)
Students learn the history and geography of Cambodia. We move on to the
specific history of Pol Pot, his rise to power and success despite his
ruthlessness. To supplement the notes, I show students Cambodian
clothing and we discuss the differences between Khmer Rouge members and
non-Khmer Rouge people (they draw sensory figures of both). After a
reading and discussion of Khmer Rouge song lyrics and survivor stories,
students write "found" poems using these primary sources. In the final
phase students write a position paper as if they are advisors to
President Carter telling him how the international community should deal
with Pol Pot and the Khmer Rouge. Once we have discussed their ideas, I
show the students the July 1997 ABC Nightline segment on the "trial" of
Pol Pot.
My inspiration for this unit was twofold. I spent two weeks in
Cambodia in the summer of 1997 and was struck by the effect of the Khmer
Rouge on current-day Cambodians. A week after my trip I was a
participant in the California History-Social Science Project at UCSB
where the topic was "Civic Values, Rights, and Responsibilities From
Ancient Times to the Present." I realized that the information I had
gathered in Cambodia fit this topic perfectly. |
The Students: 1997-1998: three teachers and 240 students (heterogeneously grouped, containing gifted, resource, and ESL students). |
The Staff: Helen has taught world history for four years, and is a California History/Social Science Project fellow. |
What You Need: Teacher packet with
bibliography; a basic history of Cambodia; slides or photographs of
Angkor temples, Pol Pot, prisoners, and the Killing Fields; Khmer Rouge
song lyrics and survivor stories; photographic books and magazines;
video of "The Killing Fields" (rated R). |
Overall Value: The California History/Social
Science Framework recommends study of nationalism and genocide. Two
journal homework assignments, sensory figure drawings, and a unit test
are assessed. In World History classes, the Holocaust is often the only
example of genocide given. As a result of this unit, students know quite
a bit about Cambodia and understand that the Holocaust was not an
isolated incident. |
Standards: |
CAMPUS LANDSCAPING WITH A PURPOSE! |
Category: Science |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: Students often feel as if they
have little control over what goes on in their school, but by
introducing landscaping as a way of learning plant biology, students can
provide great input into the appearance of their school. This project
is designed to allow students in academic and honors biology to use the
knowledge they've gained not only this year, but over the last three
years, to aid the administration in upgrading and improving the
landscaping of the campus.
Students are required to select a specific location on the school
grounds which they feel needs improvement. Throughout the duration of
the project they will be visiting this site on a regular basis. Students
collect soil samples and measure environmental data at the site. They
also brainstorm ways to improve the location.
Students then contact local garden centers or do research in landscaping
journals in order to learn which plants would provide the most
successful alternative to current landscaping features. Next, students
design and carry out an experiment to test whether or not their
suggested improvements will be successful.
|
The Students: In the meantime, they must
create two scaled maps of the area, both before and after their
suggested changes. Students carefully evaluate the costs of making the
changes and estimate the amount of maintenance required to sustain them.
Finally, students propose their changes in a letter to the principal,
which includes the maps, the results of their research, and the
projected costs.
|
The Staff: Louis F. Ungemach Housatonic Valley Regional High School, Region #1, Falls Village |
What You Need: Landscaping journals and
garden books, basic gardening supplies, tape measures, pH test kits, and
other miscellaneous lab equipment are needed.
|
Overall Value: The holistic nature of this
project makes it a great end-of-year venture. Students not only practice
proper scientific method, but also demonstrate creative thinking,
artistic ability, good writing, and verbal communication skills.
The project appeals to students of all learning styles, and they work
mostly at the upper levels of Bloom's taxonomy. Students are motivated
by the idea that they are directly contributing to their school, as well
as by the freedom of choosing where they want to work and how they want
to do it. The best part is that students really care about their work
because they hope to see it realized when they return to school in the
fall!
|
Standards: |
Cantando, We Learn! |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 3 to 7 |
How It Works: Cantando, We Learn! uses music
to teach students a foreign language. The students learn nouns,
adjectives and grammar functions with the help of music. For example,
the students learn the numbers by singing them. Using popular music,
traditional nursery rhymes or rap music makes it easier for students to
identify new words. The songs can be introduced before each unit's
vocabulary or after the unit to create excitement for the new words the
children have learned. And, in December, students can learn holiday
songs in Spanish, which they can share with the entire school. Soon
every one will be singing. Cantando, we learn!, DCPS MAJOR SYSTEM
PRIORITIES, Bilingualism, Intergroup Relations, Achievement, BLUEPRINT
2000 GOALS, Student Performance, Learning Environment The Students,
Cantando, We Learn! has been used successfully with first- to
fifth-grade students. The project is easily adaptable to all grade
levels and to students of different learning abilities. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Dr. Gemma Santos was named Dade
County Social Studies Teacher of the Year in 1992. She has presented
numerous workshops at the Florida TESOL Conference, Florida Social
Studies Council and Florida Geographic Alliance. She has received
several Teacher MiniGrants and is a 1991-1992 IMPACT II Adapter. Ms.
Isabel Santos has been teaching for more than 25 years, the last five
with Dade County Public Schools. She was the recipient of a 1991-1992
Citibank Success Fund grant to implement this idea. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities,
Cantando, We Learn! uses a cassette player, songs in foreign language,
worksheets and other teacher created materials. This project can be used
to complement the existing curriculum in any classroom setting.
Outside Resources, Students can be encouraged to bring in foreign
language music to share with their classmates. |
Overall Value: The students in this project
will not have a problem learning another language. They will sing their
way to foreign language proficiency while they are having fun. |
Standards: |
CAREER CHRONICLES |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 10 to 11 |
How It Works: Career Chronicles documents a
series of visits to artists in their natural habitats--studios,
workshops, offices, museums, retail establishments and factories. Small
groups of students travel by public transportation (to enhance the real
life/real work experience) to the places artists work. There they
learn about the many ways in which creative people can and do earn a
living, most of which students never before imagined. |
The Students: This project involved 150
eighth grade students, 15 at a time, for 10 days of on-site visits,
"working lunches," discussions, and writing follow-up letters and
reports. It could be adapted for other grades and other career areas. |
The Staff: Cheryl Gold holds a BA from the University of Illinois; she has taught for 16 years. |
What You Need: Few materials are required to
get the project up and running. Clipboards for students to carry during
visits are helpful, as is stationery for thank you's and follow-up
letters. Money for CTA fares and brown bag lunches are needed. With
access to a computer, Career Chronicles can be documented and shared
with others. |
Overall Value: Career Chronicles exposes
students to the possibility of earning a living doing something you
love. All work is not tedious or routine. Many resourceful individuals
work in creative endeavors that provide more than just money--their
work provides satisfaction, as well. That lesson can be the most
life-enhancing of all. |
Standards: |
Caring Communications |
Category: Classroom Management/Intergroup |
Grades: 5 to 8 |
How It Works: CARING COMMUNICATIONS provides a
format to teach a range of skills intended to increase students'
abilities to communicate effectively. Other important objectives of the
program include building self-esteem, developing self-awareness,
creating friendships and learning peace-making skills. The children are
taught attentive/reflective listening skills, to establish and maintain
eye-contact, to use,"I" messages and to express feelings. One
CARING COMMUNICATIONS activity is Heart Talks, in which a child whose
turn it is to speak holds a red velour heart while the other children
are asked to listen with their ears and hearts knowing they, too, will
have a chance to be heard. Another activity is The Heart Seat, in which
the class reads Claude Steiner's The Warm Fuzzy Tale, discusses the
concepts of warm fuzzies, and then participates in giving each other
warm fuzzies. Hand Dancing, in which children are seated in pairs in
order to dance together with just their hands while maintaining eye
contact with each other, is one of the other many activities in this
CARING COMMUNICATIONS project. Through these activities, children are
encouraged by their own successes in supporting each other and
themselves. They learn they are all winners. There are no losers in this
process only caring communications. DCPS MAJOR SYSTEM PRIORITIES,
Intergroup Relations, Achievement, BLUEPRINT 2000 GOALS, Learning
Environment, Student Performance, THE STUDENTS, This program has been
used with kindergarten, first and second graders since 1981. Many of the
activities also were adapted for use in third through sixth grades. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Shirah Penn has a master's of
education and is currently completing her 33rd year teaching in Dade
County. She was named the Grace Contrino Abrams Peace Teacher of the
Year for 1984. She was awarded a plaque for her work in self-esteem
education. She is currently a member of the National Council for
Self-Esteem. |
What You Need: MATERIALS AND FACILITIES, The
project can be implemented with the following: a Cliff Durfee's red
velour pillow, a "Li'l Luvvy" puppet and song, reproducible worksheets,
and a "feelings" doll (suggested). OUTSIDE RESOURCES, Many books and
records on self-esteem have been collected. A listing of these is
included in the bibliography of the CARING COMMUNICATIONS Idea Packet. |
Overall Value: Spending just one-half hour
weekly in this program frees the teacher from more time-consuming and
temporary control measures. The students learn self-discipline and
caring, which they will carry throughout their lives. These activities
also enable teachers to refocus their energy in a more positive,
accepting and tranquil manner creating a classroom climate of mutual
support. |
Standards: |
Carmen San Diego is in Your Classroom |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 8 to 10 |
How It Works: The software package,"Where in
the USA is Carmen San Diego" lends itself well to applying knowledge of
data base use, review of USA geography, development of critical thinking
skills and the utilization of cooperative learning. The students
complete maps on the states and their capitals, and areas of their
criminal pursuit. The cooperative grouping allows for an exchange of
information between students and sharing of techniques. The final day
of,"the Games," scores are tallied and the winning team from each class
is rewarded with certificates of achievement. DCPS MAJOR SYSTEM
PRIORITIES: Achievement, Critical Thinking Skills, Cooperative
Learning. THE STUDENTS: Computer Application students were composed of
mixed sixth, seventh, and eighth graders. These groups were of varying
ability from ESOL to gifted. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Valen Mayland is an 11-year
teaching veteran, who has a master's degree in Computer Science and
teaches Computer Education classes. She is a member of the Clinical
Teacher Program at the University of Miami and is Chairperson of the
SBM/SDM cadre at Miami Lakes Middle School. |
What You Need: MATERIALS AND FACILITIES: The
project has been used in a computer lab with eight computers, but can
be used with a larger group and less computers. Each computer team has a
copy of,"Where in the USA is Carmen San Diego?" (Broaderbund) and a
package of materials that include maps and worksheets developed to
enhance geographical skills and logical approaches to thinking skills. A
class set of World Almanacs, a World Atlas, and a large USA map are
helpful. OUTSIDE RESOURCES: Ms. Mayland begins this unit with a trip to
the Media Center where the Media Specialist gives a lesson on how to
use the Almanac and Atlas. The previous lessons are on developing a
data base on the states. |
Overall Value: Students develop team skills
and learning on several levels. They reinforce geography skills, learn
to share ideas, and find a solution to a problem in a cooperative
environment. They also develop pride in their accomplishments. |
Standards: |
CARTONS OF CARE |
Category: Special Education |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: In "Cartons of Care," a team of
middle school students targets homelessness as a critical community
problem. Through the project, they develop and execute a plan to "make a
difference" through specific community service.
Although inquiry, brainstorming, and character education begin in the
social studies class, all other academic disciplines become involved as
students expand their knowledge of this major crisis in our society
through videos, newspaper articles, and true-life experiences.
Throughout the unit, students work cooperatively, employing a variety of
learning methods to create posters, bumper stickers, essays, and graphs
that demonstrated concepts and facts related to homelessness.
They research the problem on local, state, and national levels and write
letters to agencies as they request speakers. Letters to families and
friends about "Cartons of Care" send out the message that everyone can
help and that we all can make a difference. During a closing evening
program, at which each audience member donates a food article to the
project, guest speakers from state homeless shelters also address the
audience of students, parents, school personnel, and community leaders.
|
The Students: |
The Staff: Tracy Andersen, Angela Capozzi,
Deborah DePierro, Susan Lance, Jacqueline Partridge, and Mimi Seperack
David Wooster Middle School, Stratford |
What You Need: Videotapes, newspapers, art
supplies, collection bins, and guest speakers from area homeless
shelters and government agencies are used.
|
Overall Value: Both the community and
students benefit from "Cartons of Care." The project strengthens the
role of the middle-schooler as a community resource and promotes
positive changes in peer relations. Students also use problem-solving
skills to meet their goals. Through the interdisciplinary model,
students improve research and writing skills while they gain an
understanding of statistics and an overview of social and legal
regulations. Students realize that they have the power to improve our
community and our world. While empowering themselves "to right a wrong,"
they also learn a lifetime lesson that individually and cooperatively
they can "make a difference" through continued community service.
Our students set and then tripled their goal of 1,000 food and toiletry
items that they collected, sorted, graphed, packaged, and delivered to
local homeless shelters. As students take up the cause of community
service, there will be positive changes in peer relations, in your
school, in your town, and in your world.
|
Standards: |
Casting Creative Characters |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 5 to 8 |
How It Works: The children are involved in an
intensive short-term writing project which enables them to create plays
using both cooperative problem solving and process writing skills. Two
to six students, work cooperatively to write an original play. They
use role playing to help create their characters and plots. Groups
revise and edit their plays during share sessions. The project ends
with a dramatic reading or presentation of the new works. The success
of the project may be assessed through a review of the completed plays.
The teacher begins with language lessons that emphasize the format of a
play. We discuss how the author includes stage directions and
character descriptions. The students learn to recognize that the name
of the character appears each time he/ she speaks. The children's
imaginations are tantalized by asking them to combine two fictional
characters that they've never seen paired before in a unique situation,
like ÔCatwoman and Cinderella going bowling'. The students brainstorm a
list of possibilities. They enjoy this activity and are anxious to
begin writing. After choosing titles that interest them, they begin
forming their writing groups. Each group works as an independent unit.
They establish the parts each member will play in the writing process,
e.g. the recorder. Their initial task is to write a short description
of the characters, and a story map. The groups usually decide to role
play in order to create the characters' dialogues. 2 Students give
readings of their unfinished plays for the other groups to critique
during share meetings. They receive constructive criticism and
suggestions. The teacher takes notes for the group while the share
meeting is taking place. They use the notes in the next writing
session, as they feel necessary. This process continues until the groups
are satisfied with their plays. Sometimes the students need the
teacher to help refocus their writing. Finally, they type their plays
on the word processor and edit them as a group. They print their play
and design a cover. Each group then prepares and presents a dramatic
reading. The children delight in listening to other plays as much as
they do presenting their own. The Students: This project has been
successfully implemented with both third and fourth grades. The classes
of approximately twenty-six students were grouped heterogeneously.
This project could easily be adapted to groups in third to sixth grades.
The students meet three time a week for an hour to an hour and a half
at a time. The entire process can be completed in three to four weeks.
The intensity of the time and the shortness of the span encourages great
work. This process really asks students to be creative and to pool
their talents. Every student is successful in this endeavor. |
The Students: |
The Staff: This project was implemented by a
classroom teacher. The project may be enhanced by a drama teacher and
the help of parent volunteers to assist with typing and editing. |
What You Need: No additional materials are necessary. It was very helpful to have word processors for a Ôfinished', product. |
Overall Value: Students work together to
successfully write a play, as they improve their communication and
problem solving skills. Through the use of cooperative learning and
process writing techniques every child enhances their self-esteem. My
classes have won a local play writing contest for the last five years
using this process. Everyone becomes a successful playwright. This
project belongs to the students. The teacher's role is to set it up,
and provide the proper learning environment. It is important to keep
the, writing period to three or four weeks while making sure that each
period is from an hour to an hour and a half in duration. This sets the
stage for an intensity that sweeps the children off their
feet.ÊÊCoupling cooperative learning and the writing process, makes the
process familiar and safe. The following is a list of steps you might
follow to replicate this project. Since the onus of the project belongs
to the students the list you actually end up following will be
different depending on the needs and abilities of your class. |
Standards: |
Catch Me Doing Something Right |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 2 to 5 |
How It Works: We all like to read good things
about ourselves but seldom get a chance. This flexible project
celebrates children's diversity, making them feel special. After
reading The Tenth Good Thing About Barney and I'll Always Love You,
students make lists of ten good things about each other and staff
members. The lists are discussed and expanded. To gather more
information children conduct interviews with staff or exchange lists
with their parents. A final list of 10 Good Things and a photograph
or illustration of each person is displayed in the school and eventually
bound into a book for the school library. Students: This project
is appropriate for all ages and abilities, including bilingual classes.
It can be conducted as a one day, week-long or all-year project. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Mary Ellen Ziegler earned her
degree at Chicago State Teachers College. She has taught primary grades
in Chicago Public schools for twenty years. She is a grant winner and a
teacher/consultant with the Chicago Area Writers Project. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
This project requires writing materials and classroom art supplies.
Photographs of the students are needed or,"portraits" drawn by the
children themselves can be used. Outside Resources: Laminating
adds a finished, professional quality to the final piece. Crossing
guards, parents, lunchroom, custodial and office staff can all be
included in the project. |
Overall Value: This project builds
self-esteem in students, staff and family. Reading, writing and
thinking skills are used in a positive, reinforcing activity. |
Standards: |
CATS - A PRACTICAL VIEW VIA T.S. ELIOT |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: "Cats - A Practical View Via
T.S. Eliot" is designed to introduce a group of sixth grade special
education students to poetry and theatre by reading T.S. Eliot's book
Old Possum's Book of Practical Cats and seeing the Broadway musical
"Cats." The students see the play as a culmination of several
interdisciplinary units involving language arts, social studies, music
and art. This is accomplished through lessons which address different
learning styles and incorporate the goals in a cooperative learning
environment.
The goals are as follows: To help students grasp the concept of the
different "cat personalities" described in T.S. Eliot's poem; to have
students write their own animal poems; to develop research skills and
successful interaction among students by having them report on the
different breeds of cats; in social studies, to help students understand
the importance of cats in the ancient Egyptians' lives; to familiarize
students with the music; after seeing the musical, to have students
write about and recreate their favorite cats by making large puppets and
videotaping the students with their cats. The activities address a
variety of learning styles through written, spoken, visual, kinesthetic
and performing experiences. In addition, students develop critical
thinking skills and use computer technology to write their stories and
poems. Methods of instruction are teacher- and student-directed through
reading, discussion and poetry writing. Students also work individually
on their cat projects and stories.
|
The Students: Assessment during this activity
is ongoing and multifaceted. Through oral and written quizzes, the
quality of students' work in relation to individual abilities and
student performance in a jeopardy-type game; however, the most important
assessment is ongoing teacher observation of students' enthusiasm
during the various activities. Six students to eleven students have
participated in this project each year. It can be adapted for use with
fifth grade through high school students and with regular education
students.
|
The Staff: Lillian M. Wright Turn of the River Middle School, Stamford |
What You Need: Books, tapes, camcorder, standard art supplies and cotton batting.
|
Overall Value: Through an interdisciplinary
approach, students gain a more positive attitude and understanding of
poetry and theatre. Students are empowered to create, communicate,
listen, make decisions, and interact socially. They interact with the
community by writing letters of thanks to the Chamber of Commerce
members for the grant money and by sharing their projects with them at
the culmination of the unit. In addition to the variety of activities,
they experience a live Broadway production. They are also permitted to
go on stage to examine the sets and see one of the characters. For
students, the whole experience proves to be THE CAT'S MEOW!
|
Standards: Sense of Community Interpersonal Relations Speaking, Listening and Viewing Reading Writing
|
CELEBRATE OUR MULTICULTURAL HERITAGE! |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 3 to 7 |
How It Works: It is a well established fact
that the people of our world are moving towards a global community.
Although, unlike other countries, we are truly a nation of immigrants,
we have long cherished the ideal of the "melting pot" philosophy.
Fortunately, we are beginning to shift this viewpoint of our nation from
an egalitarian to a pluralistic society. By teaching our children to be
culturally aware, we can strive towards a global community that accepts
and appreciates the contributions of each human being.
Through this intergenerational project, students will learn to value and
enjoy diversity, and gain respect for family, school, and the
community. There are three phases to this project.
First, each student completes a family tree with help from various
generations of his/her own family. The purpose is twofold: (1) By
combining information, the class becomes aware of the great variety of
cultures represented in our common heritage, and identifies and graphs
patterns of immigration; (2) Each student identifies the oldest living
family member whom they can later interview.
Second, students more closely explore one country of their heritage by
locating and using a variety of sources of information. They identify
important facts and customs.
The third phase of the project is the interview. Students learn how to
conduct an interview, take effective and efficient notes, and write a
biography.
The excitement and pride build as the various pieces approach completion
and are put together in a beautiful hardcover book which each child
creates (the assessment piece.)
At our culminating Heritage Festival, interviewees are honored and
family members enjoy our mini-museum where we share our books,
artifacts, and foods of many cultures.
|
The Students: |
The Staff: Candis Yimoyines Hine Naubuc Elementary School, Glastonbury |
What You Need: Access to a library-media
center and computers is important. A speaker from your local historical
society can be most helpful and inspirational.
|
Overall Value: During the five years that
this project has been conducted wonderful connections have been promoted
within families across generals and among families across cultures.
Students gain a much broader awareness of other cultures, and begin to
understand and appreciate their own historic and ethnic heritage.
|
Standards: |
CELEBRATING DIFFERENCES: BREAKING THROUGH THE BARRIERS |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: This unit raises awareness of
and respect for differences among people, how differences can be
challenging, and how those challenges can be overcome. Students are
exposed to a variety of activities including small group discussions and
brainstorming, simulations of learning disabilities, physical
disabilities, discrimination, historical research on discrimination in
America, and the writing of a thesis paper about discrimination. The
most inspirational part of this unit occurs when speakers with
disabilities are invited to the school to discuss the problems they have
faced due to their disabilities, but most importantly how they have
overcome those challenges and achieved success.
The activities involved in this unit address the needs of students with
different learning styles. Throughout the course of the unit, students
experience written, verbal, kinesthetic, visual, and auditory
activities, allowing them to find success through their own learning
strengths. Methods of instruction are varied throughout the unit.
Teacher and student directed discussions about differences and
discrimination occur in both large and small group settings. Students
work independently on research, writing, and during some simulations.
Other simulations require work in pairs or small groups.
Each activity in this unit has its own assessment piece including
teacher or student led discussions, the completion of individual
evaluation forms to self assess frustrations associated with the
simulations, and self editing of written work. Teachers assess student
learning through observation and discussion, and by reviewing the
written evaluations with the students.
|
The Students: Approximately two hundred
seventh grade students have participated in this unit each year. The
unit is appropriate for grades six through eight. Three special
educators, one study skills teacher, and eight classroom teachers have
implemented this unit. Other personnel involved include the school
physical therapist and an enrichment teacher.
|
The Staff: Cynthia Buch Dias, Jill M. Dymczyk, Celeste Higgins and Kristen Marshello Har-Bur Middle School, Burlington |
What You Need: Wheelchairs, communication boards, blindfolds, leg and arm braces, sign language cards.
|
Overall Value: This unit provides the
opportunity for students to explore and understand differences among
people, but more importantly the similarities shared by everyone. The
Common Core of Learning states that all students should be able to
respect differences among people, recognize the pluralistic nature of
United States society, and recognize characteristics common to all
people. This is the purpose of the unit and all activities in the unit
are designed to achieve this goal The expected outcome of this unit is
that students develop a sensitivity to and an understanding of the
needs, opinions, concerns, and customs of others.
|
Standards: Interpersonal Relations, Sense of Community Speaking, Listening and Viewing |
Celebrating Diversity-Cinco de Mayo |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 2 to 8 |
How It Works: Celebrating Diversity--Cinco de
Mayo integrates science, math, music, and language arts and features
art in the culminating projects. The students learn the historical
background of Cinco de Mayo and compare it to celebrations they have
experienced, such as Labor Day and Independence Day. The students
examine authentic Mexican artifacts and locate their origins on a map.
The students learn Spanish songs and Mexican dances, videotape the
process, and perform at a celebration. Students experience the
connection between visual art and scientific observation in projects,
such as creating a radial-design ceramic sol and recording the weight
and size of the clay when it is in three stages: wet, greenware, and
bisque. They also prepare ethnic foods, using math skills as they
compare prices, estimate the amount of ingredients, and measure the
ingredients.They practice language arts skills by reading fiction about
aspects of Mexican life, writing stories, and recording observations in
their response journals.StudentsOne hundred students in the first and
second grades participate. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The art teacher works with the
entire school community to implement the program. Materials and
Facilities Picture This by Ellen Matter, Looking at Picture Books by
John Stewing, Poetry Fun by the Ton With Jack Prelutsky and Poetry
Galore and More With Shel Silvestein both by Cheryl Potts are excellent
resources. Also needed are bookmaking supplies including ingredients
for paste, textured papers for covers, binding combs, glue sticks, and a
book stapler. Outside Resources Authors and illustrators from the
community help carry out the program. |
What You Need: Art supplies include clay
suns, pinatas, tea candles for luminaries, tissue paper, rug yarn, and
silver foil. Also needed are books about Mexico and the video Cinco de
Mayo. The program takes place in classrooms, hallways, and the art
room.Art supplies include clay suns, pinatas, tea candles for
luminaries, tissue paper, rug yarn, and silver foil. Also needed are
books about Mexico and the video Cinco de Mayo. The program takes place
in classrooms, hallways, and the art room. |
Overall Value: The program effects changes in
students' self-concepts, cross-cultural appreciation, attainment of
second language skills, and their understanding of connections that link
the processes of creative writing, the arts, and scientific
investigation |
Standards: |
Celebration Time: Cultures of the World |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 11 to 11 |
How It Works: This program is designed to
introduce ninth-grade English students to the diverse cultures in the
United States. The students are placed into small groups, and each
group selects a culture to research the customs, literature, music, art,
and architecture. Students will collect information from library
reference books, travel books, newspapers, and magazines. The students
will write a written report and create a poster or a collage. Since
this is an English class, students must include in the written report a
myth or legend and a short story based on their selected culture.
Students may produce tapes of their myths, legends, or short stories for
presentations to other English classes. Each group must find a movie
that is based on their particular culture. Each student will view the
movie and write a movie review. The groups will present the movie
review with their oral, visual, and written presentations. Each group
will present the projects to the entire class and to visiting, English
classes during a special week designated for cultural awareness.
The Student: The students are enrolled in regular and honors ninth-grade
English classes. In the past, the students have thoroughly enjoyed
discovering different cultures as they used their primary source,
National Geographic. This program has enhanced the students' skills as
researchers and investigators. In addition, the students have taken
great pride in sharing information on a subject that most of their
classmates have not known. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The developer, the librarians, and the Spanish teacher will be involved in the implementation of this project. |
What You Need: Materials: National
Geographic, library reference books, and twenty copies of Multicultural
Perspectives are the materials needed for this project. Outside
Resources: Guest speakers from various cultures have been
invited to share with the students. |
Overall Value: Sometimes the problems of the
world are caused by people who wear intellectual and psychological
blinders. This program provides an avenue for broadening students'
vision of the diverse, colorful, and creative cultures of this earth.
By exploring music, art, and literature, the students will gain a
greater appreciation of the unique cultures in this world. The
preparation of this program gives students the opportunity to improve
their reading, writing, and communication skills. |
Standards: |
Challenge Activity Packets (CAP) |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: to |
How It Works: This take-home enrichment
program, an adaptation of It's in the Bag With Books, (see IMPACT II
catalog 1990), enables students to read books and create original,
products, such as dioramas, self-created books, and puppets, which they
can, share at school. Each CAP is a zippered vinyl bag that fits in a
backpack. Each, bag contains a book, a cassette tape of the story, a
parent handbook with pictorial, directions for completing a project, and
supplies for students (scissors, glue crayons, paper, yarn,
construction paper, and writing paper). After reading the, book, a
student can demonstrate his or her understanding of the story by making,
a special project. The program encourages parental involvement in
helping their, children enjoy reading and provides resources to help
their children express their, understanding of story concepts. |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Change My Mind |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 9 to 14 |
How It Works: Students explore controversial
issues that interest them through various classroom activities, from
writing an essay to a group debate. The essay prewriting is a chart of
the pros and cons of a specific argument related to their issue; this
enhances their ability to argue effectively by anticipating opposing
arguments. They continue through the writing process to a final draft.
Light research is included for some topics, and news articles which
pertain to their issues are discussed in class. Students design a slogan
to convince their readers to agree with their opinions after reading
bumper stickers as they drive, paying close attention to advertisements,
and contemplating visual symbols which could move a reader to be
sympathetic to their side of the argument. Students are grouped randomly
to debate the issues that were explored through the writing process.
This stage is especially validating for the remedial student, who often
has a stronger verbal ability than his or her writing may reflect. The
last phase allows students to see that their voices, when used
effectively, are heard by adults, e.g. parents and teachers. Students
choose an adult in their lives with whom they have a disagreement. The
instructor sends an explanatory letter to the potential recipients of
these persuasive letters requesting their participation. Then students
send a statement of the change they would like considered Recipients
send back a list of objections/justifications for the rule. After
role-playing activities with other students and a drafting process, a
persuasive letter is sent to the recipient, who responds in writing.
Many participants compromised and changed a rule. Those who did not
change provided ample justification for their policies, which helped
students to understand the reasons for them. In both cases, the
students' ideas were validated, and a good-natured, mutual respect for
differences emerged. Change My Mind was inspired in part by a workshop I
attended at UC Berkeley in 1990; I modified the presenter's idea (to
write persuasive letters to parents) to include other adults in the
lives of students. The time frame depends upon the writing process
skills of the individual class. Last year the project took about two and
a half months. This is an innovative approach to teaching persuasive
writing and thinking because students are exposed to several settings in
which to use these skills (writing, bumper stickers, politics,
advertising, debates, and changing adults' minds) rather than merely
writing an argumentative paper. It is student-centered,
student-generated, and process-oriented. Students make connections
between classroom work and their lives. All writing is done on
computers, making the project even more relevant to future positions
they may hold in our workforce. State Framework: The program is
relevant to the California State Framework for Language Arts because it
is a thematic approach to learning involving several levels of critical
thinking. The Students: Approximately 35 students participated in
1992-93. They were remedial Writing Lab students, including non-native
speakers of English, with various writing difficulties. This project is
highly adaptable to other ability levels and ages, especially because
students choose their own issues to examine. |
The Students: |
The Staff: I have taught English for three years at Santa Ynez High School. I am a Bay Area Writing Fellow. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities:
Paper, pencil, bumper stickers. Computer is desirable. Outside
Resources: No outside resources are required. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Characters Can Come Alive |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 4 to 4 |
How It Works: Characterization is an
important literary technique for all ages to understand. Round, fully
developed characters are central to good writing and literature.
Students gain insight into character development by creating puppets
based on folk and fairy tale characters. After the class identifies
characters in a shared story, each student chooses a character to
explore. Children create two lists-one of physical traits and one of
personal traits-they believe their characters possess. Then puppet
construction begins.
When the puppets are finished, students explore how movement and voice
could demonstrate personality traits of their character. The project
concludes with either an actual, fully plotted play, or student
monologues in the voices of their puppets, explaining the puppet's point
of view on the story and on other characters.
|
The Students: This project was implemented
with a multicultural second grade class, which contained several ESL and
learning-disabled students. It can be adapted for all elementary
grades and class sizes.
|
The Staff: Lara Pruitt has taught second
grade for three years; prior to that she taught sixth grade. She is the
liaison for a school arts integration grant through LEAP (Lakeview
Education and Arts Partnership). |
What You Need: This project requires the
following: books, puppet materials such as socks, yarn, pom-poms, a glue
gun, pieces of cardboard, plastic eyes, etc. |
Overall Value: Puppets motivate students to
read and to think analytically and creatively. The explanation and
review of character traits develop vocabulary and provide practice in
making inferences, a valuable skill when taking tests.
|
Standards: The project addresses the
following Illinois State Goals and Chicago Academic Standards (CAS):
Goal #1, CAS A, CFS 1 & 7, CAS D, CFS 3; Goal #2, CAS A, CFS 4 &
6. |
Charter of Global Responsibility for the 21st Century |
Category: Global Education |
Grades: 12 to 14 |
How It Works: Charter of Global
Responsibility for the 21st Century offers students opportunities to
analyze global affairs and articulate their vision of positive change in
the world. The purpose of the project is to get students to work
together and share in the achievement of a common good. Students are
encouraged to see events and problems from a global perspective and to
harness their own power and creativity to create change. In the
process, they strengthen their research, analytical, verbal, and writing
skills. Participants researched and wrote their own contribution to
the charter, which was presented at a town meeting sponsored by the
Foreign Policy Association (FPA). The students and teacher met after
school for six weeks; after agreeing on the topic Nonviolent Conflict
Resolution, students shared bibliographic material and did further
research. At the second meeting, the group was divided into four
subgroups, which broke the topic down into specific areas for study and
writing. At subsequent meetings, the group analyzed and critiqued the
draft articles. Once the articles were revised and published, they were
submitted to the FPA for consideration. At the town meeting,,
student-contributors read aloud from the charter. The audience included
guests representing the United Nations and the media, along with
representatives of the FPA. Students at the town meeting were a
heterogeneous grouping from public and private city and suburban
schools. The views of participants represented diverse cultural and
socioeconomic perspectives, which made the experience particularly
enriching for all. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The project was developed by high
school teacher Linda Steinmann in cooperation with the FPA. It was
first conducted in 1992. Amon Diggs, of the FPA, addressed the senior
U.S. government class on the various topics that were on the agenda for
the charter. The association also provided the class with a packet of
materials for the project. |
What You Need: The project used materials
provided by the Foreign Policy Association, including Great Decisions,
magazine and activity book. All the teacher needs is access to a good
school or public library and the ability to direct students in their
research and writing. Access to a video camera is desirable but not
required. |
Overall Value: Through their participation in
Charter of Global, Responsibility for the 21st Century, students learn
that it is not enough simply to have an opinion about significant global
issues; rather, it is the role of a citizen to speak out cogently on
these issues. Students have strongly held opinions and a fervent desire
to make their opinions heard. "The students' attendance was 100% at
every meeting," says Steinmann. "Their charter articles were first
rate, and their performance at the town meeting was excellent." |
Standards: |
Cheap Talk in the Workplace |
Category: Special Education |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: The expressive language device,
"Cheap Talk" was incorporated into the work environment for those
students with limited speech or those who were non-verbal. Each student
was seated at his/her own workstation with an assortment of four work
activities. The communicator device had four prerecorded messages
stating their desire to "sort silverware", or to "assemble tool kits",
etc. The student used "Cheap Talk" to express his/her choice of tasks,
cue the teacher that they were beginning to work, had finished the task,
or that they were making a new selection. On each button was a
photocopy picture of the activity choice to reinforce the matching of
symbols and verbal expressions. When students activated their "Cheap
Talks", they enjoyed the humorous expression in the recorded message
that encouraged them to begin working quickly. One of the student's
message choice stated, "Get to work". He acted as the supervisor when
someone was off task and then activated this command. The students had a
good laugh and focused again on their work.
|
The Students: Seven students with multiple
and/or orthopedic handicapping conditions participated three days per
week. These students ranged in age from 16-21 years and were on levels
between ninth and twelfth grade. The use of "Cheap Talk" could be
easily adapted to any grade level or academic setting for this
population of students. Each student used their own "Cheap Talk" in
his/her work area or it could be shared in a small group. "Cheap Talk"
was battery operated and was, therefore, portable and could be used
anywhere. |
The Staff: Deborah Weckerly has been teaching
for 22 in the public schools. She has received several MEOSERRC grants
and has been recognized by MEOSERRC for "Using the Community as a
Classroom." She also has served as a certified vocational evaluator.
|
What You Need: "Cheap Talk" communication
devices were on loan from the school district's lending library.
"Boardmaker" computer program provided pictures for use on the buttons
and activity trays to develop a student's matching skills. Each
student had a workstation complete with pictures of family and friends,
as well as files for collecting data of work production. Located next
to "Cheap Talk" were four vocational activity trays containing all
needed materials for completion of a job activity. Job materials were
both homemade as well as commercially produced. |
Overall Value: Each student has exhibited
increased motivation to begin working without reminders or encouragement
since using their device. Previous to incorporating it into their work
environment, students delayed reporting to their workstations and sat
idle until a staff member attended directly to their needs. Now, they
cannot wait to have a vocational class and begin working on their own.
When students are given the opportunity to make a choice and express
their selection to the teacher, they experience more self-reliance and
independence as well as self-expression. |
Standards: |
Checkbook Behavior Management System |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 7 to 8 |
How It Works: Checkbook Behavior Management
System is a creative way for students to learn practical math skills and
gain responsibility in the classroom. It fosters independent decision
making as well as builds self-esteem, as students gain responsibility
and develop group cooperation in the classroom. Each student receives
an application to join the,"class bank." Upon opening his or her
checking account, each student receives a free gift, a checkbook, and a
bank bag. A large chart demonstrates the proper way to write a check
and to enter a deposit or withdrawal into the checkbook register. A
posted sign explains,"ways to earn money,","ways to spend money,"
and,"checkbook rules." Checkbook rules include maintaining an accurate
balance and demonstrating honesty. Each child earns money by holding a
class job and by accumulating points on a daily point sheet. Class
jobs include owning and thereby renting out the bathroom, the drinking
fountain, and the pencil sharpener. Students deposit their earned money
at the end of each day, using a deposit slip. Students spend money
by writing checks to their classmates for using the bathroom, the pencil
sharpener, and the drinking fountain. They may also write checks to
the class kitty for borrowing supplies, not putting things away neatly
in the coat closet, or forgetting to do a job. Funds from the kitty are
given away in a weekly class drawing to students who have gone,"above
and beyond the call of duty." The Students: Eleven fifth and sixth
grade emotionally disabled students have participated in the checkbook
system. This program can be used with students in both regular and
special education classes in grades 4 to 6. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The classroom teacher and assistant are responsible for monitoring student check writing and checkbook balances. |
What You Need: Space to display charts is
helpful but not necessary. Items for the class store and a class
auction are needed. A field trip to a local bank helps students see
firsthand how a bank operates. Parents and other guest speakers, who
join the class to discuss their careers and their management of money,
enhance the program. |
Overall Value: Checkbook Behavior Management
System encourages students to make better behavior choices and
decisions. This, in turn, raises their levels of self-esteem as they
each feel a sense of pride and accomplishment. Students' enthusiasm for
math also grows as they discover a real purpose for using the skills
they are learning. |
Standards: |
Checking Your Battery |
Category: Classroom Management/Intergroup |
Grades: 2 to 14 |
How It Works: Checking Your Battery is
designed to allow students to self-regulate their energy levels. This
program was adopted from "How Does Your Engine Run?" by Sherry
Shellenberger and Mary Sue Williams of Therapy Works, Inc., in
Albuquerque, New Mexico. The purpose of the program is to teach
students how to monitor their own readiness to work, play, listen, and
attend. The students identify and chart their energy levels through
class discussion. The students and staff explore the areas of touch,
movement, listening, and oral-motor and identify those that are
successful for self-regulating a student's energy level or "battery" for
academic work. Items from those areas are made available in the
classroom. Once the teachers and staff are comfortable with a student's
ability to choose an area that is effective for self-regulating his or
her energy level, diagnostic sessions are decreased, and the carry-over
is done on a daily basis by the classroom teacher. |
The Students: The program was initially
implemented in two classes of hearing impaired students. There is no
age-level boundary, but students need to be cognitively aware of their
energy level. This program can be implemented with entire classes or in
small groups |
The Staff: The occupational therapist
oversees the strategies and techniques. The classroom teacher and aide
assist in implementing these strategies on a daily basis in the
classroom. |
What You Need: Materials needed to implement
the program provide sensori-motor experiences in the areas of touch,
oral-motor, movement, auditory, and vestibular skills. Specific
supplies include gymnastic balls, tire tubes, large cushions filled with
scrap pieces of foam, auditory cassette tapes, small toys, and various
food snacks. This program can be managed within the classroom.Parents
may be asked to send in items including specific food snacks. |
Overall Value: The program provides students
with the skill to be responsible for and the strategies to be able to
independently regulate their own energy level not only in school but
also at home. It gives them opportunities to express needs, acceptance,
and respect for others' differences. As a result, self-esteem improves
and the ability to focus academically is enhanced. |
Standards: |
Chess Challengers |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 6 to 10 |
How It Works: This chess playing program
develops logical thinking and spatial visualization skills, fosters
self-esteem and cooperation and constructively channels aggressive
impulses through competitive game playing. Innovative instructional
videos teach children how to: -set-up a chessboard and pieces, -the
rules for moving pieces, -the rules of chess competition. Daily
practice sessions let students play, referee, and act as peer tutors.
Daily games evolve into a regional children's chess tournament.
Students: This program was developed for an, intermediate grade level
class of special education students. It can be used with all students,
including those with limited English proficiency and physical
handicaps. At-risk students and gifted and talented children benefit
from this program, too. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Madeline K. Fuertsch holds a BS
from Pennsylvania State University, an MA from Texas Christian
University, an MEd. in Counseling Psychology from North Texas State
University. She is working on an MEd. in Special Education at
Northeastern Illinois University. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
This program requires a VCR, a mix of plain and annotated chessboards,
sets of chess pieces, videos from the U.S. Chess Federation, chess
clocks (for competition) and chess books, magazines and puzzles.
Outside Resources: Materials for instruction are available from The
U.S. Chess Federation. Children gain from visits to observe chess
tournaments at other schools as well as major national and international
tournaments held in Chicago. Masters of national and international
Chess Federations can be invited to speak to the children. |
Overall Value: Children develop logical
thinking skills and cooperation takes the place of aggression. Low
self-esteem is replaced by feelings of accomplishment and pride. |
Standards: |
Chicago Alphabet |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 2 to 5 |
How It Works: Children learn about twenty-six
famous, and not so famous, places in Chicago with names that follow the
alphabet from A to Z. Locations are photographed; some sites are
studied in the classroom when visits are not feasible. Student draw
their impressions of each location and dictate or write stories and
descriptions. Then photos, pictures and stories are combined to create a
large classroom,"Chicago Alphabet" scrapbook. Students: The
program was developed with an all-day Kindergarten class. It is easily
adaptable for all primary grades, Special Education and bilingual
classes. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Michele Keller holds a BA from the
University of Illinois in Champaign-Urbana and masters degrees in
Reading and Administration from Northeastern Illinois University. She
has been a teacher in Chicago Public Schools from 1965 to 1969 and from
1987 to the present. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities: A
bulletin board can be the focal point of the program, as well as a
large map of Chicago. As children progress through the alphabet photos,
art work, stories, brochures and maps are displayed on the bulletin
board. Many sites provide free materials. Picture books and videos
help teach about sites visited and studied. Outside Resources: A
number of field trips are essential for the success of this program.
Parents play a key role in helping with the class trips, taking
photographs and assisting with dictation about experiences in the
classroom. |
Overall Value: Children locate sites on a
city map, learn the letters of the alphabet and become experts on their
own city. This program promotes visual perception and language skills.
It introduces maps, directions and geographic terms. Children learn
facts and see memorable places in Chicago. They expand their vision of
the city while sharing special experiences. |
Standards: |
Children Are Architects of the Future |
Category: Global Education |
Grades: 4 to 4 |
How It Works: Children Are Architects of the
Future, is an integrated curriculum project that employs a thematic
approach to develop academic skills and concepts of at-risk second grade
students. Using the theme of architecture, the project builds on
children's strengths and interests to motivate them to learn more about
structures in their environment. The project begins with neighborhood
walks in which, children observe and categorize buildings in the
neighborhood according to shape, size, use, building materials, age, and
other features. The children gradually learn to discern geometrical
shapes and architectural forms and are encouraged to reproduce these in
the classroom through drawings, models, and paste-ups. These
exercises branch out into an array of activities. For a major class
project, children design and build a "reading house" out of empty milk
cartons. The children work cooperatively as designers, architects,
construction workers, and clean-up crews. Students also create a
skyline that encircles the classroom and a "structures dictionary" of
words they have found that are related to architecture. They also, work
with a junior high school class on a variety of projects. Field trips
and guest speakers enrich children's experience. The project
incorporates mathematics, science, social studies, language arts, and
art in varied and creative ways that spark children's imaginations and
allow them to develop their individual talents at their own pace. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Noticing that many children in his
classes had never traveled far from their own communities, Theodore
Husted, an early childhood teacher,, designed the project in 1992 to
expose students to the world beyond their immediate neighborhood and to
foster academic and social skills. |
What You Need: The project has been a success
largely because of the collaborative efforts of many educators and,
community organizations citywide; these include architects, engineers,
and construction workers who visited the class and junior high students
who served as mentors. Art and construction materials were, provided by
PS 46 and through donations. They include building materials such as
empty milk cartons, wooden blocks, legos, Cuisinair rods, and sand, as
well as paper, markers, rulers and drafting supplies,, glue, and other
items for building and designing structures. |
Overall Value: Children Are Architects of the
Future creates a non-stressful, individualized learning environment in
which at-risk children can learn at their own pace. "I have witnessed
growth in each and every child," says Husted. "They have demonstrated
improvement in self-esteem, attendance, class participation, reading and
math, and critical thinking. The project has provided opportunities
for children to acquire higher order thinking skills such as analysis,
synthesis, and evaluation," he notes. |
Standards: |
Choose It, Read It, Write About It, Talk About It, Enjoy It! |
Category: Classroom Management/Intergroup |
Grades: 8 to 8 |
How It Works: Classroom management and
reading are the focus of this project. This classroom management
technique gives educators the opportunity, to take student attendance
and perform general bookkeeping tasks, while students are reading. The
project is successful and, effective because it utilizes classroom time
constructively. The, project also exposes students to books and to
making choices for, the books they want to read. The project
employs a very simple technique. The students are, required to select a
book and be seated before the class bell, rings. This project promotes
responsibility because the students, know exactly what they are
supposed to be doing and when they are, to do it. This project also
promotes reading because students log, the books they read and the
number of pages they read in each book. Other elements of the project
include: writing book reports answering book questionnaires,
participating in book discussions and presenting oral reports about
the books. An important element of this project is modeling. When
the teacher, has finished taking attendance, he or she is seated and
begins, reading as well. The theory behind this technique is to show,
students that the teacher believes reading is very important--so,
important that the teacher chooses to read and not grade papers or,
perform other activities at this time. DCPS Major System Priorities:
Achievement, Critical Thinking Blueprint 2000 Goals: Student
Performance, Learning Environment The Students: This project has
been implemented successfully with sixth-grade, multi-level students for
four years. The students were actively, involved in silent reading and
occasionally participated in, oral/listening Book Talk activities.
This project can be adapted, easily for all grade levels and in other
areas of curriculum as, well. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Maria Garcia has been teaching for
15 years (12 years in DCPS). Her, experiences include instruction in
ESOL and bilingual content area, classes. Currently she is teaching
grades six through eight at, Homestead Middle School, where in 1989 she
was named Teacher of the, Year. |
What You Need: |
Overall Value: This project provides students
with choices on reading materials, and it provides the teacher with an
excellent management tool. This project also encourages students to
take pleasure in reading, books. |
Standards: |
CIRCLE OF CELEBRATION |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 4 to 8 |
How It Works: "Circle of Celebrations"
involves students in a year-long investigation of culture and cultural
awareness through the study of holidays celebrated in the United States
and abroad. English Language Learners (ELLs) and regular education
students work together to investigate the influences of all cultures on
celebratory customs. Students discover that their own cultural heritage
often shape holidays and celebrations around the world. This program
supports the ESOL curriculum within the mainstream classroom by
integrating skills needed to acquire the English language in a
meaningful way.
Many curricular areas are integrated within this project as students
investigate how and why people celebrate holidays. Seasons are a vital
part of all celebrations and are used to teach science and math along
with the ties all people have with the earth. Social studies is taught
throughout the year while students study the relationships between
people and their surroundings in a society. Language arts is an
essential component to this unit of study as students read about
holidays and express their ideas and feelings about what they have
learned both orally and in writing.
|
The Students: Learning styles are addressed
as children are provided the opportunity to internalize language and
apply it to everyday situations through performance, visual, auditory,
spoken, kinesthetic and written experiences. Methods of instruction
include small and whole group activities. Students work independently as
they participate in or reflect upon lessons about holidays. Teachers
measure student learning via written and oral responses to the material.
Teachers observe students to assess mastery of performance objectives.
Through reflective journal writing students are given the opportunity to
participate in self-assessment. Nineteen heterogeneously grouped
students (including ELLs and children with varying special needs) have
participated in the program each year. It is appropriate for students in
grades two through six.
|
The Staff: Theresa Palluzzi and Claudia Esposito Jerome Harrison Elementary School, North Branford |
What You Need: Literature and audio tapes about holidays world map, family trees pictures and symbols that represent holidays
|
Overall Value: Students' self worth is
greatly increased as they come to understand that all of us have
cultural backgrounds, which shape the holidays, observed around the
world. ELLs acquire English naturally and are assimilated into the
American culture. All students become more aware of cultural connections
as they speak about their own experiences, listen to stories, and read
and write about the holidays. This program brings students and teachers
full circle as holidays are celebrated throughout the year. Students
learn to value their own uniqueness and, at the same time, respect and
appreciate others in an authentic and meaningful way.
|
Standards: Positive Self-Concept Interpersonal Relations Speaking, Listening and Viewing Reading Writing
|
Circuit City |
Category: Science |
Grades: 6 to 8 |
How It Works: Through a series of hands-on
activities, children learn the basics about electricity by experimenting
with batteries, wires, conductors and magnets. Their basic knowledge
is then expanded into other areas. Student activities include:
collecting and graphing data of their own electrical use, creating an
Electro-Quiz Board to learn multiplication tables, writing fairy tales
in which electricity changes the usual plots, mailing letters to U.S.
battery companies and mapping energy sources The program culminates
with students wiring an entire cardboard house with lights!
Students: The program was developed with a heterogeneous fourth grade
class. It can easily be adapted for older and younger children. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Marianne Poniatowski has a Master's degree in Education from DePaul University. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
Basic electrical supplies necessary include batteries, wire and light
bulbs. Science activities that require more equipment were done
individually at home or in school. There are many resource books with
basic electricity lessons available to enrich or augment this project.
Outside Resources: Students will gain from classroom visits by a
working electrician and a representative from Commonwealth Edison. |
Overall Value: Through hands-on activities
children learn basic concepts about electricity which are then
reinforced through integrated activities. Children enthusiastically
learn, share ideas and work together cooperatively. |
Standards: |
City Tour |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 6 to 8 |
How It Works: Working in cooperative groups,
children research some of Chicago's most famous buildings. They then
convert measurements to "human scale" and use large cardboard boxes to
construct replicas of Chicago's well-known architectural landmarks on
the school playground. Once construction is complete, students create a
tour guidebook, send out formal invitations, and at a gala celebration,
lead tours of "Chicago."
|
The Students: City Tour involved 30 fourth
grade students of varying abilities, nine to eleven years old. The
project can be adapted to other age and achievement levels. |
The Staff: Sharon Lawson has taught for eight
years; both her BS and MS are from Chicago State University. Catherine
Tanner has taught for 13 years. She holds a BA from Western Illinois
University and two masters degrees |
What You Need: The following items are
needed: maps, postcards, books of Chicago, measuring devices, a plumb
line, art supplies, a box cutter, fastening devices such as nuts, bolts,
tape, and a glue gun, boxes of all sizes, city T-shirts for students,
lab books. |
Overall Value: Motivation soars when students
become builders of "the city of big shoulders." The math and map
lessons they apply won't be soon forgotten, nor will the pride they
experience as tour guides.
|
Standards: This project addresses the
following Illinois State Learning Goals and Chicago Academic Standards
(CAS): Goal #1, A-C, Goal #3, A-C, Goal #4, A-C, Goal #5, A, Goal #6,
A-D, Goal #7, A & B, Goal #8, B, Goal #9, A-D, Goal #15, D-E, Goal
#16, B-D, Goal #17, A, B, & D, Goal #26, B3d, Goal #27, B3. |
Cityscape |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: The purpose of this project was
to promote students' interest in social studies and to teach
researching skills by exploring and comparing three major U.S. cities.
Using a variety of resources available to them, the students created a
T-shirt, a land area model, and a written report on one of the three
assigned cities. The area models were made as a group using a large,
flat box filled with dirt. Plants were started from seed and put in the
box for landscaping based on what would grow in that climate.
Buildings, land scenes and people were created out of students'
imagination using plastic toys, milk cartons, construction paper and
magazines. A group presentation and comparisons of the qualities of
each city culminated the unit. Graphs were made comparing populations,
weather highs and lows, and land area.
|
The Students: Twenty-four students
participated in this project. They were orthopedic handicapped and
multihandicapped students aged 16-21. They functioned on levels from
ninth grade down to early elementary |
The Staff: Patricia Steinborn-Lee has taught
for 13 years in the multihandicapped classes. She has taught both
elementary and high school levels. She has received four MEOSERRC
grants and two IMPACT grants. |
What You Need: Needed resources were the
school library, public library, the Internet, Akron Auto Club, library
videos and magazines. It was helpful to have volunteers in the
classroom.Tables were needed on which to build and display the models.
Different meeting areas within the room were helpful for the different
groups. Books were needed on each of the states and cities that were
studied. Travel pamphlets and maps were also helpful. |
Overall Value: This project was fun for the
students. They used their own interests to direct their search of
information on their city. As an example, those interested in sports
did research on recreation and leisure activities. Students working
together and putting together all their information to build a model of
what they had learned was the best feature of this project. They made
their research come alive by utilizing group decision-making skills on
items that needed to be accomplished. At some point, every subject
area was incorporated into this project. This project is highly
adaptable to many situations and levels. |
Standards: |
Civil War Alive |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 8 to 11 |
How It Works: To better understand the Civil
War, the students are asked to become a general, a soldier or a medic at
one of fifteen battles of the Civil War. Groups, consisting of three
students, join either the Union or Confederate Army and research their
particular battle through this unique perspective. This project is an
excellent year end culminating activity because it requires students to
use their research, written and oral communication skills. The students
first research their assigned battle. They then give a multi-media
presentation which includes: examining and reporting medical,
environmental and technological issues of the Civil War, interpreting
and graphing statistics, writing letters home from their field position,
keeping daily journals from their battlefield, constructing
three-dimensional maps, participating in a question and answer forum,
preparing period food, and listening to period music. The students are
evaluated individually during the course of their research and then are
assessed as a group on the day of the presentation. THE STUDENTS: This
unit is designed for a team of 90-100 eighth grade students, but is
adaptable for grades five through eleven. The students are
heterogeneously grouped into teams of three or four students. In
addition to instruction in individual core classes, there are two full
days of research in the library and two afternoons for group planning of
their presentation and preparation of their backboard. |
The Students: |
The Staff: This unit was designed for a
middle school team consisting of five teachers - English, reading, math,
social studies, and science. This could easily be modified to
accommodate different size teams, or to be used by an individual teacher
using an interdisciplinary approach. |
What You Need: An introductory packet which
explains the entire project is given to each student. One tri-fold
display board is used by each group for their oral presentation. |
Overall Value: The students transfer
knowledge and skills from the classroom as they actively participate in
the learning process and, therefore, show a greater understanding of the
causes and outcomes of the Civil War and its impact on American
history. Because of the personal involvement,,"ownership" and
cooperative group endeavor, students of all ability levels learn. |
Standards: |
Class in a Stream |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 8 to 10 |
How It Works: This learning experience uses a
small, nearby stream as a laboratory, by monitoring different
aspects of its quality. At the stream site the students measure the
width, depth, temperature, velocity, pH, nitrates, and ammonia.
Finally, the students spend twenty to thirty minutes collecting macro
invertebrates from the stream bed, grasses, logs, rocks, leaf packs,
and any other debris in the water. The measurements and test results
are recorded on a data sheet. The bugs are classified back in the
classroom and given a pollution tolerance rating. Some concepts are
covered in the classroom prior to going to the stream. Linear
measurement, precision, accuracy, and estimation are developed in the
math and science classes. After the data is collected it is used to
develop the math concepts of statistics, rates, formula development,
creating and interpreting graphs. Chemistry, physical science, and
life science are enhanced with the tests conducted at the stream.
Science processes of observing, analyzing, summarizing, and
classifying are taught. Databases on computer are created and
maintained from year to year. Computer spreadsheets and graphing
calculators can be used to compute statistics and create various
graphs. At the end of the experience, the students use their
communication skills and imagine they are the scientists who write
reports explaining their findings to an individual or agency who has
hypothetically requested them to test the stream quality. |
The Students: The learning
experience was
designed for 7th
and 8th grade inclusion classes
and has been very
successful at
these levels. Advanced 6th
grade involvement could be
possible. |
The Staff: Classroom teacher |
What You Need: A waterway near the school
is
necessary to collect the data.
The other activities can be
completed in the classroom.
Start up expenses can be rather
high but
our students, teachers,
and administrators deemed it
worthwhile. |
Overall Value: Students love being outdoors.
An in-depth study of a stream enhances the curriculum with outdoor
hands on activities. The students develop an appreciation and sense of
stewardship for their environment when they get into it so
completely. The learning experience is a combination of the
Riverwatch learning experience and EPA methods of stream monitoring.
The students experience the laboratory work, data analysis, and
reporting of scientists who work in environmental careers. |
Standards: |
Classy Cookies |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: This project, Classy Cookies,
is a fully operational business, enterprise that is planned, organized
and controlled by students, within their math class. Students follow
all the steps necessary, to start a new business enterprise. They are
responsible for, making the cookies, purchasing and measuring supplies,
preparing, their product and packaging and organizing the sale of their,
product in the most cost effective way possible. Problem solving,
techniques are developed and cooperative learning is needed for the,
company to prosper. Students experience the process of organizing
employee, responsibilities. Parents, the school and the community are
also, involved. The students create Classy Cookies stock certificates,
and sell stock in their company to raise the initial capital, needed.
Each student completes a job application and interviews, for the various
positions within the company. They create the, advertisements and
learn to work within a specific time frame for, the best results.
Each student has the opportunity to open his or her own savings, account
at a local bank with the shared money earned through Classy, Cookies.
All phases of the Applied Math curriculum are utilized, within this
project. DCPS Major System Priorities: Achievement, Job
Preparedness, Intergroup Relations Blueprint 2000 Goals: Student
Performance, Learning Environment The Students: This project
originally was set up for hearing impaired students in, ninth through
twelfth grades, but is easily adapted for all levels, of students. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Barbara Chotiner started her
teaching career in the elementary, grades 12 years ago in Dade County.
Her experiences since then, have included working with physically
disabled adults on the post-, secondary level and doing vocational
counseling for deaf adults. Presently, she is teaching hearing
impaired high school students in, the math and computer content areas,
as well as teaching sign, language to hearing students. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities:
This project can be used in a regular classroom setting. Access to,
computers can be helpful for creating letters and contracts, as, well as
producing signs, banners and stock certificates. However this is not
necessary for the project to be successful. Cooking, activities
require toaster ovens and other cooking utensils. Outside Resources:
Guest speakers from the business community and cooperation from a,
local bank to waive the start-up fees for the Young Savers Accounts, are
helpful. The bank would also be asked to provide deposit slips, and
new account applications at no charge. |
Overall Value: By guiding and encouraging
students through the creation of their, own business enterprise, the
teacher helps students develop a, clearer understanding of the
connection between what they learn in, the classroom and what they need
to become independent contributing members of society. |
Standards: |
CLICK ON LITERACY: USING CAMERAS IN THE KINDERGARTEN CLASSROOM |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 2 to 3 |
How It Works: In Click on Literacy: Using
Cameras iin the Kindergarten Classroom kindergarten students create
books that they can read and will want to read. To prepare for the
four-week process, students listen to a variety of trade books that use
photographs to illustrate concepts in language, math, and science.
Assisted by their classroom teacher, they select a topic or concept,
then use Polaroid cameras to photograph four or five pictures depicting
their topic.
The students develop computer skills by composing and printing several
words or sentences for each picture and creating a title page. They
match their pictures with their text and glue them onto 6" x 6" colored,
poster board squares. A cover, title page, and the book pages are
bound with a 5/8" plastic comb binder. Students share their completed
books with the class and keep them in the classroom library where they
can be read and reread until the end of the school year. |
The Students: Three kindergarten classes, a total of 62 students, participate in the activities. |
The Staff: The kindergarten teachers and
their instructional assistants guide the students through the process of
creating their own books. After having introduced the project, the
reading teacher works with each class for an hour a week. |
What You Need: Each classroom needs a
Polaroid camera and enough film for each student to take four or five
pictures. Other supplies include poster board, glue sticks, and plastic
binders. The program takes place in the classroom and adjoining
areas.Parent volunteers work in the classrooms to help students type
their text on the computer and coordinate their pictures with the text. |
Overall Value: Click on Literacy: Using
Cameras in the Kindergarten Classroom helps students understand basic
math and language concepts and makes them proud of themselves as they
master the process of writing and illustrating a book. |
Standards: |
CLONING AROUND WITH THE CLASSICS |
Category: Science |
Grades: 7 to 14 |
How It Works: Transforming ziti macaroni into
a human rib cage while manipulating used beef bones into a human spinal
column only begin to reveal eighth grade students' abilities to think
imaginatively and to perform creatively as they assess their knowledge
and achievement in one of several engaging activities within this unit.
Challenging reading material, both fiction and nonfiction, reinforced
with reading, writing, and critical thinking skills, combine to form a
student-centered, hands-on approach toward learning. Students are
inspired to view learning as a lifelong pursuit.
The primary goals of this unit are to actively engage students in their
own learning while challenging them to perform at high levels and to
experience success. The unit uses the novel, Frankenstein, and the study
of human body systems and genetics as the cornerstones of this creative
extension of language arts, science, health, mathematics, art, social
studies, and reading. Challenging students to connect classical
philosophy and values to twenty-first century technology and human
development produces the spark of life in this unit that arouses a
natural intellectual curiosity in students as they apply their
understanding of classical literature to modern bioethical issues
surrounding genetic engineering.
|
The Students: |
The Staff: Rosemarie O'Brien, Marlene Salvatore, Nancy Salvatore, and Tony Salvatore Har-Bur Middle School, Region #10, Burlington |
What You Need: Teacher-generated worksheets,
rolls of Kraft© paper, anatomy books/charts, large room for drawing
(e.g. cafeteria), library media center.
|
Overall Value: The timelessness of 19th
century classical literature merges with the timeliness of 21st century
genetic technology so that students recognize and confront the potential
and the limitations of human intelligence and of science and technology
in solving problems. Science draws on current articles about genetic
and bioethical issues. Students enhance their learning while monitoring
concrete and abstract thinking, identifying cause and effect
relationships, and applying inductive and deductive reasoning to solve a
scientific query.
Evaluation is consistent, using interdisciplinary rubrics. Discipline
lines blur as students immerse themselves in integrated learning that
nurtures positive self-esteem, critical thinking, and creativity, as
well as mathematical, reading, and writing skills within a scientific
medium.
|
Standards: |
Club 25 |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 3 to 3 |
How It Works: Club 25 is a "Read With Me"
program in which parents work with their children to instill a love of
reading while spending 10 to 15 minutes per night in the pursuit of
literacy. It follows the standard piece of advice that suggests that
parents act as good role models and read to their children. Club 25 is a
simple, low-maintenance parental involvement program. To implement the
program, the teacher sends home a reading log with 25 lines on it.
Parents are asked to read to their children for 10 to 15 minutes each
day and sign one of the lines to indicate that reading has taken place.
As children begin to read by themselves, they become reading partners
with their parents. When the reading log is full, it is returned to
school and filed and the children are given a second reading log. At
one point per line, they are able to earn certificates worth 25, 50, 75
or 100 points. Children are given pencils, bookmarks and stickers to
mark the completion of each reading log (25 points). A bulletin board
in the classroom also tracks their progress. As a culminating activity,
impressive certificates are presented on an Awards Day. Each child
receives a certificate and one paperback book for each 25 points earned.
It is possible for each child to be the recipient of four books if
this program is conducted during one semester! DCPS MAJOR SYSTEM
PRIORITIES: Achievement, Parental Involvement; correlates directly to
the district-wide reading initiative begun by Superintendent Paul W.
Bell. THE STUDENTS: This project was implemented by a group of 30
first-grade students. It could easily be adapted for kindergarten
through five by using incentives appropriate to the grade level. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Bonnie L. Sheil is a kindergarten
teacher at Bowman Foster Ashe Elementary School. She has six years of
teaching experience in Dade County Public Schools. She has been Teacher
of the Year at Kendale Lakes Elementary for 1988-89 and Mainstreaming
Teacher of the Year at Kendale Lakes Elementary for 1990-91. She has
been awarded a Citibank Success Fund Grant for 1990-91 and a Teacher
Mini-Grant for 1991. No extra school personnel are required to
implement this program. |
What You Need: MATERIALS AND FACILITIES:
Club 25 guidelines have already been developed to enable any teacher to
easily adapt this program. Suggested items for incentives are pencils,
stickers, award certificates and books. The only requirement in the
classroom is a suitable place to display a chart to track progress.
OUTSIDE RESOURCES: Having guest celebrity readers (your principal,
media specialist, parents, Ronald McDonald, etc.) really enhances this
project and imparts the message that adults other than the teacher think
reading is important. |
Overall Value: Educators everywhere are
focusing on ways to promote literacy. Another area of concern in
schools is parental involvement in the educational process. Club 25
addresses both of these issues in a simple, effective and easy-to-manage
program. It places fundamental value on time spent between parent and
child and provides incentives that further enhance literacy. |
Standards: |
Colonel Fabyan's Bridge |
Category: Science |
Grades: 8 to 10 |
How It Works: The learning experience is
presented in the form of an ill-structured problem, during which
students are cast in the roles of environmental/structural engineers and
consultants. They are tasked with the problem of reviewing the need
for, and ultimately recommending, the form of a replacement for a
pedestrian bridge currently in place over the Fox River, at Geneva,
Illinois. An ill-structured problem, students are presented with a
copy of a letter that requests their support in examining the need to
replace the bridge. As the problem progresses, students discover that
ownership, economics, historical significance, environmental impacts,
and levels and types of use, all impact the decision-making process.
Additionally, they become aware of the network of regulations, and
regulatory agencies, that impact and constrain projects of this nature.
During the course of the problem, students are called upon to respond to
formal requests for information, by both the organization that
initiated the project, and the Army Corps of Engineers, the lead
oversight agency on a project like this one.
As a final product, students design, build, and evaluate a model of a
portion of the bridge structure. During this process, they develop a
clearer understanding of the effect of forces and loads as they refine
their designs. |
The Students: This learning experience was designed for middle school level classrooms. |
The Staff: Classroom teacher |
What You Need: Long craft sticks; Elmer's wood glue; waxed paper; cotton string |
Overall Value: This learning experience
incorporates the use of an ill-structured problem as a vehicle to enable
the individual student to advance their level of development in the
area of scientific literacy, as outlined in the Scientific Literacy
Habits of Mind. Additionally, students develop and refine interpersonal
skills as well as improving their abilities to manage projects, and
collect, evaluate, and utilize data in problematic situations |
Standards: |
Colonial Thinking |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 7 to 7 |
How It Works: Colonial Thinking exposes
children to,"hands-on" experiences and emphasizes critical thinking.
Students relive and discover our country's early heritage through
exciting learning experiences. They come to think, with greater
awareness of the nation's beginning times. The project's strength is
its flexibility. It provides an interdisciplinary approach, team
teaching, cooperative learning and parental involvement. There is an
endless expansion of possibilities. Instruction includes extensive use
of audiovisuals, printed media materials, antique and replicated vintage
items of Colonial days, related field trips and speakers. During the
culminating week's events, parent volunteers and the teacher, guide the
students in creating colorful quilt squares, churning golden butter,
constructing cornhusk dolls, cranking out delicious ice cream and
dipping wax candles to light while using a quill pen and becoming a
scribe. Models of typical Colonial villages can be a challenge. Role
playing offers infinite opportunities to delve into the government,
arts, businesses, education and all aspects of the early societal
conditions. This in-depth foundation provides a meaningful basis for
learning about subsequent history. Questions from students generate
great research topics. This project expands students' thinking, making
them question history--not just accept it! DCPS MAJOR SYSTEM PRIORITIES:
Achievement, Critical Thinking, Intergroup Relations, Parent
Involvement. THE STUDENTS: "Colonial Thinking" lends itself well to
either elementary or middle school. It is a highly integrated project
using an interdisciplinary approach, which met with great success in
fifth-grade classes. Students' individual levels are accommodated by
individual, small group or total class activities. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Kamela Patton teaches in a
full-time gifted magnet program. Within Ms. Patton's five-year teaching
experience, she has taught mainstream, gifted and adult students. In
addition, she has instructed in the DCPS Pre-College Institute for
Gifted Learners. Ms. Patton has served as faculty sponsor for the drama
and photography interest groups and sponsors Future Educators of
America. |
What You Need: To assist teachers in
implementing this project, numerous compiled lesson plans, activity
sheets, teaching tips, modifying ideas, basic and supplementary
materials are available. A classroom arranged in small groups is
desirable. OUTSIDE RESOURCES: No additional resources are needed for
the project. However, a field trip to Cauley Square or guest speakers
enhance the classroom activities. Donations of supplies for the
students' creations can be provided from area merchants and the school's
PTA. |
Overall Value: This project provides the
opportunity to develop curiosity and enthusiasm among students. They
have an enhanced sense of pride in the results of their efforts. Their
heightened awareness of history gives greater meaning to current events
and whets their appetites for correlated information. This permits an
opportunity to assist children in thinking beyond their textbooks! |
Standards: |
Color Me Green |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 8 to 9 |
How It Works: Color Me Green is an
environmental coloring book designed and published by sixth and seventh
graders to use in teaching younger children about responsible
environmental practices. Reflecting an emphasis on cooperative learning
and community service, this project provides an opportunity for
pre-teens and teenagers to be positive role models for younger children
while taking pride in a job well done. Students are involved in all
phases of production: through group process, they explore environmental
topics to be illustrated, prepare the artwork, write captions, test
sample pages with younger siblings, solicit bids for printing, and
collate and bind the books. After completing the book, a committee of
students accompanied by a teacher presents it to the principal of a
local elementary school. The class decided to use Color Me Green
in two first grade classes and to include a brief writing excercise for
the first graders. In preparation, the class engaged in discussion and
role-playing about the, behaviors and cognitive abilities of young
children and how to handle a variety of situations that might arise.
The project included maintaining a journal in which students logged
their accomplishments, evaluated their work, and discussed their
problems and successes. Students also submitted a final report, which
was used to assess their learning and performance and provide future
guidance to teachers. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Sara Jane Hardman and Laura Hussey
initiated Color Me Green in 1992. By eliciting students' own ideas for
a project to teach younger children, they were able to generate the
initial enthusiasm that made it successful. |
What You Need: Students will need fine or
medium black markers and blank white paper for drawing and reproduction.
The greatest share of the costs is for reproduction and, if desired, a
binding machine and plastic binders. This last item is not essential,
since the book can be stapled together. It is important to establish a
good relationship with the elementary school in which students will be
working. |
Overall Value: Community service benefits
everyone and is an effective component of the middle school curriculum.
The students developed a sense that what they were doing was important
because of the service that they were providing to younger children.
They produced an exemplary book and their journals reflected the
pleasure and satisfaction that they derived from the project. One
student wrote: "We all got along really well. We were talking,
laughing, and reading together. We also have a wonderful coloring book,
some photos to capture the moment, and thank-you letters from the
little kids." |
Standards: |
Combined Algebra/Physics |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 12 to 13 |
How It Works: This is a year-long course for
which students receive credit in both junior algebra and introductory
physics. The two curricula have been combined so that they support each
other--students learn related topics simultaneously and by doing so
learn the subjects in greater depth. Next year will be the third year
that we teach the course and the first time it will be team taught. I
will be joined by math teacher Liggy Chien.
Most of the combinations are natural links, such as linear functions
with basic kinematics or trigonometric functions with physical wave
properties. Many allow me to add depth to the curriculum, such as
adding the Law of Sines and the Law of Cosines to physics units which
usually only allow solutions of problems with right triangles. I am
able to teach much more data analysis than I would teaching either
course separately.
Students write a paper each quarter explaining the history of some of
the concepts or the mathematics and physics behind an activity or
device. For evaluation, I use tests, quizzes, papers, homework
checks, portfolios, and student presentations. Each student is
expected to lead the class for part of a period each quarter. |
The Students: Average ability |
The Staff: Classroom teachers |
What You Need: Typical classroom; resource books. |
Overall Value: The course is for sophomores
and juniors who are in the middle track at New Trier. Students who
take the course benefit from seeing how the different curricula mesh so
well together. They also get a much deeper learning experience; they
are able to handle material which would normally be too difficult for
them mathematically. Many students have said that the course made
math and science interesting and that they felt much more comfortable
taking physics knowing that they would get the math support. The course
does not cost the school more money than teaching the two courses
separately would. |
Standards: |
Coming to America |
Category: Technology |
Grades: 6 to 8 |
How It Works: The purpose of Coming to
America, A Study of Diversity and U.S. Immigration is to develop
research, writing, and word processing skills, while students learn
concepts related to United States immigration and trace their families'
journeys to America. They read If Your Name Was Changed at Ellis
Island by Ellen Levine and view a related CD-ROM that includes
photographs, films, and sound tracks. The students note the immigrants'
countries of origin and the reasons they give for leaving their
homelands. The students interview family members about family history.
Using Maps and Facts by Broderbund and Grolier Multimedia Encyclopedia,
the students trace their families' travels to the United States and
research the countries that their family members left. Students write
stories of their families' journeys here and what life was like upon
their arrival. The stories are illustrated using Borderland's KidPix.
The stories are printed, laminated, and bound into a book. The students
create a bar graph and a pictograph on Tom Snyder's The Graph Club
that depicts the number of families moving from specific countries to
the United States. |
The Students: The students are fourth graders
who come from diverse ethnic backgrounds and vary in their level of
language proficiency. This program may easily be adapted to other grade
levels and may be done in small groups in a classroom as well as
individually. The needs of all learners are addressed, as the students
are able to work at their own pace. |
The Staff: Carolyn Hornik has been a teacher
for 22 years and a computer teacher for the last 10 years. She works as
a teacher trainer for the After School Professional Development
Program and a staff developer in Community School District 21. She was a
winner in the 1993 New York City Desktop Publishing Contest and was
Technology Teacher of the Year in District 21 in 1996. |
What You Need: The technology lab is equipped
with 32 Power Macintosh 54/2400 student stations. An Apple Color Laser
Printer 12/660 PS, and three Hewlett Packard 870CXI color ink jet
printers are extremely useful. Schools with Internet access can arrange
chats between their students and those of other countries to learn
about life in other parts of the world. Chats can be arranged with
recent immigrants to the United States so that students may better
understand the reasons that people leave their homelands and what life
is like for them after their arrival in the United States. Family
members may wish to speak to the children and describe their lives in
other countries as compared to their lives in the United States. Trips
to places such as the Lower East Side Tenement Museum, Ellis Island,
and the Statue of Liberty are worthwhile follow-up activities. |
Overall Value: The topic of United States
immigration combines the fourth grade social studies unit of United
States history and the study of various groups of immigrants. It is
also a study of ethnic diversity as part of United States history. This
activity follows the New York City performance standards by fostering
reading comprehension of informational materials, producing a report of
information, producing a response to literature, producing a narrative
account, preparing and delivering an individual presentation,
demonstrating a basic understanding of the rules of the English
language in written work, analyzing and revising work to improve its
clarity and effectiveness, and responding to nonfiction using
interpretive and critical processes. This program is highly
motivational because it relates to the students' personal lives. An
appreciation for diverse cultures is established. Students achieve a
great sense of accomplishment and self-esteem in being able to do their
own interviewing, research, and writing of their stories on the
computer. |
Standards: |
Coming To America |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 9 to 9 |
How It Works: This cooperative learning board
game takes children on an, immigration journey. Children are grouped
together into,"families" struggling to exit Cuba after the rise of
Communism and the Castro, regime in 1959. Using problem-solving and
math skills, families, decide how best to spend their resources, money
and time to get to, America. In their quest to emigrate, families
are faced with problems such, as the possible separation of family
members and monetary setbacks. Students also explore such issues as
human rights and civil, liberties in Cuba. The goal of the game is for
the entire family, to immigrate to America. This project provides
Language Arts skills through reading poetry, and political satires and
through writing petitions to the United, Nations and letters to family
members abroad. In addition geography literacy is improved by
comparing political maps of Cuba, pre- and post- Castro revolution.
DCPS Major System Priorities: Critical Thinking, Achievement,
Intergroup Relations, Bilingualism Blueprint 2000 Goals: Student
Performance, Learning Environment The Students: This project was
effectively implemented in seventh-grade Social, Studies classes during
the 1990-91 school year. From as few as 15, to as many as 48 students
can participate in the game at the same, time. Although the game was
developed for middle school students it can be adapted for elementary
or high school students by, simplifying or elevating the level of
complexity of the issues, explored. The project also could be used with
foreign language, classes. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Keren Greenhauff San Emeterio has
been teaching Social Studies for, three years. She hold a bachelor's
degree in History and Sociology, from Florida International University
and is trained in Global, Awareness. She was the 1989-90 Sally Mae
Beginning Teacher of the, Year at Lake Stevens Middle School. Currently
she is the, Chairperson of the Social Studies Department at North Dade
Middle, where she teaches in the Magnet program in the Center for,
International Studies. Her project was developed for, and, presented
at, the International Social Studies Conference held in, Miami in 1991. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities:
The game includes a game board, a die, playing pieces, play money, and
information cards. The game materials and interdisciplinary, unit can
be duplicated for easy use in any classroom. Seats should, be
landscaped to form groups. Outside Resources: A field trip to the
Cuban Museum of Arts and Culture is an, excellent activity. Also, a
variety of guest speakers who, emigrated from Cuba are available in Dade
County for preliminary or, follow-up discussions. |
Overall Value: In Dade County, the
immigration experience is not an unusual one. In such a heterogeneous
population, empathy and understanding of, the problems faced by an
emigrating group is essential. This, simulation allows children to
explore the specific problems faced, by Cubans in their exodus by
stepping into their shoes. It also, addresses the general problems
faced by any people deciding to, permanently leave their homeland.
Through direct participation and, role playing, children experience
difficult and complex feelings, and problems. Although implemented in
the form of play, the, seriousness of the issue is not lost, but rather
made more, accessible to children. For children of other nationalities,
the, Cuban culture can be better understood. For children of Cuban,
heritage, a better understanding of their history can be achieved. |
Standards: |
Coming To America, Kaleidoscope of Cultures |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 7 to 11 |
How It Works: Coming to America, A
Kaleidoscope of Cultures is an intergrated learning experience which
helps students, gain an appreciation of their cultural heritage and
develop a feeling of pride in it. Students will learn how, millions of
immigrants who came to America at the turn of the century, overcame,
obstacles in an effort to gain the most precious gift, their freedom.
They will understand how the, immigrants were the backbone of our
country and helped to make it strong. Students will also appreciate the
roadblocks facing new immigrants to this country today. This unit
allows the students to display their cultural background and recognize,
commonalities which make us all part of the family of humankind.
Through teacher- directed lessons and simulations in all, content areas,
the students, will study about the immigration experience,, learn
about, health factors which affected immigration, keep an historical
fiction journal narrating an, immigrant's American experience, and
design a three dimensional graph on immigration statistics. In
addition, students will do research on their geneology at home and
construct a, basic family tree. Construction of a giant mural in art
class will depict, a kaleidoscope of shapes and figures from all over
the world. After this initial instruction, students will be involved in
a cooperative learning activities. Our sixth grade, team of 90 students
was broken down into groups of common ancestry to, gather research for a
display on a three-sided board. Group presentations will comprise an
Immigration Fair for the school and parents. Each group will display a
map of their country, which shows the routes that their ancestors, took
to get to America, a flag of their country, pictures, items produced in
their country that we use in America today, heirlooms/artifacts/clothing
, typical food to serve Fair guests,, pictures and facts on, famous
immigrants who have made contributions to America and their math, graph
and journal. Each student, will prepare answers to self- selected
questions about their research to answer orally for development of
public speaking skills. These questions are prominently displayed and
fair-goers are encouraged to ask the students to discuss their answers
in informal conversations. There will be a self evaluation sheet that
the student will complete asking such questions as: What contribution
did you make to the group?, Did you complete the activities you said you
were going to do?,, If not, why?, List 5 things you learned about your
country. What 3 things did you learn about another country?, On a scale
of 1 to 10, what score do you feel you deserve?, The teacher will then
assess the student's performance and give a group and an individual
grade for the project. The Students: This project was done with 90
heterogeneously grouped students but is adaptable to smaller groups.
All special education, students were included. The cooperative learning
groups had approximately 5 to 7 students. This, necessitated more than
one group with common ancestry. Teacher- directed lessons took
approximately three weeks. Additionally, it took 8-10 sessions for
ancestry groups to gather research and prepare the display. This
project is appropriate, for grades 5-9. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Social studies teacher, English teacher, math teacher,, science teacher, art teacher, media specialist. |
What You Need: Each of the core four
classrooms held, 4 or 5 cooperative learning groups. The gymnasium was
used for the final presentation. Guest speakers, including recent
immigrants,, could expand the scope of the project. Reference, books
dealing with immigration, MacGlobe and other computer software, popular
songs and videos were utilized. A trip to Ellis Island/Statue of
Liberty was, taken. A slide show on Ellis Island and the Statue of
Liberty field trip was produced by a student, with the help of the
Library Media Specialist and was shown, during the Immigration Fair. |
Overall Value: By participating in the
immigration unit, students are involved in activities that develop
self-directed learners. The culminating project fosters cooperative
learning and public speaking skills. Gathering data and synthesizing the
information through graphic displays, allow students to demonstrate
reasoning and problem solving skills. Through simulation and research,
the students gain an appreciation of cultural diversity and the common
roots we share. |
Standards: |
COMMUNICATING ABOUT ART |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: " Communicating About Art" is
designed for students to communicate in Spanish about art. Students
research (through art texts or the Internet) the life and works of a
Spanish or Latin American artist. Speaking, listening, and viewing
skills are emphasized as students deliver oral presentations on their
findings and ultimately create a Spanish art gallery. Working in pairs
or individually, students learn what in their selected artist's life may
have influenced his/her paintings, the artist's main contributions to
art, and significant themes in his/her works. Students base their study
on a minimum of two paintings and may include their own work done in the
style of the artist. In formal oral presentations students describe and
interpret the paintings through visuals.
"Communicating about Art" has several unique features. First, prior to
the oral presentation there are "rehearsal days" in which students
assess each others' oral and written work through student generated
rubrics. Second, students as teachers teach the Spanish vocabulary
essential to the understanding of their presentations. Third, a
post-presentation question/answer period among the presenters and the
listeners in Spanish stimulates active participation and communication
among the students. Lastly, as a final written and oral assessment to
the project, students create a museum gallery on the classroom walls
using twelve teacher- selected works of art from the presented artists,
and explain in Spanish how they determined its order. The teacher's role
is to model an oral presentation for the students, to teach art
vocabulary in Spanish, to review samples of questions in Spanish for the
presenters and listeners and to act as a facilitator and guide. The
library media specialist assists in locating art materials and makes
slides from pictures. There are several methods of assessment. In
addition to the rehearsal days' rubrics and the art gallery creation,
each student is responsible for a written version of the oral
presentation and for a self- assessment on the oral presentation itself.
|
The Students: Thirty Spanish Three Honor
students completed this project. However, it can be adapted for use in
any language, or to history, English or the arts and to any grade level
if presented in English. |
The Staff: Arlene Schwartz Branford High School, Branford |
What You Need: Art books, Internet (optional), posters, slides, transparencies of pictures and art vocabulary in Spanish.
|
Overall Value: This performance-based,
student-centered project addresses learning styles through its
audio-visual and tactile elements. Students are highly motivated and
accept responsibility for their learning and for meeting the guidelines
of a student/ teacher created timeline. Students experience great pride
from completing the challenging task of delivering a concise and clear
presentation in Spanish on a culturally relevant topic. Student
dialogues encourage risk-taking and spontaneous use of Spanish. Art
appreciation, technology, language skills, culture, and history combined
with hard work, persistence, self- expression, imagination, and
creativity enable students to transform the classroom into an art
gallery in "Communicating About Art."
|
Standards: Motivation & Persistence Positive Self-Concept Speaking, Listening & Viewing
|
Communication Boards Come Alive |
Category: |
Grades: to |
How It Works: |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
COMMUNICATION INVESTIGATION |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: Deft fingers nimbly flow over
the bumps and ridges on pages of a Braille text - communication. We see a
student's shoulders droop, eyes cast down as she enters the room slowy
and without concentration - communication. Light zooms along in pulses
through a tiny optical fiber over thousands of miles in milliseconds-
communication. We watch as a beautiful girl is made to look attracted to
someone just because he bought a Jeep in a television commercial -
communication. We stare at lines, curves, dots, and circles instilled
with meaning and ordered on white pages - communication. A dog sniffs a
hydrant, learns something and then leaves a message of his own -
communication. You keep calling someone, leaving messages to get back to
you, but you never receive a reply - communication. This project is
designed to enlighten students about the great diversity in means of
exchanging information.
|
The Students: Our seventh grade students
become private investigators in the field of communication. This project
represents the second facet of an integrated unit entitled Information,
Communication, and the Media. We engage students in the project by
having them use many forms of communication while attempting to solve a
crime mystery. Next, students become time travelers to investigate the
history of communication devices. Groups of three to four investigators
construct, become familiar with, and explain a different invention in
the history of communication (e.g. cave paintings, day tablets, papyrus,
scrolls, and quill pens.) Students then examine body language and
attempt to identify the meaning of on-stage displays of different types
of body languages. Students are then introduced to symbolism and each
group designs an international symbol on a large poster that contains no
words, but instead graphically and clearly communicates an important
message. Next, students learn about patterns of symbols such as Morse
code, binary code, Braille, and sign language. The unit culminates with
each group designing its own language and teaching it to the class,
before handing out a message for us to decode in their language.
|
The Staff: Gerald Cheever, Victoria Hebeler, John Langan and Susan Poskus
|
What You Need: Art supplies and video tapes.
|
Overall Value: When a managing engineer at
Hamilton Standard was asked which was the most reliable indicator of
employee success in his company, the expected reply was intelligence,
drive, and a topnotch college education. Instead, he immediately said
that the most successful employees were those who had good communication
skills and the ability to get along with others. In order to succeed in
today's world of information students must understand and become
proficient at communication. When students realize how many different
ways they can communicate, it expands their horizons.
|
Standards: Positive Self-Concept Speaking, Listening and Viewing
|
Community Begins With Me |
Category: Classroom Management/Intergroup |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: "Community Begins With Me" is
an active and rewarding process which empowers students with the
foundations of self-understanding and interpersonal communication
skills. Its purpose is to actively engage students as an integral part
of the class. Through community-building activities, students develop
self-confidence, helping them to connect positively with teachers and
classmates. They come to view themselves as valued members of the class
(which represents a microcosm of the greater community). Building
community is a continual process. From its onset, it must be clearly
established that acceptance of each individual into the total group
makes the true composition of a community. Equally important is the
teacher's ability to model community-building behaviors. Once the class
develops a sense of cohesion, positive interaction is increased. To
achieve a sense of community, the students learn the importance of such
basic courtesies as addressing each individual by name. One activity
entitled,"School's In" requires the class to examine the inner workings
of the school and how effectively it functions as a community. In
addition, the students become familiar with each faculty and staff
member and their respective roles in the daily operation of the school.
Realistic problems are presented to the students as they participate in
actual problem-solving techniques. Students can also generate their
own list of problems and their resolutions through brainstorming
sessions during which the class is divided into groups to investigate
problems, formulate feasible solutions, and participate in role-playing
as a way of appreciating the factors involved in the operation of the
school. DCPS Major System Priorities: Graduation Rate, Intergroup
Relations. The Students: "Community Begins With Me" enhances the
curriculum and classroom management of middle, junior, and senior high
schools. The program also addresses the needs of exceptional and
high-risk students. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Mary F. Jones has been teaching in
Dade County Public Schools for over 15 years. In 1981 she was selected
as the Teacher of the Year for Exceptional Students for Dade County.
In 1982 she was also recognized as the Teacher of the Year at her school
and was the finalist for the North Area. She has, received recognition
in the area of Articulation, Career Education, and Study Skills
Programs. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities:
Lesson plans, activity sheets and overhead materials have been prepared
to assist teachers in implementing the program into any classroom.
Outside Resources: No additional resources are needed. |
Overall Value: "Community Begins With Me"
addresses the need to establish a more effective classroom whereby
students and teachers work in a safe and productive environment.
Students become active participants in the learning process. All parts
of the community benefit from the process as each individual recognizes
the significance of working together for the common good. |
Standards: |
Community Connected Writing |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 4 to 4 |
How It Works: Out into the community!, Bring
the neighbors into the classroom!, That's how students connect to their
city environment in this stimulating project. They react to what they
see and hear by reading and writing. Topics are generated through
active experiences. This project integrates talking, listening,
writing and reading. Students are immersed in the entire writing
process: prewriting, composing, revising, editing, and publishing
keeping daily journals, discussing their writing with teacher and
classmates To promote the home/school connection, students use a
"Book Writing Kit". Children and their families work together to
compose and illustrate books. The students' stories are then tape
recorded and placed in the classroom library for others to enjoy.
Students: This project was developed for second grade students of
various ability levels. It can be adapted to any grade level and can
work well with special needs students. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Lynn Sarno holds a BA in
Elementary Education and an MA in Reading from Northeastern Illinois
University. She has taught in Chicago Public Schools for six years and
has received numerous grants and honors for her reading and writing
programs. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
In addition to basic classroom materials, the following items are
needed: a binding system or long-arm stapler, two cassette recorders,
two headsets, and blank tapes. A writing table is needed to house this
equipment. Computers may be used to type the texts. Outside
Resources: Volunteers can help with taping and binding stories.
Field trips to community sites and outside speakers brought into the
classroom provide real-life topics for writing. |
Overall Value: As students gain skill in
organizing ideas, understanding the writing process and sharing their
writing with others, their confidence increases and they develop
assurance in communicating with the community at large. |
Standards: |
Community Through Creativity |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 8 to 14 |
How It Works: "Community Through Creativity"
is an immersion in,"hands-on" art and language projects which uses
visualization, original ideas, and creative expression in a socially
relevant way. Its purposes: to develop a "socialself" awareness, to
initiate and sustain community building skills, to involve students in
shared decision-making, and to establish a community environment.
Basically,,"Community Through Creativity" is an activity packet with
step-by-step lesson plans designed to encourage personal and social
growth through pleasurable activities. Activities include exercises in
choosing or writing captions for a model community poster, creating an
original classroom community poster, creating personal and social
mandalas (designs symbolic of the universe), developing a series of
bumper stickers, and creating an island environment and using the
experience to develop classroom rules. Directions are flexible and can
be modified by the teacher according to the level of students taught.
Both the delivery and the content of the curriculum is affective in
nature, and it addresses an outstanding need in our society. DCPS Major
System Priorities: Intergroup Relations. The Students: The students
targeted in this curriculum are those in the middle through senior high
school classrooms. The lessons can, however, be adapted to students in
lower grades as well as to students in exceptional education classes.
Small group activities are emphasized. |
The Students: |
The Staff: A 14 year teaching veteran, Sharon
Fedor's content area expertise is varied. She has taught elementary
(high-functioning autistic) through college level (psychology) students.
She has written and illustrated a high school marine biology and
oceanography curriculum and has adapted it for use by the learning
disabled student. She has lived in three European countries and has
studied Shakespeare at Oxford, England. Ms. Fedor has called on her
broad personal experiences to develop a teaching approach that uses
affective education and creativity to address the pressing needs of
society today. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities:
Materials needed are: a blackboard with colored chalk, poster paper,
poster boards and colored markers. Outside Resources: Outside
resources might include the Peace Education Foundation. |
Overall Value: Through the combining of
creative expression and the development of social sensitivity, students
are guided (or followed!) through a process leading towards social
understanding and community spirit. |
Standards: |
Computer Big BooksÉFocus on Literacy |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: to |
How It Works: Computer Big Books: Focus on
Literacy is a computer-based publishing program that establishes a firm
foundation for literacy, fosters a love of books, and encourages
students to become life-long readers. Young children become authors who
create and collect books for both their classroom and personal
libraries. The process begins with a commercially-made big book whose
easy repeating phrases, scant text, and predictability encourage quick
memorization. After a week of daily reading and accompanying
activities, the students create a tangible product (storyboard, story
apron, or small book) which they bring home on Friday to share with
their families. These memorized stories become the bridge between the
developmental reading steps. Students then work together to make four
kinds of computer big books: Reproductions: use the original text of
the week's big book but add the children's interpretive illustrations;
these reproductions become valuable choices for classroom reading time
after the original copy has been returned to the school library.
Innovations: capitalize on the repeated sentence structure of the focus
big book and ask the children to change the text in some way: adding
their names, substituting a new idea, or rewriting the ending.
Informational big books integrate the curriculum by allowing students to
write about what they have learned in other subject areas. Original
big books: can either be fiction (imaginary tales inspired by holidays,
life events or teacher prompts) or nonfiction - accounts of a field trip
or other shared experience. When writing a big book, the teacher
always models the writing process by brainstorming, writing (using one
of four methods), conferencing, rewriting, editing publishing,
illustrating and sharing. Each of the four writing approaches uses the
computer in slightly different ways. The Cloze method involves
preparing the text ahead of time with a blank for the child to fill in.
The Language Experience Approach transposes from chart paper to
computer. The Small Group Method finds children looking over the
teacher's shoulder as the teacher keyboards the words. The Data Show
uses an LCD panel which "magically" shows words appearing and
disappearing onto a screen. The pages can be printed immediately on the
large screen printer for the children to illustrate. The Students: The
original program was used in a transitional pre-first grade of largely
at-risk students. It would be appropriate for K-2 (literacy goals) and
3-6 (other objectives). |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: Materials Needed: A Macintosh
computer, PageMaker software, Adobe, and a large screen printer. An
overhead projector and LCD panel are optional. Students should have as
many art supplies for the illustration process as possible: crayons,
watercolors, tempera cakes, colored chalk, colored pencils, colored
tissue, construction paper, etc. Overall Value: Computer Big Books
provides a large number of appropriate level reading materials in the
classroom, teaches children the value of technology at an early age, and
strengthens students' self-confidence. Computer Big Books help
students develop an "I CAN DO IT" attitude and foster communication and
cooperation among children and parents. At the end-of-the-year "author
tea party," the children divide the big books among themselves to take
home and keep, providing treasured reading materials for homes that may
not have children's reading materials available. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Computer Learning |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: The computer program, "Math
Assault II: Fractions," is designed to teach fractions, decimals,
ratios, proportions, and percents through graphic illustrations of
concepts, a series of illustrated hints, speech for attention and
focusing, and a game format for motivation. These topics are normally
taught from the fifth through the eighth grade levels. There are 240
word problems and 240 computational problems. The emphasis is on
teaching strategies and problem-solving skills for ten categories of
problems which include customary measurement, metric measurement,
money, and time concepts. All problems and solutions are illustrated
through a multimedia format which includes a picture to depict each
problem, a different series of pictures to illustrate the solution,
text, sound effects, music, and speech to enhance understanding of
the problem and solution. |
The Students: Designed for students at achievement levels 5-8. Can be used for all age levels. |
The Staff: Classroom teacher |
What You Need: Any type of classroom. Minimum
requirements are an IBM compatible computer with at least 640
Kilobytes RAM and a VGA monitor. Minimum requirements for speech
capability: 2 Megabytes of RAM, a Sound Blaster sound card, and at least
a 386 processor. |
Overall Value: This learning experience is
designed to help students to: solve problems and think logically;
understand the underlying concepts in fractions, decimals, rates,
ratios, proportions, and percents; understand the steps necessary to
solve word problems; and provide practice doing calculations. The
math problems are part of an arcade game designed to provide
motivation for up to 60 or more hours needed to complete the program.
Students also learn perseverance and independence since all of the
problems are presented with written, spoken, and graphical solutions.
|
Standards: |
Computerized Research, Start to Finish |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 9 to 14 |
How It Works: Computerized Research, Start to
Finish rekindles the interest of the unmotivated student. Each student
develops a product from inception through completion using a
technology-based medium which drastically increases motivation to learn
and work. The teacher guides each student to choose a specific person,
place, or event within a selected subject area. In a Civil War unit,
for example, a student may choose to learn and write about Robert E.
Lee. During their first visit to the computer lab, students learn how
to enter relevant facts from the encyclopedia on hard drive and print
out their entries. With research material in hand, they return to their
classroom, study their sources, organize the facts into an outline, and
write a rough draft. Students enter the rough drafts into the computer
where the word processor enables them to add, delete, and revise.
Spell checking and thesaurus features help the students refine their
work and deliver a more professional product. Some students even add
graphics to their text to further explain what they want to say. The
Students: The original users of this program were seventh grade
students with motivational problems and below-grade reading levels, but
the project is suitable for all students grades 7-12. |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: Materials Needed: The program
works best with one Macintosh computer with hard drive for each student
and at least three printers. Software includes a hard drive
encyclopedia (Random House), a word processor (Microsoft Works),
thesaurus, and dictionary. Optional: File Server, Networked System, CD
ROM and CD encyclopedia. Overall Value: In this age of information,
students need to be able to use computers to speed the processing of
gathering information and communicating in written form. It is
exhilarating to see students who are resistant to academic endeavors
become so excited to work on their projects that they request computer
access to research and write on their own time! |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Conflict Mediators' Program |
Category: Classroom Management/Intergroup |
Grades: 6 to 14 |
How It Works: Many teachers report that the
number-one hindrance to classroom learning is interruptions resulting
from unresolved interpersonal conflicts between students. The purpose
of this program is to train students to resolve conflicts, not only
their own but also those between peers. Students learn to
problem-solve, listen objectively, take responsibility for their
actions, and to communicate assertively rather than aggressively. The
success of these lessons hinges upon live enactment of the concepts
being presented. The first step is to train six student actors. Class
presentations are introduced by a skit, a pantomime, or a role play.
For example, a pantomime introduces the concept of empathy, while a skit
is used to demonstrate the principals and pitfalls of problem-solving
and mediation. The last stage of the program, the training of conflict
mediators, is accomplished by selecting a team of students with a good
behavior record, objectivity, and the ability to speak before peers.
These students are then trained in listening skills, problem-solving and
mediation techniques, and then assigned (in pairs) to specific duty
times among peers. DCPS Major System Priorities: Intergroup
Relations, Critical Thinking. The Students: This program can be used
in grades four through 12. It is as effective in one classroom or one
whole grade level as it is for an entire school. It requires at least
five total class presentations, followed by an eight-hour training
seminar for selected student mediators. The school-wide program could
easily be implemented for use in secondary schools, with counselors and
administrators in a cooperative venture. The dispute mediation could be
expanded also into a nine-week unit on Intergroup Relations, or taught
as part of the annual elective courses, Peer Counseling I through IV. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Karen Hardeman has been an
educator for 20 years, teaching, exceptional education, and counselor
training to students from preKindergarten through college levels. She
has received two previous Dade Public Education Fund Mini-Grants, and
was named a Peace Educator of the Year in 1987 by the GCA Peace
Education Foundation, and Educator of the Quarter in 1990 by the
Homestead/Florida City Chamber of Commerce. She is currently a Florida
State Licensed Mental Health Counselor in Private Practice, as well as
Student Services Department Chairperson at Homestead Middle School. |
What You Need: Material and Facilities:
Posters, videos, and teacher's guides published by G.C.A. Peace
Education Foundation will be most helpful. Video production equipment
and prerecorded videos of student mediators in action are also helpful.
Outside Resources: A field trip to the Community Relations Board of
Miami, and a Faculty Inservice session by Fran Schmidt of DCPS Social
Studies Department would be of value. |
Overall Value: Students who participate in
this program demonstrate increased confidence and ability to help
themselves and their peers to resolve disputes nonviolently. As
arguments decrease, students have more time for learning. As students
are empowered to solve their own conflicts, the teacher's role becomes
less like a "police officer". The overall school environment begins to
improve, and as a result, teachers and students are freed to work
cooperatively together. |
Standards: |
Conflicts, Wars, No Peace |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 6 to 6 |
How It Works: Japan had invaded China,
Mussolini had conquered Ethiopia, and the Spanish Civil War was raging.
Then in 1941, the Japanese attacked Pearl Harbor, bringing the United
States into World War II. Wars in our century have taken about a
hundred million lives. The pain, sorrow, and anguish this has caused is
incalculable. How have survivors, both military and civilian, been
enable to cope?, This program of study expands and enriches the social
studies, language arts, math, and art curricula with the study of war
and conflicts involving the United States and its, never-ending quest
for world peace. Various fiction, reference, and non-fiction books were
used as the subject of war and conflicts became more understandable to
the students. They were able to discover the parallels between
attitudes that led to previous conflicts and those that are still very
prevalent in world leaders and others today. They concluded that peace
starts with each of us. The students kept a notebook in which they
placed pictures of previous war scenes, current newspaper articles of
wars and conflicts presently occurring in the United States and around
the world, drawings, charts of war costs and casualties, war entry
timelines, and other information as we progressed through the unit.
Expressive narratives, informative/descriptive narratives, and research
writings were included in their notebooks. Vocabulary was introduced
across the curriculum. The Revolutionary War, Civil War, and both World
Wars were discussed in detail using drawings, pictures of states and
countries before and after the war, and other reference sources. After
many group discussions and debates, the students were assigned the task
of re-enacting the events leading up to a conflict or war and presenting
another outcome. Their goal was to maintain peace. This was quite a
challenge. Bursting with their newly acquired knowledge, they performed
various skits showing the perils of wars. Their projects, were
creative and accurately depicted war aftermath. Both a United States
and World map were used to identify various locations where wars had
been fought. Next, we flagged areas where wars are presently being
fought. The map scale was used to calculate the distances between
various cities, states, and countries affected by strife. The Student:
This program was used with fourth grade students, but can be adapted to
any intermediate or secondary level. |
The Students: |
The Staff: A fourth-grade teacher developed
the program to increase her students' knowledge and awareness of the
perils of war and the devastating results of their after effects.
Students must be made to realize at an early age that conflicts must be
settled in a nonviolent, intelligent, and fair manner. |
What You Need: Materials: The teacher and
students used the local public libraries and the school library to
gather reference materials. Oral accounts from veterans, magazines,
newspapers, maps, posters, and information from the Smithsonian
Institute was also used. Various fiction and non-fiction books were
purchased to add to the classroom library for easy access by the
students. The students used cardboard boxes and plywood to construct
their dioramas. They purchased military men, model military aircraft,
union and confederate officers, and other arts and crafts supplies to
make their dioramas accurately depict a war era. Magazine pictures were
used to make murals of different wars and war torn areas. Outside
Resources: Veterans can be asked to come in and speak to the students
about their experiences. |
Overall Value: "Conflicts, Wars, No Peace"
was a very interesting unit of study that allowed the students to
examine the causes and effects of battles. They not only gained
historical knowledge, but they were able to appreciate the need for
every boy, girl, man, and woman to strive for peace. If it is true that
history repeats itself, then the future is bleak. If it is true that
peace starts with each of us, then we do have some control over our
destiny. The choice is one that we each must make. |
Standards: |
Confucianism in the '90s |
Category: Global Education |
Grades: 8 to 11 |
How It Works: Confucianism in the '90s was
designed help intermediate level students gain some insight into
alternative moral outlooks. Learning about another moral system helps
students gain insight into their own system and personal beliefs. This
unit also helps students understand some of the underlying tenets that
motivate the Chinese people.
The program is comprised of a springboard activity in which the teacher
reads Confucius' analect on the conduct of the virtuous person to the
class followed by a class discussion. Students are then given quotes
from the Analects to discuss in small groups and agree upon an
interpretation. This often results in a lively discussion and insight
into their own beliefs. Students then learn about li, ren, filial piety,
and righteous government from the teacher and are given a worksheet
challenging them to identify which of the virtues is being discussed in a
series of quotes. Finally, they develop their own "modern" Confucian
saying and share it with the class.
Other activities include reading and reacting to a series of interviews
done with Chinese teachers and students on the topic of Confucius,
responding to a newspaper article, and debating whether or not a return
to Confucianism would be workable in modern China.
|
The Students: Twenty-four heterogeneously
grouped sixth graders participated in this unit. The group met for
45-minutes a day for two weeks. Students were broken into small groups
for discussion. Confucianism in the '90s has also been used with a
smaller group of fifth graders. The program can be adapted for older
students.
|
The Staff: In this instance, the staff
included the classroom teacher and the special educator. This unit can
be taught successfully by the classroom teacher without assistance.
|
What You Need: The program was implemented in
the classroom using copies of the Analects and school supplies. Other
than paper, pencils and a copier, no special materials are needed.No
outside resources are needed other than several copies of the Analects.
|
Overall Value: The unit is successful because
students can relate the situations in the Analects to situations in
their own lives. New concepts are explored though lively discussion.
Students are given a means of examining their own belief system in a
non-threatening way.
|
Standards: |
Connecticut Week: A Celebration of Statehood |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 2 to 14 |
How It Works: Connecticut Week: A Celebration
of Statehood is a, project which involves the entire school for one
week. The week falls, in the middle of a grade 3 thematic unit on
Connecticut. Each grade, level determines an area of concentration for
that week: kindergarten, focuses on Connecticut symbols; grade 1
focuses on Connecticut, animals; grade 2 focuses on Connecticut rivers;
and grade 3 focuses on, the history of Connecticut. Each area of
concentration was-determined, by matching the focus to curricular
objectives. In addition to the grade level objectives, special
school-wide, activities are planned. Activities include: Connecticut
song sharing Connecticut author day, Connecticut T-shirt day,
presentations from, the local historical society, town tours, field
trips, energy, presentations, government official visits, and a Business
and Industry, Fair. At the fair, businesses and industries share their
expertise, with the students in a fair-like atmosphere. A wealth
of Connecticut information transforms the school, building. Displays
from classroom activities line the main hallway. Bulletin boards carry
Connecticut themes and Connecticut banners, proudly line the building
entrances. Daily morning announcements, contain Connecticut trivia
questions and school lunches include, Connecticut food and Connecticut
shaped cookies. Students are given, Connecticut pencils and I Love
Connecticut necklaces. Evaluation of the week is easily observed
in the enthusiasm of, the students, parents and community members.
Students are able to, integrate and transfer newly acquired knowledge
across the curricular, areas as evidenced by the development of original
products. THE STUDENTS This project is designed for an entire
school, population for a one-week period. Students in grades K-3 have,
successfully participated in this celebration. |
The Students: |
The Staff: A Connecticut Committee is
established to determine the, school activities for the week. One grade
level representative administrators, and special teachers are
included. The classroom, teacher supervlses the specific activities in
his/her room, however all staff members play an integral part in the
celebration atmosphere. Parent volunteers and PTO members help with the
display work and, distribution of materials. |
What You Need: All materials for the grade,
level projects are standard classroom supplies. Facilities and, outside
resources depend upon the extent of the celebrations. Our, resources
include the local historical society, state business and, industry
representatives, energy resource people, the state, troubadour,
Connecticut authors, local and state government officials, and our
school PTO. The school-gymnasium is used for our, presentations, but
the entire buildlng is a showcase for Connecticut, information. |
Overall Value: Students experience an
all-school annual event that, unites the school with a common theme.
High self esteem is exhibited, when work is displayed in the school
hallways. Students understand, and appreciate their historical heritage
by recognizing and analyzing, events, personalities, trends and beliefs
that have shaped, Connecticut. Students also begin to understand an
indlvidual's role, in helping to improve the quality of life in a
community and state. Learning to appreciate themselves and their home
state is reinforced, year after year in this Connecticut Week
Celebration. |
Standards: |
Connecting Preschool Children And Books |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 1 to 1 |
How It Works: Connecting Preschool Children
and Books is a collaborative program between preschool teachers and the
school librarian to provide developmentally appropriate experiences to
both the disabled and nondisabled preschool population. With integrated
sequential planning, library time enriches and extends classroom
activities. Books are used to introduce a unit or to elaborate on a
concept. In addition, hands-on activities related to the books are
carried out in both the library and the classrooms, and children
participate at their individual levels of development. Furthermore, by
using the book as a reference, students can link current enjoyable
experiences to ideas and activities in the book. By integrating many
subject areas within one unit, many skills can be taught. Fine motor
skills are taught by drawing, coloring, painting, cutting, and gluing in
art. In science, naming, observing, comparing, recording, and
describing develop language and cognitive skills. Movement, memory, and
imitation in music teach gross motor and cognitive skills. Reading,
math, and oral language all develop cognitive skills. The Students:
Two classes composed of 16 noncategorical preschool students from 3 to 5
years of age with various handicapping conditions and one FECEP class
of 15 students participate in the program. The program could be adapted
to larger groups of handicapped and nonhandicapped preschool students. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The school librarian and three
preschool teachers developed the program and, with the help of
assistants, implement the program. |
What You Need: The program requires typical
classroom and library space. Appropriate materials include books,
flannel graphs, filmstrips, pictures and photos, art materials, props,
and hands-on manipulatives. Parents are encouraged to read the library
books that the children check out. Letters, newsletters, and home
visits provide information on books and activities. |
Overall Value: Connecting Preschool Children
and Books provides opportunities for preschool children of diverse
backgrounds and developmental levels to enjoy books and related
activities. The children engage in activities that build their
self-esteem as they become more competent in language, cognitive, and
fine-motor skills. Since many of the children are from multicultural
backgrounds in which English is not the primary language spoken in the
home, concrete experiences planned collaboratively for the classroom and
the library enhance the children's interest and provide a base for
understanding. The children then acquire communication skills by
listening and by using language. |
Standards: |
Connections: To Search for Beauty, Overcome Prejudice and Inhabit Other Lives |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: "Connections" is a
multi-cultural, multi-ethnic program in literature, writing, and the
human experience. Students engage in concurrent activities of reading
multi-cultural, multi-ethnic literature reflecting the themes in the
project's title. At the beginning of a grading period the class is
given the names of pen pals in the same school system who are of a
different racial or cultural background. Each week, for nine weeks,
students write letters to their pen pals about their backgrounds,
cultures, schools, and life experiences. Students may not share photos,
phone numbers or home addresses, removing any element of risk and
preventing students from judging pen pals on superficial
characteristics. They are to develop the,"connection" through writing
alone. All letters may be sent through school mail at no cost to the
teacher or student. Throughout the project, students keep a
"Connections Journal: A Journal of Self-Discovery" in which students
keep all pen pal letters, reactions to stories and novels read, class
discussions and films viewed. As a culminating activity, students meet
their pen pals on a field trip picnic, teaming with them in various
games and getting to know one another in person. A real,"connection" is
made. DCPS Major System priorities: Standard English, Intergroup
Relations. The Students: This project has been implemented with
tenth-grade English students at, regular and honors levels, but may be
adapted for any class in grade nine through twelve. A varying number of
lessons should be allowed to cover a nine week grading period. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Carol L. Green, a Dade County
Public School Teacher, for 17 years, received a 1989 Rockefeller
Foundation Grant for the Humanities, from which she developed this
project. In 1988, the Grace Contrino Abrams Peace Education Foundation
named her Peace Educator of the Year. She participated in the 1987
University of Miami/DCPS Writing Institute and in 1990, attended the
Dade Academy for the Teaching Arts (DATA). She has taught English at
MDCC and courses on the Holocaust for the Central Agency of Jewish
Education. Ms. Green is listed in the 1989 Who's Who in American
Education. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities:
Class rolls from another teacher in another school, journals, selected
readings, and directed assignments. Outside Resources: Films: "The
Eye of the Storm" "Why Man Creates" "The Wave" "El Norte". Field trip
can be arranged at any park centrally located to both schools. |
Overall Value: Our society's cultural and
ethnic variety requires not just that we tolerate those of another
culture, race or religion, but we appreciate and learn from them.
Through directed studies in literature and writing and making a reallife
connection outside one's own culture, students have the opportunity to
live what they learn. |
Standards: |
Cooking Through The Curriculum |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 1 to 1 |
How It Works: Cooking experiences allow young
children to learn about the world, around them through a medium that is
familiar and satisfying associating warmth, love and acceptance with
the food they eat and, the social environment of eating. The language
arts are fostered, as children learn new words about food, use words to
describe how, food tastes, learn how reading is necessary to follow a
recipe and, practice motor skill as they mix, pour, stir and beat so
that, muscles for writing are developed. In math, children are
using counting skills in a meaningful way learning about measurements,
ordinal numbers and beginning to, understand fractions. Science
lessons abound as children see, changes in substances, learn how to
observe accurately, learn the, forms of matter, and have an opportunity
to think logically. Social Studies takes on a new dimension as
children learn about, where food comes from, the many people who are
involved in food, preparation, foods of different cultures and the
cooperation that, is necessary in the preparation of meals and snacks.
Students make a salad using all the parts of the plant, set the,
table in one-to-one correspondence and write an experience story, about
the different tastes and textures of the vegetables. This, activity
provides a unique and rewarding experience because it, allows students
to share cooperatively the responsibilities of, Cooking Through The
Curriculum DCPS Major System Priorities Achievement, Intergroup
Relations Blueprint 2000 Goals Readiness to Start School, Learning
Environment The Students: This project has been implemented in
preschool and primary classes, in various school settings. It is
presently being implemented in, the Early Intervention Pre-Kindergarten
program. It can be adapted, to any elementary grade regardless of
achievement level. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Linda Harvey has been teaching
young children for 18 years in, private and public schools. She is a
member of the School-Based, Managed Cadre, Curriculum Committee and
Primary Grade Group, Chairperson at Golden Glades Elementary. She has
been the, recipient of a Citibank Success Fund Grant and is a 1991-1992,
IMPACT II Developer. Currently the Teacher of the Year at Golden,
Glades, she is pursuing an advanced degree in Early Childhood at,
Florida International University. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities: A
hot plate, mixer and assorted pots, pans and mixing bowls form, the
core of materials needed for this project. The groceries and, paper
goods required are relative to the recipes adapted for the, program and
the population being served. Outside Resources: Parent volunteers,
the Cafeteria Manager, local chefs and assorted, cookbooks are useful. |
Overall Value: Children acquire knowledge
about the physical and social worlds in, which they live through their
interaction with objects and people. When students are actively
involved in hands-on, multi-sensory, learning experiences, learning
becomes relevant for them and they, are more likely to persist with a
task and to be motivated to learn, more. Cooking Through the Curriculum
provides children with a, rewarding, productive experience that
utilizes all five senses. |
Standards: |
Cooking with Style |
Category: Health/Physical Education |
Grades: 5 to 5 |
How It Works: This program was developed with
an introduction to measurement and nutrition. The easiest way to
implement this program is by setting up nutrition, computer, writing,
library, and game centers. The students in groups of four or five have
the opportunity to visit each center for 30 minutes once a week. The
students are responsible for bringing the ingredients to the nutrition
center. The students get to touch, feel, and measure the ingredients
and watch them cook. The fun part comes when the students eat their
products. The recipes are simple to follow and make enough for the
group. The students also start collecting recipes from the classroom
and home. The Student: This program has been used in a third grade
bilingual classroom. The students were responsible to bring in the
ingredients that would be used in the nutrition center. The students
were very enthusiastic about this program and wanted to continue cooking
everyday, even after the unit was completed. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The program was implemented by one
bilingual teacher. Some of the students, parents, and VIPS would go
into the classroom and help the teacher in the nutrition center. They
would help the students in the center while the teacher helped the other
students in the other centers. |
What You Need: Materials: There are a few
basic things that are needed to be successful in the classroom. A
teacher needs a toaster oven, electric skillet, bowls, spoons, paper
plates, forks, napkins, measuring cups, and spoons. You could ask the
students to bring the paper goods along with the ingredients. Outside
Resources: No outside resources are needed, but we have gone to a
supermarket and a bakery on a field trip. The Impact II office also has
names of companies that will send you free, materials to your school. |
Overall Value: The students really enjoyed
using the nutrition center, because they got to measure, cook, and eat
what they made. They were enthusiastic about learning how to measure
and how to eat healthy foods. It gives them the chance to use what they
learned in a real-life,"hands-on" experience. The students also did
their comparison, shopping through the fliers from the grocery stores. |
Standards: |
COOPERATION COUNTS |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 2 to 7 |
How It Works: Through literature and
technology, "Cooperation Counts" fosters community between children of
different ages and grade levels. Children develop and hone communication
skills as they work together to write and publish stories. Rapport is
built as fifth graders work with first graders on theme related
activities. The beginning of the project involves the fifth graders
helping the first graders to make self-portrait using various media.
This activity helps friendships bloom between the two different age
levels. Then the portraits are displayed at the PTA Open House. Next,
children discuss and write about friendship.
These pieces are typed and printed, introducing the children to the
Writing Center and leading the way for cooperative work on the Internet.
The older children take turns selecting appropriate books and reading
to the first graders, emphasizing story elements. This prepares the
younger students to construct meaningful stories containing important
components. Using the writing process, along with guidance from their
partners, the first graders are ready to write a story about friendship.
The stories are developed into picture books; the text is typed by the
fifth graders and illustrated by the first graders. The project
culminates as the books are shared with families at a "Cooperation
Celebration".
|
The Students: This project addresses multiple
intelligences, giving the children the opportunity to express ideas
through written, oral, visual, tactile and interpersonal experiences.
Assessment is ongoing and performance based. Students are evaluated
using a rubric and teacher observation. Students also self-assess and
reflect both individually and with their cross-grade partners.
Twenty-four first graders and twenty fifth graders, of all ability
levels, participated in the project.
|
The Staff: Carole Franceschet and Rosina Hurley Montowese Elementary School, North Haven |
What You Need: Computer lab, writing supplies, teacher-prepared materials, arts and crafts supplies, student-selected books. |
Overall Value: This project results in the
acquisition and refinement of writing skills and promotes the benefits
of sharing and working cooperatively. Self-esteem is built in the fifth
graders as they take on the responsibility of a first-grade partner. The
first graders are motivated and encouraged by the exposure to the more
refined writing skills of the older children. The activities promote
interpersonal relationships and the importance of a sense of community,
as the students apply knowledge in literature and technology, while
building skills in reading, speaking and writing. The students celebrate
their achievements when their picture books are presented to family and
friends.
|
Standards: Positive Self-concept Interpersonal Relations Motivation and Persistence Reading, Writing and Learning |
COUNTRIES, CULTURES, AND KIDS |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 2 to 7 |
How It Works: Imagine sipping tea in China,
creating and donning an African tie-dyed shirt, watching a demonstration
of homemade pasta making, and galloping on the Argentine pampas, plus
much more, without ever leaving your classroom. The itinerary for this
magical journey is designed by the cultural makeup of your class and
enhanced by student and parental participation!
"Countries, Cultures and Kids!" is a yearlong interdisciplinary unit
which fosters ethnic pride and a feeling of self-worth while promoting
an awareness and tolerance of diverse cultures. Children are taken on a
journey around the world in 180 days, and they are guaranteed a stop at
their cultural beginnings.
Each ethnic day is started with a literature selection chosen from a
prepared project bibliography. The selection is read to the children and
a literature related activity is completed. Background information
about the country being celebrated is shared. Map skills are integrated
into the day and math and critical thinking skill activities are
implemented. Writing activities may include creative or expository
selections. Children create multicultural pieces of art and enjoy
traditional music and ethnic dances. Children may also play a game such
as Hopscotch (England). Cooking rounds out the events of the day.
Children enjoy tasting many delicious and diverse foods.
|
The Students: The culminating activity at the
end of the year is Heritage Day. Children share what they have learned
about their country and other countries during this unit. Parents sign
up to bring in an ethnic food for a tasting party and are invited to
stay and join in the celebration. This has been an overwhelming success
with 100% participation. |
The Staff: Pamela B. Blanos and Angela Burkholz Helen Street School, Hamden |
What You Need: Most activities can be carried
out with materials readily available in the classroom. If cooking,
recipe ingredients would be needed.
|
Overall Value: This project generates a great
deal of enthusiasm as children are eager for their cultures to be
celebrated and interested in learning about the cultures of others. They
display a sensitivity toward differences among students within the
classroom and come to realize the similarities we all share. Self-esteem
grows as each unique ethnic background is celebrated. Parents eagerly
volunteer to come to speak to the class, to cook special dishes or to
lead an art activity. As the project ends, children gain ethnic pride
and self-respect. They realize their own value and come to value others.
|
Standards: |
Courting Civil Rights |
Category: Global Education |
Grades: 7 to 8 |
How It Works: Courting Civil Rights, gives
students a working knowledge of the U.S. judicial system as well as an
in-depth understanding of the civil rights movement. By, learning about
famous civil rights cases of the past, students develop a deeper
understanding of current events and how they can work for social change.
Students are presented with a general overview of a civil rights case
(e.g., Brown v. Board of Education) and are taught courtroom procedure
and appropriate legal terminology. After discussing the history of the
civil rights movement through handouts, videos from the PBS series Eyes
on the Prize, and other resources, they are responsible for working
cooperatively to prepare a given case for the plaintiff or the defense.
Finally, they present their cases to their peers and faculty, with the
teacher acting as judge. Courting Civil Rights strenghtens students'
oral and writing skills as they write their own arguments and dialog and
play such parts as lawyers, baliff, stenographer, and witnesses. It
gives them an opportunity to work cooperatively toward a common goal and
to develop the analytical skills that are necessary for understanding
the major social issues of, our time. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Jennifer Eden Hinderstein
developed the project as a result of her interest and activity in
multicultural affairs. She is available to provide consultation, to
interested colleagues as well as sample lessonplans, student work
samples, resource lists, and other materials. |
What You Need: The project requires a least
two teaching periods a week. In addition to legal pads and other basic
supplies, the project uses the video series Eyes on the Prize to
introduce students to civil rights history. Students' presentations are
videotaped. Props such as a gavel are recommended to give presentions
authenticity. Library materials and other resources are needed for
students to research cases. |
Overall Value: By participating in the
project, students gain an awareness of social issues and can articulate
peaceful remedies to current problems in American society. They have
developed a sense of themselves as powerful and competent citizens, says
Hinderstein. "After having taught Courting Civil Rights with my sixth
graders, all they want to know is ÔWhen can we do it again?" |
Standards: |
Cracked-Up Over Animals |
Category: Classroom Management/Intergroup |
Grades: 6 to 6 |
How It Works: "Cracked-Up Over Animals" was a
program designed to reinforce information learned about animals through
the integration of all academic disciplines. In this program, each
student took a box of animal crackers and began by making predictions
about the box's contents. After recording their results on a chart
(both predictions and actual amounts), each student created a graph
which displayed the chart's information. Next, the students classified
the crackers in their box into groups using, a particular attribute.
The students then met with a partner and after observing the common
characteristics of the group's members, they attempted to guess the
attribute their partner used to classify their crackers. After
researching information on an animal of their choice, the students
created,"Animal Riddles." On an index card, the students listed four
descriptive clues for their animal saving the most definitive clue
for, last. These were then placed inside, the empty box and placed at a
center for the students to come and make their guess as to which
animal was being described. The students then met in expert groups to
share their research findings. With the information gathered in the
groups, the students chose another animal in addition to the animal
which they researched to us in a classificatory writing activity.
Next, the students created a "Country Cube" on the country from which
their animal originated. Each side of the cube contained descriptions
of the country's location in relation to other countries by
incorporating such skills as latitude and longitude, and cardinal and
intermediate directions. To wrap up the program, the students used
actual measurement information to construct life-size replicas of their
animal out of cardboard. The classroom was then converted into a zoo,
with tours for, others to enjoy and experience all, that was learned
about animals so that they, too, will also become,,"Cracked-Up Over
Animals." Students: The students who participated in this program were
21 fourth graders. "Cracked-Up Over Animals" can easily be adapted and
utilized in any grade level. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The classroom teacher monitors learning while the students assume the role of facilitator and dispenser of information. |
What You Need: Materials: The materials
needed for the successful implementation of this program are boxes of
animal crackers, encyclopedias, nonfiction animal books, index cards,
tag board, world maps, rulers, and cardboard. Outside Resources: An
outside resource to be utilized is a visit to your school from the
Houston Zoomobile. |
Overall Value: "Cracked-Up Over Animals" is a
motivational program which encourages students to work cooperatively
with each other. It also allows the students to assume ownership of
their learning, and therefore, encourages them to become responsible for
not only their learning, but also for the learning of others. Children
love animals and they love animal crackers, both of these being the
basis of this program. |
Standards: |
Create a Legend! |
Category: Foreign Language |
Grades: 11 to 13 |
How It Works: Students used Spanish to read
and retell, or invent, a legend. Using software, they illustrated the
legend and added sound effects. With a microphone, they added their own
voices as narration. Class activities included reading, analysis, and
paraphrasing of the legend. Students also utilized their speaking and
computer skills in preparing the story. The program required students
to read, write, and speak in Spanish in an engaging and interesting
project. |
The Students: Approximately 45 students in a
third year Spanish class participated in this project. Classes met
daily for 40 minutes for this two-week project. This activity could be
adapted to elementary students and to other curricular areas where a
story may be told. The students worked in groups of 2-4 and could be of
any grade level. |
The Staff: Carol Eiber has been teaching for
16 years. She has been awarded a Martha Holden Jennings Grant, three
PTSA mini-grants and has a Diploma in Spanish as a Foreign Language.
Nancy Green has been teaching for 27 and is a member of the technology
committee. |
What You Need: Resources needed were
Storybook Weaver Deluxe by MECC Learning Library, a computer, a
microphone and a printer. The computer may be shared or multiple
computers with multiple copies of the software can be used, if it is
available.The computer(s) may be set up in the classroom or in the media
center, wherever space is available. More computers and software
allowed more students to work at one time. |
Overall Value: This project is fun! The
students enjoy trying out different scenes, characters and sounds. It
engages them visually and aurally while offering practice in speaking
the foreign language. Small group work requires cooperation and
democracy. It is an enjoyable change from paper and pencil writing. |
Standards: |
Creating 3-D Math Using Quicktime Virtual Reality |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 9 to 10 |
How It Works: The purpose of this program was
for students to develop a comprehensive understanding of various
3-dimensional geometric figures and to enhance their use of other
mathematical writing, research and computer skills necessary in everyday
life. Students worked in groups of three to four to study a particular
shape. Students formulated and explained their own formulates for
surface area and volume of their shape. They researched examples of
their shape using both traditional and Internet sources. They shared
their knowledge about their shape through the multi-media presentation
format HyperStudio and QuickTime VR. The students used their new
knowledge throughout the project by constructing the necessary materials
for their presentations including the black VR box, the calibrated
turntable, the net and the model itself along with real world examples. |
The Students: This project, completed twice,
was done with a seventh grade pre-algebra class consisting of 24
students. The students met daily for a forty-minute class period. It
was best to group the students into smaller groups of 3-4 students.
|
The Staff: Mary Jo Hromco has been teaching
for 30 years. She is a past recipient of an IMPACT grant, has been a
Jennings Scholar and has been selected as a Teacher of the Year from her
building. Mike Lytz has been teaching for 21 years. He began teaching
as a middle school classroom teacher and is currently the Technology
Resource Specialist for Middle Schools. Both educators have presented
at both state and national conferences |
What You Need: : Small groups of four
students, trained in HyperStudio, were best to begin with. Those trained
students became the "experts to help others.
Teachers needed to have access to computers with HyperStudio and
QuickTime VR on them, plus a digital camera. The other materials, such
as boxes, felt, clip on lights, turntables were inexpensive and easily
accessible. |
Overall Value: One of the best aspects of
this project is that it is a hands-on way to incorporate technology with
subject matter. Students become actively involved in seeking out the
knowledge they need and using it to create a presentation |
Standards: |
Creating a Classroom Newspaper |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 4 to 5 |
How It Works: A monthly classroom newspaper
can stimulate creativity, enhance global awareness, sharpen critical
thinking skills, and improve writing skills, and help children have fun.
Children are involved in the decision-making process as they determine
the contents of each edition. Students of various reading levels
become aware of how a group effort can result in accomplishing a
finished product. Students appreciate the makings of an actual
newspaper, learn to meet deadlines, and realize the potentials of
computer technology. They discover resourceful approaches to solving
problems. DCPS Major System Priorities: Standard English, Critical
Thinking, Intergroup Relations, Student Achievement. The Students:
This project flourished in two very different school settings, Redland
Elementary and Highland Oaks Elementary. It was used with second and
third grade students. A classroom newspaper can be adapted to many age
groups and achievement levels. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Alma Dean has taught in the DCPS
system for five years, serving as a Learning Disabilities teacher at the
Easter Seals School for four. She has a Masters in Health Services
Administration from Florida International University. She is a
Teacher/Research Linker trained through the AFT/UTD Educational Research
and Dissemination Program, past researcher for Dade Academy of Teaching
Arts, Board Director of University of Miami Alumni Association, and
First Vice President of Redland P.T.A. Esther Evans has taught for ten
years, six in Cleveland, Ohio and four in Dade County. Ms. Evans has
composed original music to Robert Louis Stevenson's,"My Shadow" which
she plays on the guitar. She was selected to guide 23 fifth-grade
students as they toured Rome, Italy. Stephanie Sheir received an M.A.
in curriculum and instruction from the University of Northern Colorado.
Ms. Sheir was recognized for her fund raising for the Challenger
Memorial Fund, in which she created a school project called,"Jump for
the Astronauts". She was a math resource teacher in the Northeast
Region for three years training teachers and students in a county math
system. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities:
Computers, word processing software such as Appleworks (MECC), graphics
software, printers, current newspapers, dictionaries, thesauri, and
encyclopedias are all helpful materials. Outside Resources:
Journalists from local newspaper and field trips to their newsrooms
enhance this project. |
Overall Value: Creating a classroom newspaper
involves total participation in the writing process/whole language
approach. A wide variety of topics are covered so every student is able
to,"shine" in some area. A classroom newspaper strengthens the
home-school bond while providing a creative outlet for children's
thoughts and expressions. |
Standards: |
CREATING A POETRY WEB SITE |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: Using poems that illustrate the
use of figurative language, tone, repetition, imagery, and refrain,
high school English students write short essays, first in small groups
and then by themselves. Afterwards, they answer questions on the poem
they have selected as their favorite and write about it. Along with the
poems, these essays make up the Favorite Poem classroom Web site.
Students scan the poems, and artwork can also be incorporated. Then they
compare and contrast their classroom site to a national Favorite Poem
Web site. There are also video and audio readings of some of the poems
on the national site. Students can also analyze and write about some of
these poems.
Students are assessed by their comprehension of the poems' content and
the literary devices used, as well as by the essays they write.
|
The Students: I covered this unit with 9th and 12th graders in New York City. The ability level can be wide.
|
The Staff: Peggy Maslow, a New York City high
school English teacher for 23 years, has used technology in the
classroom for over 16 years. She has also been her school's newspaper
advisor for almost two years. She has taught all levels of students
ranging from those with reading difficulties to honors, and has taught
courses in journalism, mystery, American literature and other topics.
|
What You Need: This project takes ten or more
class periods to complete. Computers with an Internet connection and
word processing equipment, as well as a scanner, are necessary. Students
should have a basic working knowledge of computers and the Internet.
Teachers must be knowledgeable in creating a Web site.
|
Overall Value: Once students have learned how
to recognize literary devices in poems and use this understanding to
see the author's tone and theme, they can deepen their interpretation of
new poems. After reacting to and analyzing more than eight poems, two
of which are on the national site, students write essays about their
favorite poems and create a class site. They also examine poems new to
them on the national Favorite Poem site. Their appreciation and analysis
is heightened by audio and video readings. Students put to use what
they have learned about applying their knowledge of literary devices to
analyze the poet's tone and theme.
|
Standards: Technology: Students develop
note-taking, drafting, writing, and editing skills through use of the
computer; use critical thinking and establish research skills to
evaluate the credibility and appropriateness of Web sites and the
validity of the available information. They compile, analyze, and
evaluate the data collected while visiting a Web site.
|
Creating with Lines, Points, and Planes |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 11 to 13 |
How It Works: In,"Creating with Lines,
Points, and Planes," students develop an appreciation for an awareness
of the importance of geometry while at the same time they are able to
show creativity. Creative writing and geometry may seem like strange
companions, and perhaps they are. Yet, why should they be?, Maybe they
cannot be the closest of friends, but at least they ought to meet once
in a while. The students think and write creatively about geometry.
The finished product is a "formal" work in the sense that it meets the
appropriate standards of language and composition. They are also
responsible for selecting their audience, preferably one who has
successfully completed a high school geometry course. To begin their
writing experience, the students are given writing prompts such as: 1)
Maybe you would like to write,"An Ode to a Rectangle," sharing what
makes it so special and unique. If you do not know what an ode is, you
could do a little research. 2),"If I were a geometric figure, I'd be an
oblique hexagonal prism." You would then go on to describe how the
properties of this figure fulfill your lifestyle and how you think and
react. 3) Maybe you would like to write a bit for a newspaper, such as a
front page, a specialty column, or a sports item. 4) Perhaps you would
like to write a love story about the romance between a circle and a
trapezoid, sharing their geometric properties and how they contribute to
the love affair. The students are not, however, limited to these
prompts as many finished products were comic strips, Christmas carols,
cartoons, other types of poems. The students spent a semester
building knowledge about geometric lines, points, and planes. The
students presented their finished products orally and using visuals to
the class. The Student: The students involved in this project are
ninth through eleventh graders in classes of 30 to 35 students. |
The Students: |
The Staff: This developer has been a
mathematics teacher in the Houston Independent School District for 19
years. She was the recipient of stipend from the Exxon Excellence Award
for Mathematics; she was chosen to attend the Regional Geometry
Institute for two summers in Utah. She also taught Business as an
adjunct faculty member at the Houston Community College for 10 years. |
What You Need: Materials: Students use art
supplies, poster boards, tape recorders, computer disks and video
cassettes. This project is conducted outside the classroom and in the
school library. Outside Resources: No outside resources are
needed. |
Overall Value: Students often get discouraged
and frustrated with the learning process. After doing this
project, the students were enhanced by their own creativity as well as
their peers'. As they researched the different geometric terms and
concepts and began to create, their appreciation for the subject grew.
To research the terms and concepts and then create a well-written
poem, ode, comic strips, or other creation was great challenge for the
students; and their finished products brought great delight. Geometry
is certainly knowing facts, investigating properties, proving theorems,
and calculating measurements. But it is also a matter of
relationships, of beauty, of wonder, of awe! |
Standards: |
Creative Comic Adventures |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 8 to 11 |
How It Works: Creative Comic Adventures is a
program that introduces the student to a new and exciting form of
authorship and publishing. A new breed of computer software is
available that allows the user to create comics, posters and books.
These user friendly programs provide the tools to compose music,
imaginative art and expressive dialogue. These programs reward
individuality and enable a student to create personalized comics by way
of computer animation. Students will develop their own story line and
dialogue relevant to their own experiences. Those students, with or
without artistic ability, will have an exciting vehicle/medium to
showcase their talent. Creative Comic Adventures will provide students
with high-interest, low ability reading material. They will design
their own vehicles or create their own job descriptions. "Comic Book
Maker" (Pow! Zap! Ker-Plunk!) will tie it all together with a unique
collection of stories that can be printed as well as video taped. DCPS
MAJOR SYSTEM PRIORITIES: Critical Thinking Skills, Whole Language,
Student Achievement. THE STUDENTS: This project was implemented with
Emotionally Handicapped, Trainable Mentally Handicapped students and Low
Level Readers. It can be successfully used with ESE students as well
as regular students. It can be used with one student or with groups. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Josephine Bennett is a 15-year
teaching veteran with a B.S. in science (mental retardation), and a
master's in reading. She has received both a Citibank Success Fund Grant
and a Dade Public Education Fund Teacher Mini-Grant. |
What You Need: MATERIALS AND FACILITIES:
Materials needed include access to a computer, software, printer and a
dictionary. OUTSIDE RESOURCES: Students can use the school and public
libraries to research cartoon and comic creators and their methods. |
Overall Value: It is outstanding to see the
thought processes and the elation, whatever the level of the student,
when their ideas and creations take fruition and can be transferred to
the printed page. Critical thinking and story sequencing, plus the joy
of authorship, evolve into a finished product that can be displayed and
shared with others. It's fun to poke fun or take frustrations out in
this accepted manner. The improved behavior and cooperation displayed
was evident as small groups worked together to produce their collective
ideas. |
Standards: |
Creative Signs and Banners |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: to |
How It Works: This program is designed to be a
service to all faculty and a work training program for Exceptional
Education students. An area will be set up for the,"Creative Sign and
Banner Company." The students will be responsible for running off sign
and banner orders. The student will have to be computer literate. A
check-off list of the computer training will be made for each individual
student. The students will have to prove themselves computer literate
through testing and teacher observation. The students will deliver the
signs and banners to the people who ordered them. The Creative Sign and
Banner Company will be open Monday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to
2:00 p.m. An order form will be sent to the main office and all
department heads. A three day deadline will be required to ensure the
appropriate amount of time to complete the order. The Student:
Exceptional Education students from my Life Skills Communications, Life
Skills Math, and Life Skills Vocational classes will be trained and will
participate in the program. |
The Students: |
The Staff: My teacher aide and I will be training and working with the students. |
What You Need: Materials: The materials
needed to run such a program are 3 computer programs 5 boxes of paper,
and 10 color ribbons for the Imagewriter printer. Outside Resources:
No outside resources are required. |
Overall Value: The overall value of the
Creative Sign and Banner Company will be, the benefits it will provide
to the students and faculty. The students, will be trained in the
latest up-to-date computer technology. The work, experience will allow
the students to increase their ability to sell themselves when job
searching. The people who will benefit are on- campus administrators,
teachers, counselors, area office staff, and incoming visitors
presenting workshops. When a program is being set-up, we can be
notified and prepare the necessary signs. There are many other values I
could think of, however, the most important value is how this affects
the students. |
Standards: |
Critter Creations |
Category: Science |
Grades: to |
How It Works: The original program, Mealworm
Mechanics (see IMPACT II catalog, 1992) extends the sixth grade
science kit,,"The Behavior of Mealworms," by using a, design and
technology approach to apply knowledge of the parts of an insect and,
how the insect relates to the environment. Critter Creations expands on
the, original by adding the use of graphic software to design an
imaginary insect and, also create an animated clip using software. The
students first design their insects, on the computer. The insects must
conform to given criteria, such as a having, moving part (i.e. wheels,
movable wings, motorized legs). The students then build, their insects
using materials from home, create an animated clip of their insect,
moving through the environment, and finally give an oral presentation
sharing how, their insect was discovered. |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Cross-Age Tutors |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: Studies have shown over and
over again, that the best way to "turn on" a student to the learning
process is to get that student actively involved in the process itself.
One way to guarantee active participation is to have that student help
someone else learn. That is the premise behind placing "at risk" high
school students as tutors in the elementary schools. Since one of the
goals of this course is to help decrease the dropout rate among at-risk
students, it is vital that the instructor of this course select tutors
carefully. The focus is on SUCCESS, specifically the Steps to Success as
explored in the S.T.A.R. materials: Be Confident, Be On Time, Be
Responsible, Be Friendly, Be Here, Be Polite, Be Prepared, Be a Good
Listener, Be a Doer, Be a Tough Worker, Be a Risk Taker, Be a Goal
Setter, Be Healthy. The tutors assist the elementary children in tasks
assigned by the teacher for 3-5 hours a week. The value of this course
is that the high school students assume a position of responsibility,
and receive invaluable "hands-on" experience in problem-solving, and
interpersonal relations. The fact that tutors are "teachers" adds to
their self-esteem, self-confidence and self-respect. In addition to the
time spent in the elementary classroom, the tutors attend a Tutor
Seminar class at the high school, which meets once a week to work on
such issues as tutor training techniques, self-esteem, team building,
problem-solving, and communication skills. The tutors gain practice in
speaking, listening, and writing by sharing their previous week's
experiences with the seminar group; listening to others' experiences
while practicing active listening skills; contributing ideas for
problem-solving; completing the handouts from the S.T.A.R. materials, a
primary resource, and taking notes based on group discussions. The
course is one semester long, but students may continue to enroll every
semester with teacher approval. Self-evaluation is ongoing, but a
composite evaluation of the student and the program are completed at the
end of each semester. The high degree of enthusiasm combined with the
high marks given by the elementary school staff, and the tutors indicate
that this program works. The tutors not only show self-improvement, but
promote success in their peers by being good role models for success.
State Frameworks This course fits the English/Language Arts Framework
and the History/Social Science Framework by integrating listening,
speaking, reading, writing, thinking, self-esteem building and community
involvement in a meaningful context. The Students: We have done this
program for one year, and have placed 16 students (grades 10-12). Small
classes enable individualized attention to each tutor in a seminar
setting. The tutors, elementary staff, and elementary school children
have been overwhelmingly positive and enthusiastic. As the word spreads,
more and more teachers want our tutors. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Rod Duncan has been teaching
junior and senior high school for 32 years and began the alternative
schooling program at Dos Pueblos High School in 1972. Diana has been
teaching high school since 1971. |
What You Need: Facilities and Materials: The
Responsibilty Skills/S.T.A.R. manual is needed. The teacher packet
includes the Tutor Seminar curriculum. Outside Resources: None needed. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Crystal Clear |
Category: Science |
Grades: 2 to 5 |
How It Works: Q. What grows but is not
alive?, A. A crystal. In this project children grow crystals,
learning what crystals are, how they form and the differences and
similarities among various types of crystals. Four different crystals
are grown using: -salt, -sugar, -alum, -laundry bluing Children
observe and record the growth process. They use hand magnifiers to
identify and compare the shapes of the crystals. Finally students learn
about other crystals and how they are used. Students: This
project was developed for second graders meeting weekly for one class
period. It can be adapted for other age groups. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Pauline Zolp received her BA from
Loyola University in 1988. She has taught hands-on Science at Robert
Healy School since 1990 and has already received several awards. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
It is essentials to have a space where containers of liquids can be left
undisturbed. All the materials are readily available in local stores.
Outside Resources: None needed. |
Overall Value: Students' knowledge of shapes,
colors, sizes and patterns is enhanced. They learn to use hand
magnifiers and record their observations. The project develops
individual responsibility and increases observational, sequencing and
writing skills. |
Standards: |
CTA Chicago - Classroom Tours Around Chicago |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 9 to 10 |
How It Works: What better way to generate
topics for stories and essays than by visiting some of Chicago's most
exciting places using the most accessible transportation available--the
CTA. Each month children choose a destination, research the site,
travel there with their teacher and then reflect on the experience
through discussion and writing. Students: This project involved
thirteen seventh and eighth grade students, meeting daily in a special
reading class. It is readily adaptable for other grades. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Carol Lovely has been a teacher in
the Chicago Public Schools for seventeen years. She holds a BS from
The College of St. Teresa in Winona, Minnesota and an MA in Curriculum
and Instruction from Chicago State University. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
This program requires a file cabinet, file folders and access to a
telephone to request materials and make appointments. Outside
Resources: Application forms for CTA passes, system maps and
schedules are available from the CTA. Museums will send information
about themselves; local newspapers provide information about upcoming
events of interest to the students. |
Overall Value: Children master using the CTA.
By visiting museums, libraries, the airport and city hall their
universe expands. Their writing skills improve and they become more
sure of themselves as they express their opinions in a relaxed, less
structured setting. |
Standards: |
CUBS: COMMUNICATING UNDERSTANDING BY BUILDING SOCIAL SKILLS |
Category: Special Education |
Grades: 2 to 7 |
How It Works: "CUBS" is a social skills
curriculum. The basic premise of the program is to directly teach social
skills to students with special needs rather than relying on the
incidental learning of these skills. There are twenty objectives taught
in a cumulative approach. The goal of this program is to teach skills
that will help students develop socially appropriate behavior.
Students participate in whole group and small group activities to
facilitate understanding of the objectives introduced during each
lesson. Weekly role-play activities provide the students with the
opportunity to practice each objective. Through observation checklists,
weekly homework, teacher and parent reports, and student
self-evaluation, assessment is ongoing.
Two of the many innovative features of this program are peer mentors and
interdisciplinary teaming. Peer mentors function as role models and
facilitate improved social skills through role-playing, group
discussion, and project partnerships. Peer mentors are selected for
their leadership and superior social skills and become advocates within
the school community for all members of the group.
An interdisciplinary team consisting of two special education teachers, a
speech language pathologist, and a school social worker, meet weekly to
plan the lessons for that group.
This collaborative team determines the most effective ways to introduce
the social skill for the week and then develops the necessary materials
to implement the lesson. Each member of the team brings a unique
perspective to the planning process due to his/her training in a
specific discipline. As a result, each lesson incorporates principles of
pragmatic language, language development, social and emotional
development, conflict resolution, behavior modification, attention to
learning styles, and exceptionalities.
|
The Students: |
The Staff: Beth Chudnow and Karen Johnson
Eli Terry Elementary School, South Windsor Tracy Conners and Gary
Walton Philip R. Smith Elementary School, South Windsor |
What You Need: "CUBS" utilizes interdisciplinary team approach and standard classroom materials.
|
Overall Value: Possessing and utilizing
acceptable social skills is an integral part of preparing for adult life
and lifelong learning. Through speaking, listening, and viewing,
students have multiple opportunities to refine these skills. The peer
mentors and the interdisciplinary team approach allow the students to
role-play, discuss, and network with peers and teachers. As they build
confidence and self-esteem they become fully involved members of their
community. Interdisciplinary team teaching, multi-age grouping, peer
mentors, a multi-modality approach, and links between home, school, and
community are unique attributes of "CUBS."
|
Standards: |
CULTURAL ART AND HISTORY |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: "Cultural Art and History" is a
course designed to explore various cultures around the world by using
both art and language arts. The purpose of the class is to give students
the opportunity not only to study various cultures but to also gain a
greater appreciation for the similarities and differences amongst them.
Students learn about Native America, Africa, Australia, Latin America,
Puerto Rico, and China, through the study of the oral traditions,
videos, articles, music, museum visits and, especially, hands-on art
experiences. Some of the art projects produced during the course are
beaded bracelets and pouches, Kachina dolls, sandpaintings,
dreamcatchers, African ancestor figures, masks, African Adinkra cloths,
Australian dot and x-ray paintings, wood-burned gourds, nearikas (yarn
paintings), molas, Vejijante masks, and Chinese paintings. While
creating these projects students are allowed to choose a very
traditional approach or to be more creative and make a modern version,
as long as they understand the reasoning behind the art.
|
The Students: In a journal type book where
students write about the history, beliefs, and art of each group of
peoples, they also include a drawing of each art project they create
with an explanation of the meaning behind their won art work. Students
are also required to include in the book a tale from the people of that
culture that has special meaning to the student. The journal needs to be
worked on often and it is the students' responsibility to keep it
current. The integration of language arts through the writing and art
projects allow each student a chance to excel through different learning
disciplines. The students are assessed through the quality and
thoroughness of their books and through their work ethic while creating
the art projects. A rubric is used to help in the assessment.
|
The Staff: Diane Szymaszek Francis T. Maloney High School, Meriden |
What You Need: Art supplies, videos and books on different cultures and their art, museums, speakers.
|
Overall Value: Through "Cultural Art and
History", students are given the opportunity to be creative through art
and writing. They learn to be responsible and self-reliant by keeping
their books up to date. The students also acquire knowledge of other
cultures and learn to appreciate the similarities and differences among
them.
|
Standards: Responsibility and Self-reliance Intellectual Curiosity Writing, Speaking, Listening and Viewing
|
Cultural Awareness and Related Experiences |
Category: Global Education |
Grades: 8 to 14 |
How It Works: Cultural Awareness and Related
Experiences (CARE) is designed to enrich the educational curriculum by
allowing students at the Middle School Learning Center (MSLC) to attend
museums and the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts. These
experiences expose the students to artifacts, paintings, and historical
events. By attending the Kennedy Center for the National Symphony
Orchestra's,"Meet the Orchestra," students become acquainted with
symphonic music and observe young people performing in the orchestra.
At the Smithsonian Institution students learn about American history and
African-American culture as it relates to their civics and social
studies curricula. Socially, students observe proper attire and
behavior appropriate at an opera house and a museum. The students write
reports on their experiences and share the reports with their
classmates. CARE is especially important for the students who attend
MSLC, which is the alternative education program for the middle school
students in Area I. The majority of the students are from
single-parent, low-income families. Many of the students function below
grade level and have failed seventh or eighth grade. Many of the
students in the program have not been exposed to the cultural and
historical resources available to them. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The classroom teacher organizes
the activities of the CARE project. The teacher, a full-time assistant,
and parents chaperon the field trips. |
What You Need: Funds are necessary to provide
the field trip experiences. No additional materials or facilities are
needed. In addition to depending on parent volunteers, this project
takes advantage of the cultural resources of Smithsonian Institution and
the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts. |
Overall Value: CARE exposes students to
cultural and historical resources, enabling them to share a common
knowledge with their peers. It helps them to understand their role in
society by examining where they have been and where they are today as a
people and as a nation. |
Standards: |
Cultural Collections |
Category: Global Education |
Grades: 3 to 5 |
How It Works: To educate the students about
the school's diversity, the staff at Belvedere supplements the
curriculum in several ways. Staff members ask parent volunteers to speak
about their countries of origin, to plan a holiday celebration, or to
bring in artifacts. Teachers also look for literature that illustrates
the backgrounds of their students. Culture Collections facilitates
teachers' efforts to make their curriculum more multicultural. The
program specifically helps students in grades one through three to
develop social studies skills. The collections help students in these
grades to compare their families with families around the world, to
identify cultural and ethnic traditions in their classrooms, to compare
life in their community to life in another community, to identify how
global communities are interdependent, and to describe similarities and
differences in global communities. For example, students can use
articles from the kits such as the Japanese inflatable paper balls, the
Korean and Vietnamese dolls, the carved African animals, and the
stacking toys from Russia to compare and contrast games and toys used by
children around the world. They can use the dashiki from Nigeria, the
kimono from Japan, the ruyana from Colombia, and other clothing articles
to discover how all communities have basic needs such as
clothing.Global Education Focus: Culture Collections is a multicultural
tool that enriches and enhances lessons about different countries and
cultures. Each collection features cultures represented in Belvedere
Elementary School: African, Asian, European, Hispanic, Middle Eastern,
and Native American. |
The Students: |
The Staff: From 1976 to 1980, I worked in
Montgomery County, Maryland as an ESL teacher, bilingual teacher
(Spanish/English), multicultural social studies teacher, and base
classroom teacher. From 1980 to 1981, I taught preschool in Calvert
County, Maryland. From 1987 to 1989, I taught adult ESL in Fairfax
County, Virginia. From 1990 to 1996 I taught elementary ESL at Belvedere
Elementary in Fairfax County and developed the program for this school.
I have used the program I designed for less than a year. I am currently
teaching regular first grade at North Springfield Elementary School in
Fairfax County. Parent volunteers at Belvedere were helpful for labeling
and categorizing donations from the staff and parents that were
contributed to the collections. |
What You Need: The treasure chests which
house the collections need space for storage. Each chest is
approximately 3 feet long by 2 feet high. Our school was able to store
the collections in a small room off the library. It was difficult to add
teacher-made activities such as the Divali lamp or the Chinese calendar
to the collections, because the books and donated articles took up most
of the room in each chest. When forced to choose what items to include
or exclude, I placed more of a priority on hands-on items that the
children could take out and use in the classroom than on reproducible
exercises. If money had been available, I would probably have purchased
two chests for each collection to accommodate all the articles and
teacher-created activities that could have been included.
Resources
I used the media center (library) to store the collections. All
artifacts in the collections were donated by the wonderful parents,
teachers, and instructional assistants at the school. A specialist in
another division of the school system even donated a huge collection of
articles from Asia after reading my initial grant application. |
Overall Value: Although Culture Collections
makes it easier for teachers to find materials and to help students
develop social studies skills, the program also produces intangible
results. It creates an atmosphere of tolerance for multicultural
differences, generates enthusiasm for cross-cultural studies, and
provides opportunities for parents and other community members to
contribute their knowledge of different cultures. The authentic pieces
of clothing, the games, the eating utensils, the dolls, the jewelry, the
artwork that are contained in the collections ignite children's
interest in a way that textbooks cannot. Teachers who adapt this program
for their classroom will discover that: 1) nothing beats having the
"real thing" to stimulate student interest , and 2) a collection of
cultural literature assembled in one spot makes your job a lot easier! |
Standards: |
Culturally Speaking, The Gods Aren't Crazy! |
Category: Global Education |
Grades: 9 to 9 |
How It Works: "Culturally Speaking" is a
three part project which connects culture, geography, and environmental
issues together through the viewing of the video,"The Gods Must Be
Crazy". Students are given the opportunity to visually focus, in on how
different cultures view each other, how culture is learned or
conceived, how culture can s pread and interact, and how different
cultures treat the environment. Prior to seeing the film, the
students study what culture is through the use of textbook materials and
a simulation. The terms culture, enculturation, acculturation,
cultural diffusion, culture shock, material culture and non-material
culture, adaptation, and interaction are examined as to their meanings
and applications. Through the culture simulation,"Bafa Bafa" students
experience cultural interactions that reinforce the cultural terms
previiously considered. The second step is a brief geeographical
study of the Kalahari Desert and surrounding countries n regard to their
location and place description and the bushmen who live there. The
statement,"The environment shapes culture" is presented for
brainstorming in order that the students can connect the earlier
mentioned terms to man, his culture, and his environment. After
the students have been exposed to the concepts of culture and the
geographical factors that shape the environment, the video is shown.
Each student is given a copy of questions relating to cultural concepts
or topics contained in the film. Pertinent documentary handouts are
given out when applicable. After a specified section of the video is
seen, the students are put into groups to examine the questions relevant
to the material seen. Exchanges of viewpoints based on
teacher-generated and student-generated questions occur within the
groups and in whole-class discussions where speaking and listening
skills are reinforced. Evaluation of how well the students can
apply the terms and concepts studied prior to the video screening comes
through questions and answers periods, checking of group questions,
mini-quizzes, and a final written essay. THE STUDENTS: This project,
which lasts 10-12 days, is designed as a basic introduction, to culture
for seventh grade students at all levels. The degree of difficulty can
be modified for students in grades 6-12. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The classroom teacher can
supervise this activity, but the media specialist is needed to provide
the AVA equipment and access to research materials, if research
activities are incorporated. If the video is not available at a local
video store, then the media specialist may be asked in advance to secure
a copy. |
What You Need: The necessary items
for,"Culturally Speaking" are,"The Gods Must Be Crazy" film/video, TV
monitor and a VCR (preferably with a counter), National Geographic
Magazine(June, 1963), the simulation,"Bafa Bafa" or a similar culture
simulation, and a geography textbook that deals with the basics of
culture. Encyclopedias and books that deal with African history and
geography, and with culture, are helpful for teacher preparation and
student research. |
Overall Value: By using,"The Gods Must Be
Crazy" video, the subjects of culture, geography, and the environment
are brought to life and intertwined in an interesting, often humorous,
way. Intellectual curiosity is enhanced when students have to apply and
transfer,"book-learned" concepts to instances portrayed in the video.
The portrayal of different cultures and cultural values leads naturally
to moral and ethical questions which have no definitive answers.
Students eagerly become involved in what occurs in the video and the
knowledge acquired has ben found to be easily remembered and
transferable to other places and cultures of the world. |
Standards: |
CULTURE CAFE |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 2 to 8 |
How It Works: The presentation takes place in
the ESL classroom or in any space that holds about 50 people. Guest
speakers are asked to provide artifacts, posters, clothing, music,
pictures, and food samples to enhance the presentation. Paper products,
film, and a binder are also necessary. Outside Resources Guest
speakers from the community share their expertise with the students. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The teachers of students for whom
English is a second language (ESL) are responsible for coordinating the
program. They invite guest speakers, duplicate information packets for
the students, set up necessary equipment, purchase paper products, and
take pictures of the presentation. |
What You Need: Culture Cafe is a lunch-time
program that introduces students to the language, culture, customs, and
foods of several different countries. Each month a teacher, staff
member, parent, or community member is invited to give a 30-minute
presentation on his or her native country or culture. A group of about
40 students representing grades one through five, teachers, and staff
members attend the presentation. Presentations include locating the
country on a map; discussing the climate, geography, and customs of the
country; trying on native clothing; listening to music or learning
dances; sharing artifacts, slides, pictures, or videos; and learning
some phrases in the featured language. Sampling the traditional food is
always the highlight. Summaries and photographs of each presentation,
recipes, and maps are compiled in a book that is made available for
checkout through the library at the end of the year. Students Every
student in grades one through five participates in at least one
presentation each year. Each student selects a country he or she would
like to learn more about and signs up with the classroom teachers for
that month's Culture Cafe presentation. This procedure enables
students across grade levels and programs to come together and learn in a
relaxed, fun environment. |
Overall Value: Culture Cafe is an enjoyable
learning opportunity that students and staff look forward to. The
presentations enhance students' knowledge and foster their appreciation
of other cultures. Students from the cultures featured are given an
opportunity to share personal experiences and knowledge with their
classmates. Serving as "experts" boosts their self-esteem. |
Standards: |
Culture of Mexico |
Category: Foreign Language |
Grades: 4 to 4 |
How It Works: You can eat cactus? Tuna is
fruit? Chocolate was called,"xocoatl" by the, Aztecs? The Mayas used a
calendar more accurate than ours today? Napoleon, sent a French emperor
to Mexico? All these questions and more can be, answered by students
taking the course, the,"Culture of Mexico." This semester course course
offers .5 credit in Spanish and is open to any, student with one or
more years of Spanish language study. Many of the, readings and
classroom presentations are done in Spanish. Mexican history and
culture are,"experienced" by creating authentic craft, projects, such as
weaving, pinatas and clay figures. Students also cook, authentic
Mexican recipes, make tortillas from scratch, and learn to use,
the,"molinillo" to make hot chocolate, once the royal beverage of Aztec,
nobles. Students,"tour" many Mexican cities via slide presentations.
A favorite classroom activity is reading Mexican legends and tales. A,
comparison is made between the,"Sleeping Beauty" and,"Snow White"
legends, of Western Europe and the,"Aztimba, la Princesa" and
the,"principe, Popocatepetl" legends of the Aztecs. Creation stories of
the Mayas of the, Yucatan Peninsula are compared with the book of
Genesis. Students then pick, their favorite legend and make an
illustrated children's book in Spanish. For more than a decade, more
than 150 students have,"discovered" Mexico, through the study of her
ancient cultures and the current trend toward, modernization and
involvement in world trade. There is never enough time in, the Spanish I
or II course to study a Spanish-speaking country in such, detail.
Mexico is also our closest Latin American neighbor. A side line of this
course has been to take students on actual tours of, Mexico to
experience first-hand what they have learned in the classroom. To, date,
seven tours haven been led by the instructor to various regions of
Mexico during the summer or spring break vacations. Students have grown,
immensely in their appreciation of Mexican culture and values, have
gained, valuable insight into their own culture and values, and have
come to, recognize that even our legends hold many similarities to
Mexico. |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: In Mexico (text and student
workbook), EMC Publishing, St. Paul, MN, 1990. Un Verano en Mexico,
AMSCO Publishers, New York, NY, 1975. The Course of Mexican History,
Michael Meyer and William Sherman, Oxford, University Press, New York,
NY, 1979. Leyendas Mexicanas, Barlow Stivers, National Textbook Company,
Skokie, IL 1975. The Story of Mexico, un Libro para Pintar, Nancy
Conkle and Elena Lopez Bellerophon Books, Santa Barbara, CA, 1991.
Travel Mexico/Events (magazine), Winter, '92 -'93, premier issue,
Carlsbad CA, 92009, 619-929-0707. I will disseminate a complete course
syllabus and more extensive, bibliography of teacher resources
materials to interested teachers. |
Overall Value: Developer Charles
observes,,"After studying the works of famous Mexican, artists and
exploring the meticulously handcrafted,"artesanias" of the, marketplace,
students are given the unique opportunity of trying their, hands at
making handicrafts.","The everchanging syllabus makes this course a joy
to teach. Every trip the, students and I make to Mexico uncovers some
new historical fact, presents, us with new contemporary Spanish words or
exposes us to another of the, varied regions of the country. New
materials, artifacts, and regalia are, constantly being added to the
course. This course is never taught the same, way twice!" |
Standards: |
Curious George Goes To Class |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 3 to 3 |
How It Works: Curious George Goes To Class is
a holistic approach to teaching by, getting real books into the hands
and homes of children so that, reading will not only take place, but
also will be valued as well. Illiteracy is a national problem.
Research indicates that more, than half of those children from homes of
illiterates will remain, illiterate. Research also shows a high
correlation between writing, and reading and other subjects. Writing
makes children think! In order to attain success in today's world,
reading, writing, and, thinking are essential. Good literature can
provide a highly, motivating medium for teaching not only reading, but
also writing, and thinking (problem solving). The purpose of this
project is to, teach children to read and love books through writing and
good, literature. With writing projects, the children will increase,
their level of reading and problem solving because they experience, the
confidence of reading their own written words. With literature, for
models, the students experience the enjoyment and beauty of, language
and reading. Together, they promote a positive learning, environment
for reading and writing and thinking. Each month, literature in the
classroom centers around a theme or, author. Curious George books begin
the year and are on going. Young children enjoy his character and his
many adventures. The, books are used to develop story maps with
setting, characters, and, events that include problems and solutions.
Young children begin, by writing class stories that follow the map and
later go on to, cluster or create new settings and plots for their own
stories. January's snow theme centers around Ezra Jack Keats',"The
Snowy, Day," Raymond Briggs',"The Snowman," and H.A. Rey's,"Curious
George, Goes Sledding." Geometric snowflakes are made in math, ice,
crystals are examined in science and the climate is studied in, Social
Studies. Integration is the key. DCPS Major System Priorities:
Achievement, Critical Thinking, Standard English, Parental, Involvement
Blueprint 2000 Goals: Student Performance, Learning Environment
The Students: Approximately 30 first-grade students from a low
economic and, culturally diverse area participated in the project.
Primary, classrooms would benefit with minimal costs. Parent support
is, encouraged and extremely helpful. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Christine Ruda is a first-grade
teacher. She has a master's degree, in reading from the University of
Nebraska and is currently working, on a specialist's degree in Math
Education at the University of, Miami, as part of the DCPS/UM Math and
Science Resource Teacher, program. She has attended the DCPS/UM Writing
Institute and is a, Writing Associate for DCPS. As department
chairperson for teaching, and Language Arts, she has used this project
for more then four, years. She is currently involved with the Teacher
Training, Institute. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities
This project can be carried out in any classroom. Books are, essential.
Materials have been prepared and company names for, purchases have
been listed. Outside Resources Field trips and guest speakers are
an excellent additional, resource. The public library is very useful as
well as, contributions from parents. |
Overall Value: Providing children with books
is one of the best ways to promote, success in reading and the love of
reading. When a child is able, to share the same book used in the
classroom with his/her family the book becomes a friend for life. |
Standards: |
Current Affairs |
Category: Global Education |
Grades: 7 to 7 |
How It Works: Current Affairs encourages
students to find out what's going on in the world, to analyze world
events, and to discuss global issues with their peers. Students are
required to find out about the news and to report to the class on one of
six issues: international news, national news, local news, weather,
entertainment, and sports. One period a week is devoted to student
reports to the class. Once a month, students tape their Current Affairs
presentation on the school VCR. The project integrates reading,
writing, pubic speaking, social studies, math, and art as students write
news stories; create maps, signs, and graphs to illustrate major
points; and practice their presentations. Taping the, news project is
the highlight of the month for them; the room takes on the aura of a TV
studio as students, dressed in their best clothes, present their news
stories to the other classes in the school. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Belinda Morris has been teaching
current events using the Current Affairs, format for three years. She
has found the VCR to be a powerful motivational tool for teaching
current eventsÑstudents not only create a finished product, but they can
share their work with other students. |
What You Need: Students use one period a week
to report their stories to the class and one afternoon a month to tape
the news projects. The class has a subscription to student issues of
the New York Times. Materials for making props include maps, chart
paper, construction paper, markers, and paint. Video equipment is
necessary to tape projects, and televisions are needed so that other
classes may view the projects. |
Overall Value: Students enjoy being in the
role of news anchor, sports caster, or weatherperson. At the same time,
they are encouraged to improve academically. "Any class will become
motivated when faced with the challenge of being recorded and seen on a
VCR," says Morris. |
Standards: |
Current Events: Critical Thinking Development |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 9 to 14 |
How It Works: Utilizing daily television news
reports that are recorded by the instructor allows the students to use
primary resources as the main source for information and analysis of
current events in history, geography or economics. Requiring students to
turn in news articles and summarize them can be non-productive. Many
students are non-participants. Overnight analysis of world and local
events may lead to student frustration and limited participation. The
following procedures facilitate use of daily news broadcasts to learn
about and analyze current news events: 1. Each morning I tape the
morning world news report on a VCR recorder. I write down the words and
terms that might not be understood by my students. The words are
discussed prior to viewing the news report. 2. For three or four weeks,
students watch 10-15 minutes of the daily news at the beginning of the
period. During the newscast, students keep a journal. Each day's entry
includes the date, two or three facts reported, and the student's
reaction to each event. 3. Cooperative learning groups are then formed
to analyze the governmental, economic, social and geographic aspects of
events. The group determines five primary events and does an
explanation and evaluation of each event using higher levels of critical
thinking skills. 4. Each group makes a presentation with a map
indicating where the events occurred. 5. The instructor collects and
grades the individual student journals and the group presentation. This
project promotes a variety of listening, writing, vocabulary and
critical thinking skills. It contains activities which enable them to
understand world events in a meaningful manner. Students found this
activity to be enjoyable and yet very challenging. They felt that their
reactions to the current events enabled them to be valued participants
in historical events. Likewise, students indicated that they were able
to grasp the larger ramifications of events and compare reactions with
each other. State Framework: This activity integrates social science
themes that are included in the History/Social Science Framework:
geography, economics, social and political activities. The Students:
This activity was presented to a World History class of 35 regular as
well as mainstreamed Resource students. All the students felt
non-threatened, actively participated and enjoyed the opportunity to
write their own history as individuals and members of small groups. |
The Students: |
The Staff: I have taught for 18 years as a
high school Resource Specialist at Righetti High School. I have trained
in SIM (Strategy Intervention Model), Cooperative Learning and Teacher
Effectiveness training, and am a trainer in Women's Leadership for the
California Teachers Association and TESA (Teacher Expectations and
Student Achievement). |
What You Need: Facilities and Materials:
Instructors must videotape the morning world news, principally the
thirty-minute newscasts. The teacher can then edit segments to reduce
the tape's length. Outside Resources: None needed. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Cybernetic Finger Painting |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: Cybernetic Finger Painting
fulfills the dream of every artist. This program allows art students to
experiment, produce layer upon layer of design, to modify and change
nonstop without losing the original creation. For students and teachers
alike, it's a relief to know that one can take chances and never stop
creating out of fear of losing the original. Using a graphic computer
and digitizer, students create their design on the screen. They can
then alter, delete or add to the design in any way and still be able to
retrieve the original art. The program works with photography, drawing,
painting, and even ceramics. Once students are satisfied with their
modifications, the image which appears on the monitor can be printed in
color. For instance, a photography student digitizes a photo into the
computer, then recalls and modifies the photo by deleting or adding
certain images. Once the student is satisfied with the modifications,
the image which appears on the monitor can be printed in color. The
Students: Independent art students used the program originally, but it
soon became apparent that the program works at all levels. Photography
students change the composition of photographs by adding a variety of
color, textures, etc. Art I and II students use the program for
perspective composition, color theory, and design elements. Even
students studying fashion and interior design can use the program. |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: Materials Needed: The program
requires a graphic computer (Amiga 500, 1000, or 2000) and monitor, a
digitizer (or police surveillance camera), computer discs, camera
mounts, and a stand and lights. Software includes a mouse and pointer
controller, a deluxe paint three palette which offers 246 color
variations, a matrix or ink-jet printer, inks, and paper. A lecture or
demonstration by a visiting computer artist can prove valuable. |
Overall Value: Cybernetic Finger Painting
puts art sensitive students in touch with their creative forces. This
program "de-intimidates" students and allows them an element of
playfulness and experimentation which does not exist with other
traditional tools. It's the right time to bring this technology into
the classroom! |
Standards: |
D.E.N.S.I.T.Y. (DEVELOPING ENTREPRENEURIAL NOTIONS SHALL INSPIRE TODAY'S YOUTH) |
Category: Science |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: In "D.E.N.S.I.T.Y." each
student creates a product based on the results of several scientific
experiments involving density. Students then select the best product
from each class. Once the product is chosen, students are placed in
cooperative groups of four to five and are "hired" to work in specific
divisions of their corporation. Each corporation (class) consists of
five divisions: Product Design, Market Research, Television, Radio and
Magazine. The goal of each class is to convince a panel of CEO's and
bank executives (parents and faculty members) to financially support
their marketing endeavors.
Participating in "D.E.N.S.I.T.Y." enables students to acquire knowledge
and skills while addressing several learning styles. Students perform
hands-on scientific experiments evaluating the density of a variety of
materials and write a formal proposal discussing their product and the
material they used based upon the results of their experiments. Three
peers discuss and assess each proposal before it is submitted to the
Design Supervisor (science teacher). All products are presented, and the
best product is chosen by the class. Students are then "hired" to work
in a specific division of their class's corporation. Product Design
requires students to determine the cost to make the product, construct a
prototype and include scaled pictures of the product. Market Research
calls upon its members to decide the cost of the product to the
consumer, target a specific age group and identify advertising mediums
necessary to capture the specified market. Television, radio and
magazine divisions create commercials and layouts incorporating specific
advertising techniques to attract the desired consumer. The final phase
of the project requires all divisions to make a formal presentation to a
panel of faculty members and parents portraying CEO's and bank
executives. The panel selects the best presentation and agrees to
finance that corporation's product.
|
The Students: |
The Staff: Julia Rizzotto and David Pepsoski Rochambeau Middle School, Region #15, Southbury |
What You Need: A typical science room
contains all materials necessary to complete the unit. A standard
classroom becomes "headquarters" for each corporation. Parents are
needed to portray the panel of CEO's and bank executives to give the
presentations a "real world" quality.
|
Overall Value: The project enables students
to acquire and apply the science and technological skills necessary to
design a product. Responsibility and self-reliance are evident as each
individual has specific deadlines to meet. Furthermore, students'
speaking, listening and viewing skills are strengthened and applied in
their final presentations. Reasoning and problem-solving skills are
demonstrated throughout "D.E.N.S.I.T.Y." and positive interpersonal
relations are reinforced within the heterogeneous groups. Unique
attributes of the project are the strong bonds and positive
interdependence which form within each corporation as they work together
toward a common goal. Additionally, parents are given the opportunity
to actively participate in their children's' education.
|
Standards: |
Death at Baskerville Hall? |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 9 to 10 |
How It Works: Death at Baskerville Hall? Is a
reconstructed hands-on, life-size investigation that teaches reasoning,
deduction, problem solving, and higher-order thinking skills. The
project centers on the re-creation of two situations from the novel The
Hound of the Baskervilles. By assuming the roles of Sherlock Holmes and
Dr. Watson, the students take an active role in the investigation and
draw their own conclusions. They learn valuable skills such as keen
observation, note taking, technical writing, and summarizing.
The first reconstruction is of Sir Charles' death. Students take
precise notes as they investigate the scene, draw conclusions as to the
cause of death, and write a detailed police report of what happened.
The students follow the same procedure with the re-created death of
Selden.
They share their written reports with one another to determine their
accuracy and to detect any differences. After analyzing the
differences, the students, as an investigative team, submit a final
report. |
The Students: Approximately 120 seventh grade students participate in the program. |
The Staff: The English teacher developed and implements the program with the help of the library staff. |
What You Need: Sand and dirt and plastic
sheets to place under them, enlarged drawings simulating several scenes,
wood to construct a foundation for the scenes, and small reproductions
representing the scenes are used. A mannequin, clothing to represent
the time period and the social class of the characters, and small
figures to represent the novel's characters provide the students with
the details necessary in their investigation.
The multipurpose room is used to set up the scenes.Copies of crime
reports were obtained from the police department and from a federal
agency. |
Overall Value: Death at Baskerville Hall?
stretches students' academic skills and requires critical reading and
thinking that enables transferring knowledge from the story to making
accurate deductions at the scenes. The program enables students to make
a connection between a work of literature and authentic technical
writing. |
Standards: |
Decatur Diner-To-Go |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 6 to 8 |
How It Works: What does the term,"homeless"
mean?, Where does homelessness exist?, Who are the homeless?, Students
in the middle grades explore these questions through discussions
together and reading stories and books on the subject. They consider
the nutrition and hygiene problems of the homeless, then plan
cooperatively to take action. Students decide to make bag lunches for
a neighboring shelter. To reach their goal, they are involved in a
range of activities: planning for good nutrition and an appealing
menu, writing to local businesses for donations of food and beverages,
budgeting, comparing prices, purchasing food and supplies, packaging 10
nutritious lunches each, including a short,"Pep-O-Gram" note in each
lunch bag Students: This program is scheduled to deliver lunches
once a month for four months. Each month about 30 students work
together to plan and supply the lunches. They meet daily for 80 minutes
to discuss the concepts and implement their plans. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Judith Cobb is the language arts
teacher at Decatur School. As teacher coordinator of this program, she
is assisted by volunteer parents and senior helpers from the community.
Delivering the 200 bag lunches takes a short time commitment for
willing hands and a van or two. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
Planning is done in the classroom. Lunch packing activities are held in
a multi-purpose room/gym area near the kitchen. Four long tables are
set up as assembly line work stations in the center of the room; cartons
of supplies are set up around the perimeter. Outside Resources:
Donations of food and supplies are welcome and helpful; students write
to request them. Volunteers to help pack lunches and deliver them are
useful, too. |
Overall Value: Decatur School Diner-To-Go Day
brings heightened self-esteem as students reach their goal of
delivering delicious, inviting meals to 200 hungry people. Human
dignity, self respect and mutual concern are themes integrated
throughout the project. Students are involved in a multidisciplinary
program that includes oral and written language skills, nutrition,
budgeting and social issues. |
Standards: |
Design Insights: Facing Tomorrow's Challenges Today |
Category: Instructional Inquiry |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: Instructional Inquiry Process:
Design Insights investigates whether strategies used to teach design
technology have the same impact on gifted and talented students,
students with learning disabilities, students who speak English as a
second language, and regular education students. It also attempts to
discover if students can be taught to become risk takers and then apply
their knowledge to real-life situations. It is expected that through
this method of problem solving, students will become risk takers who
will enjoy looking at problems from more than one perspective, realizing
that there is more than one way to solve a problem. Their mistakes
will become building blocks for design improvement and challenges that
encourage perseverance in the solution of problems. Data will be
gathered using the students' design technology logs. Each log includes
the problem, the criteria for solving the problem, the student's ideas, a
drawing of a plan, and a response to and an evaluation of the activity.
In addition, detailed drawings of the final product often include
modifications of the original plan, which reflect the student's
thinking. A checklist is used to evaluate the elements of each design
technology entry. All activities will also be videotaped. The
Students: Seventy-five students, including students who speak English
as a second language, students with learning disabilities (LD), and
gifted students are involved in this program. A representative group of
ten students will be used for the research. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The core research group will include three fifth grade teachers, an LD teacher, and an LD instructional assistant. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities:
Masking tape, foam core board, construction paper, fadeless paper, glue,
paint, and any additional materials that might be useful for creating
design technology solutions, such as paper towel rolls and dowel rods
will be needed. The research will take place in the classrooms
located around an open pod area with a storage room. Outside
Resources: Field trips will be taken to the National Museum of American
History and the National Gallery of Art. A consultant will work with
the students in preparing their own museum. A designer from the
National Council of Social Studies will share his or her experiences as a
designer. In addition, parents and community members will describe the
real-life problem solving they have experienced in their professions. |
Overall Value: It is anticipated that
students will become more confident in their ability to solve problems.
They will learn to take more time to understand a problem and plan its
solution. Mistakes will not deter their efforts as they learn to modify
and improve solutions. |
Standards: |
Design the Ultimate Container |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 10 to 12 |
How It Works: This learning experience offers
students to put their geometry knowledge to work in a simulated
marketing business. Students are put in marketing teams to create the
"best" package for eight identical spheres (plastic Christmas
ornaments work well) of which only one sphere can be in the team's
possession at any time. The CEO of the managing company (the
teachers) tells the teams that the company has been hired to sell all
the spheres in a company's warehouse and that he is holding an
in-house competition among his best marketing teams to create the
ultimate marketing campaign.
The campaign includes having to create a package for the spheres -
cost effective and eye-catching, a report to the CEO which includes
the geometry and cost of the packaging, and a videotaped 60 second
commercial for the product that they "create." Only two packaging
shapes will not be acceptable to the owner of the spheres. They are the
tube-like cylinder (where spheres are put in one on top of the
other), and a rectangular solid. Oh, and by the way, the CEO wants
you to figure package efficiency (volume of the spheres/volume of the
container). If the teams plan to add any materials other than the
actual outside packaging, they must have costs and rationales why
they think the extra costs are essential to the marketing of the
spheres. |
The Students: This learning
experience was
originally
designed for students in honors
geometry. However, it is
successfully being used in
eighth grade math classes and
regular
geometry classes. |
The Staff: Classroom teacher |
What You Need: This learning experience
requires the
use of a video camera, VCR, and
monitor to effectively
utilize the
commercials. A project sheet
and grading rubric are
available
upon request. |
Overall Value: Throughout the experience,
students are using technology, measuring devices, and they are
talking to people in business to find out about marketing. Students are
taught teamwork skills and practice working in teams. Problem-solving
strategies to find volumes of irregular shapes become creative,
unique, and real-world. The teams are graded on creativity, accuracy,
and the package efficiency, attractiveness, cost effectiveness, and
ability to communicate mathematics. The students saw math in action
and they enjoyed the experience tremendously. |
Standards: |
DETERMINING STOCK MARKET CRITERIA |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 7 to 14 |
How It Works: In Determining Stock Market
Criteria, students learn the about the concept of stocks and investment
and the criteria for selecting of stocks. Using an LCD display
projector, the teacher shows the class how to find stock reports,
quotes, and news article related to stocks on the Internet. He/she asks
students what kind of information would be important in ascertaining
whether or not a company would be a good investment choice. Using
available articles related to the stock, students are asked what
information would be useful in determining whether the company in
question would be a viable investment, and what current events might
affect the stock's performance. After formulating these criteria, the
information is added to a semantic web. Additional criteria for
discussion might include sector, industry, number of employees, what the
company manufactures or sells, net income, revenues, and who else
invests in this company. The students are evaluated on
participation and their ability to find locations on the Internet for
researching stocks. The teacher evaluates the quality of the semantic
Web and database created as well as the criteria established.
|
The Students: Required student technology
skills include Web navigation, reading and interpreting graphs;
producing a computer-generated database and/or semantic map; developing
word processing skills; and using graphic applications. |
The Staff: Carolyn Hornik is the computer
coordinator at P.S. 101 and is a staff developer for District 21 and in
the Oceanside school system. She teaches an after school professional
development in-service course entitled, Computers In The Classroom. This
is her 24th year of teaching |
What You Need: Required teacher technology
skills include locating appropriate Web sites for researching stocks,
producing a sample database and semantic Web, and using word processing
skills.
Required student technology skills include Web navigation, reading
and interpreting graphs; producing a computer-generated database and/or
semantic map; developing word processing skills; and using graphic
applications. A computer with Internet access and an LCD display
projector is needed. Software materials used include SuperPrint 2.0 or
Kidpix, ClarisWorks 4.0 or Microsoft Works.
|
Overall Value: In cooperative learning
groups, students read and analyze investment reports, graphs, news
articles, and company overviews on the Web for two different stocks.
From the data, they synthesize the information and add to their list of
criteria to be used in selecting stocks for investment. The students
produce a computer-generated semantic Web and/ or database with criteria
or focusing questions to be used when selecting a stock for investment.
(For lower grades, 5-6, the teacher creates a database based on the
semantic map that the students make.) The students save, print, and
present their database to class.
|
Standards: English Language Arts: students
read and understand informational materials, produce an informative
report, participate in group meetings, prepare and deliver an
oral/written presentation, restate or summarize information, and use a
range of appropriate strategies, such as providing facts and details and
describing or analyzing the subject. Mathematics: students predict
results and analyze data, read and interpret information from a graph,
describe and compare quantities, collect and organize data to answer a
question, and make statements and draw conclusions based on data.
Social Studies: students define basic economic concepts such as supply
and demand, markets, opportunity costs, resources, productivity, and
economic growth. Applied Learning: students apply academic knowledge to
solve practical problems, integrate writing and drawing skills with
computer technology, identify a problem and use motivation and logical
skills to solve it in individual and group settings, and communicate
effectively through written and verbal language |
DETOUR FROM DRINKING AND DRIVING |
Category: Health/Physical Education |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: The main objective of this
project is early intervention/instruction for middle school students to
the dangers of drinking and driving. The project's goal is to target
those not yet old enough to drive to make smart decisions about drinking
and driving when they are of driving age. Avoidance strategies and
workable, practical solutions are stressed, as well as the staggering
statistics of deaths, injuries, and losses due to alcohol related
accidents. The students identify their roles in solving the major safety
problem on our roads today. This interdisciplinary unit employs videos,
newspaper articles, true-life accounts and guest speakers to increase
students' awareness and knowledge of the ramifications of drinking and
driving. Students write and role-play scenarios depicting avoidance
strategies when faced with an adult or older friend who has been
drinking and offers them a ride. These scenarios are performed for
parents and videotaped for other classes to use. Students write essays,
compute drunk driving statistics, research legal statutes and community
ordinances, and learn the relationship between drinking and blood
alcohol concentration. Other learning styles are addressed when students
create posters and bumper stickers depicting the theme of making
choices and avoiding becoming a statistic. Students' writing, posters,
and bumper stickers are the "decorations" for family night at which
students present their findings and newly acquired refusal/coping skills
for detouring from the road to nowhere. |
The Students: The youth-teaching-youth
strategy is an effective tool in meeting the project's objective.
Parents and community benefit, while the role of students as resources
within the school and community is heightened. One hundred and thirty
7th graders participated in this team project.
|
The Staff: Angela B. Capozzi, Christina
Covino, Susan W. Lance, Deborah Mudrick-McGrath, Victoria Nolan,
Jacqueline Partridge Wooster Middle School, Stratford |
What You Need: Video tapes, guest speakers, art supplies, newspapers.
|
Overall Value: The unit contributes to the
well being of our students as well as the community. This project acts
as a catalyst for change in our young teens. Their posters, essays,
newly acquired refusal skills, and family night have a positive impact
on ALL drivers. There is a deterrent effect on drinking and driving.
Through scenario writing and role-playing for an audience, students
acquire skills that result in positive decision making. Positive
self-esteem and confidence occur when students build their own
strategies to avoid the major safety problem on our roads today. The
unique attribute of this unit is the early intervention/instruction for
middle school students concerning the dangers of drinking and driving.
By targeting those not yet old enough to drive, we heighten their
awareness of the need to make educated decisions about drinking and
driving when they are of legal age. Another innovative quality of this
project is the weaving of the interdisciplinary model and incorporating
all academic subject areas into the central theme of detouring from
drinking and driving, the road to nowhere. Use of speakers provides a
bridge between school and community.
|
Standards: Responsibility and Self Reliance Reasoning and Problem Solving
|
DIA DE LOS MUERTOS |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 2 to 8 |
How It Works: Dia de los Muertos is an
interdisciplinary unit that promotes cross-cultural understanding of
the Latin American celebration, the Day of the Dead. Students use
research, visual and performing arts, and content area objectives to
explore the meaning of this celebration and relate the learning to their
own culture.
In language arts, they read about the celebration and examine folk art
objects they have read about. They research their family tree and
interview a family member about a deceased relative. They also write
short stories about the skeleton they create.
For science, music, and art, they learn the names of bones and the types
of joints and how the bones and joints enable movement. In small
groups, they create dances based on their knowledge of how the skeleton
can move. They also learn the Spanish words for the song "Dry Bones."
For art, they compare and contrast a model of a human skeleton and a
carved folk art replica; then they use mixed media to create a skull.
Working in small groups, they construct a large flexible skeleton to be
placed on a mural. They also sculpt small animal skeletons using model
magic and wire and cut skeleton banderitos out of tissue paper.
Students use math skills as they prepare food for the celebration. |
The Students: |
The Staff: All students in kindergarten
through grade three participate in the program. The program could
easily be adapted for any grade or ability level. Staff The classroom
teacher and the instructional assistant implement the program. |
What You Need: Materials include papier mache
skulls and a large skeleton, twister wire, and model magic from
Crayola. Activities take place in the classroom, art room, and music
room.
Outside Resources A field trip to the exhibit "A Glimpse of Folk Art
Traditions From Latin America" at the GRACE gallery in Reston and a
session with a story teller enhance the program. Parents also provide
artifacts. |
Overall Value: Dia de los Muertos uses the
arts to increase understanding of the core curriculum-science, math,
language arts, and history-and evokes students' enthusiasm at the same
time.
The students' research reinforces family values. Their artwork
demonstrates their acquisition of scientific knowledge and reflects an
aesthetic appreciation of Mexican folk art. |
Standards: |
Dial-a-Friend |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 2 to 3 |
How It Works: This unit provides children
with a practical reason for developing telephone skills, learning their
telephone numbers, and increasing communication skills and sociability.
It also integrates math, language arts, and visual and performing arts.
The class uses role play to: answer a telephone, end a conversation,
politely ask to speak to someone, respond if one receives or dials a
wrong number, and take and leave a message, including on an answering
machine. Courtesy is emphasized, including knowing appropriate times to
call, to learn good "telephone manners." Cross-age tutors serve as
monitors and models and share in the role playing. The children learn
alphabetical order by organizing themselves alphabetically based on the
word they hold on a placard to prepare them for using the class
telephone directory. It is given to each child after everyone learns
his/her telephone number from flash cards. The children learn when to
use 911 and have pages in their directories that list emergency numbers.
For homework, the children call a classmate. Parental permission is
obtained for all activities using the home phone number. This unit is
taught for a month. This activity has meaning to the children because
they are using a real life skill. They use critical thinking skills when
they create their own applications for use of the telephone and when
they respond to situations as they occur, either in role playing at
school, or in real life. The children gain communication skills by
creating their own conversations in role playing in front of the class,
and in using telephones in the classroom playhouse or the class
answering machine. This idea gives children a way to contact one
another and broaden their friendships beyond school. It also enhances
home/school parent involvement as parents monitor the phone call
homework assignment and enjoy the benefits of having their child able to
use a telephone appropriately. The students' recordings on the
classroom answering machine and periodic role playing of telephone
conversations in front of the class provide assessment of students'
progress. State Frameworks: The English/Language Arts Framework
supports listening and speaking. The Mathematics Framework supports
number recognition. The Visual/Performing Arts Framework supports
creative expression through dramatizing. The Students: Twenty-six
kindergarten students participated in the activity in 1992-93. They were
of various achievement levels. All were successful in completing the
activity, and it could easily be adapted to other groups, such as
bilingual students and mainstreamed special education students. Another
class could be involved by forming "buddy" telephone partners. |
The Students: |
The Staff: I have taught for 22 years, with 13 years in early childhood education (K-2). I am a Central Coast Math Project fellow. |
What You Need: Facilities and Materials: Two
telephones are needed, as well as a tape recorder or answering machine
with a recording that requests a message after the beep. A tape recorder
to record conversations is also needed. A playhouse setting in the
kindergarten classroom provides a place for two children to invent the
conversations that tie into their dramatic play. Outside Resources: The
involvement of parents enables students to use the telephone at home.
Parents sign a form indicating that the student completed the activity. A
field trip to the telephone company would enhance this unit. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Dialogue Through Debating And Socratic Seminars |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 9 to 10 |
How It Works: Students focus on issues by
reading the newspapers and watching media coverage of current events.
They use primary sources, historical material, literature and examples
of art. Then they examine and discuss topics using the structures of
debate and the Socratic seminar. One exercise, for example, asks
students to take a position on violence in video games and then debate
the pros and cons. Students sharpen their skills in recall,
comprehension and analysis. They learn to ask and respond to questions
and how to recognize relevant points of information. Students: This
project was developed with an eighth grade class but is adaptable, with
modifications, for younger children. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Louverta Hurt, an experienced
classroom teacher, is currently Assistant Principal at Rufus Hitch
Elementary School. She also serves as part-time coordinator of the MA
Program for Personalized Learning at Concordia University in River
Forest. Ms. Hurt holds a BA in Elementary Education from Northeastern
Illinois University and an MA in Curriculum and Instruction from Loyola.
|
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
Topics for the seminars can come from newspapers, periodicals,
literature, drama, historical documents, pieces of music, works of art,
television or movies. Students need handouts explaining the seminar
format, how to read critically and seminar evaluation forms. Outside
Resources: None needed. |
Overall Value: Students learn to research a
topic and express their opinions developing new insights and reasoning
abilities. Their use of higher order thinking skills increases. |
Standards: |
DIFFERENT CHOICES: CURRICULUM THROUGH POETIC VOICES |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 7 to 8 |
How It Works: Children discover there is more
to poetry than traditional rhyming stanzas. There are poems inspired
by weather, animals, geography, history, nature, and social issues--in
short, everything in the curriculum. The descriptive vocabulary and
content of poetry help students better understand and remember topics.
During Writers Workshop the teacher introduces new poetic forms, while
the "word-of-the day" wall enlarges children's vocabularies. Students
write and illustrate their own books of curriculum-area poetry which is
rich in images, feelings, and emotions. |
The Students: The project, which was developed with a class of fifth graders, is adaptable for all ages and ability levels. |
The Staff: Julie Tabin's undergraduate degree
is from the University of Wisconsin; her MAT is from National-Louis
University. She has taught at Avondale School for seven years and is a
teacher consultant for the Chicago Area Writing Project. |
What You Need: The following are needed for
this project: spiral notebooks for students; a wide selection of poetry
books; construction paper; a book binding machine; a laminating machine,
if available. |
Overall Value: Even students who are initially reluctant become confident writers and readers of verse, proud of their own publications. |
Standards: |
Digging Into Cultures |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 6 to 14 |
How It Works: InDigging Into Cultures,
students assume the, roles of Indian, tribe member, archaeologist, and
researcher, motivating them to, explore the rich, complex nature of
Native American culture, its, history, art, religion, technology, food,
sports, and geography. Phase 1: Students study the myths of Native
American cultures emphasizing the role these stories have in the
development of, beliefs. Students divide into groups to study myths of
a, particular region, and then present one myth as a puppet show
tableau, reader's theatre, interview, or other format. Phase 2: The
groups then research the culture of the people who, lived in the region
where their myth originated. Each member of, the group is responsible
for becoming an expert on the culture of, that region, reporting orally
on one aspect of that culture, and, re-creating an artifact, such as
pottery, masks, pieces of totem, poles, jewelry, and arrows. Students
take notes during the oral, reports to aid them in the next phase.
Phase 3: Parents, students and teachers create a dig site for, each
region. The pits are set up in grids, using stakes and, string. Parents
and/or teachers bury the student-created, artifacts in individual grid
sections and keep an accurate record, of where each is buried. Student
teams dig in pre-arranged pits, to assure they will uncover artifacts
from a culture on which, they are not experts. They record the location
and position of, the item found on a grid. Phase 4: Students research
the artifact found by using notes from, previous oral reports and other
reference materials. Students, make inferences as to the cultural
region they believe the, artifact originated before meeting with peer
experts from that, region to discuss their conclusions. Phase 5:
Students write a report that explains the importance of, their found
artifact in the culture that created it and supports, their conclusions
about the artifact's origins. The various phases of this project
provide opportunities for all, students to be successful. It takes
approximately six weeks but, can be adapted to accommodate any schedule
or grade level. The, idea was inspired by a desire to make history come
alive and to, encourage students' respect for other cultures. The
History/Social Science Framework emphasizes that students, need to
develop a keen sense of historical cultural empathy and, that the study
of history involves the imaginative reconstruction, of the past. During
the 1993-94 school year, this unit was taught to, approximately 70 fifth
graders, representing a wide variety of, achievement levels. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Marilyn has taught grades K-3 and 5 during her 13-year career as, a teacher. Toni has taught grades 4, 5, and 6. |
What You Need: Research materials are
available through the County Education, Office, public and school
libraries. The dig experience requires, a site large enough to
accommodate four to five pits of, approximately 4 ft. x 4 ft. The
teacher packet includes myths, from various regions, information on
Native American cultures diagram of pit set-up and student grid,
report outlines, list of, ideas for artifacts, bibliography and samples
of student work. None required, but parents are very helpful in
setting up the, pits for the dig phase and assisting during the actual
digging. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
DINO-DRAMA |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 4 to 10 |
How It Works: Dinosaurs hold children's
attention as they learn how to conduct research, develop individual
portfolios (including a bibliography) to document their findings, and,
finally, produce a dinosaur extravaganza! Students begin by accessing a
variety of print and electronic sources in the classroom, the library,
and in a museum visit. Dinosaur puppets are fashioned from papier-mache
and recycled materials. Finally, students write a script incorporating
dialogue, rhymes, and songs for a "mellow drama" based on their
research and starring their 'dino' creations. |
The Students: About 300 sixth and seventh
graders implemented Dino-Drama over a ten week period. The project,
originally developed with a second grade class, can be adapted for a
wide range of ages and ability levels. |
The Staff: Peggy J. Wickline, the librarian
at Logandale Middle School, has many years of teaching experience. She
holds a BA from the University of Pittsburgh, a MA from Northeastern
Illinois University, and is currently pursuing a MS in
Library/Information Science. Eva Laczina holds a BS from Northeastern
Illinois University; she has taught for five years and specializes in
science. Victor Ochoa, the art instructor at Logandale, holds a BFA
from the University of Texas, El Paso and a MFA from the University of
Illinois, Champaign. He has taught for one year. |
What You Need: This project requires the
following: books, magazines, and CD ROM's; paper and folders for
written research; paint and papier mache; a puppet stage (homemade or
purchased from a supplier). |
Overall Value: Reading, writing, researching,
analyzing, categorizing, and designing culminate in a truly authentic
learning experience that is documented by student-made portfolios. |
Standards: |
Dino-Mania |
Category: Science |
Grades: 4 to 7 |
How It Works: This program is an
interdisciplinary unit which studies the exciting topic of dinosaurs.
It incorporates, to some extent, all areas of the curriculum. During
reading, the students read,"Danny and the Dinosaur" and,"Digging Up
Dinosaurs." This allowed them to explore both fiction and non-fiction
titles about dinosaurs. The students worked on cause-effect
relationships and inferencing skills to decipher how they believe
dinosaurs became extinct. In math, the students worked on graphing
skills. They graphed plant-eaters vs. meat-eaters, favorite dinosaurs,
time period dinosaurs lived in and many other student initiated ideas.
Science concepts were taken from the second grade Science book.
Students learned about fossils, kinds of dinosaurs, and fuels from
dinosaurs. For social studies, the students worked on a time line for
the different time periods of the dinosaurs, the formation of the earth
and where the different dinosaurs lived long ago. Students also wrote
daily in their journals about dinosaurs. The wrote about their favorite
dinosaurs, what they would do if they encountered a T-Rex, how to
convince their mother to let them keep a dinosaur and other topics. The
students rewrote,"The Little Red Hen" to follow how dinosaur fossils
are dug up, cleaned, taken to the museum, and reconstructed. Other
activities included making a fossil, creating a diorama, and films from
the Media Technology Center to follow the unit. The Student: The unit
was used in a Generic Exceptional Education classroom. The students
range from second to fifth grade. They function two or three grades
below level. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The teacher is the only person
needed for this unit. The librarian can be informed to help the student
pick out books on dinosaurs to reinforce what is being taught in the
class. |
What You Need: Materials: The classroom is
the only facility required to implement this unit. There are some
materials that are needed to teach the unit. The science text will be
helpful to teach the students the basic concepts of dinosaurs. Shoe
boxes and clay are needed for the dioramas, journals for the students'
writing, graph paper for math, pictures or stickers of dinosaurs to put
on the time line, and class copies of,"Danny and the Dinosaur"
and,"Digging Up Dinosaurs." Outside Resources: The Media Technology
Center is needed to order films on dinosaurs, and fossils. A trip to
the Museum of Natural Science could be planned to help reinforce the
concept of rebuilding dinosaur fossils. |
Overall Value: This unit proved to be quite
successful due to all the excitement over dinosaurs today. The students
were enthusiastic and wanted to jump right in on working on this unit.
The students were able to master all skills taught and did very well on
all extension activities. This initial thematic unit used in my room
helped create a positive attitude toward units that have followed. |
Standards: |
DIRKSEN'S SCIENCE DECATHLON |
Category: Science |
Grades: 9 to 10 |
How It Works: Students engage in a year-long
Science Decathlon to solve a variety of science problems. Unlike the
usual decathlon, this one organizes children into cooperative groups.
Students compete to discover who can build the best marshmallow
catapult, the strongest toothpick bridge, and the most effective water
filter. Ten different assignments give students plenty of hands-on
opportunities to test and, if necessary, rethink their solutions as they
try to become the school's "Super Scientists." |
The Students: Although this project involved an entire school, it can be adapted for a single class or with fewer problems assigned. |
The Staff: Ken Benedix is a Northeastern Illinois University graduate and has taught upper grade departmental science for six years. |
What You Need: Most of the assignments
require only everyday items found in the home. Experiments involving
rockets use a bottle rocket launcher and an air pump. NASA and the
Estes (Penrose, CO) and Van Cleeve companies are good sources for
science materials. |
Overall Value: Hands-on activities increase
students' interest; competition only fuels their enthusiasm, as children
learn and apply the scientific method and build independent
problem-solving skills. This project meets the following Illinois state
goals and Chicago Academic Standards (CAS): goal 6, CAS A CFS 2,5, CAS C
CFS 1.2&4; goal 7, CAS A CFS 1,3, CAS B CFS 2; goal 8, CAS A CFS
1,4, CAS D CFS 1; goal 10, CAS A CFS 1, CAS B CFS 2, CAS C CFS 1,2; goal
11, CAS A CFS 1-4, CAS B CFS 2-6 and 9, CAS C CFS 1-6; goal 12, CAS D
CFS 1-3, CAS E CFS 6-8, CAS F CFS 1-3; goal 13, CAS A 1,3,5,7, CAS D CFS
1. |
Standards: |
Discoveries |
Category: Science |
Grades: 1 to 3 |
How It Works: Discoveries is a collaborative
project that joins prekindergarten students from a community-based
project, mainstream students from a magnet school for science and
technology, and severely language delayed special education students.
As the project crosses the educational curriculum, it also addresses
global citizenship through lessons that promote understanding of and
sensitivity toward people with disabilities. The project begins with a
small plot of land that was converted into a school community garden.
The mainstream and special education students plant flowers and
vegetables; seeds and cuttings are grown simultaneously in,"secret
gardens" in the classrooms. The children also participate in weekly
two-hour life science classes. The children plant fall and summer crops.
Teams of students are assigned to daily chores such as weeding,
hoeing, and watering. In late fall students harvest the crops and
hold a harvest festival where they sell their homemade products. The
classroom pet center is supplied with an incubator, brooder, ant farm,
and relevant fiction and other resources. Students record their
observations in journals. The pet center promotes responsibility for
animal care and provides opportunities to explore how animals develop.
Each season features field trips and special events for the children and
their parents. By working together on these challenging projects, the
children develop genuine friendships and respect for one another. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Donna Ciampa and Susan Mintz are
teachers at PS 224. They developed Discoveries in collaboration with
parents, staff, and administrators in an effort to provide children with
opportunities to learn, to build self-esteem, and to develop respect
for others. |
What You Need: The project involves 10
severely language delayed special education students, 20 preschool
students from a local community organization, and 1 mainstream
kindergarten class. Staff include 1 communication specialist/speech
pathologist, 1 special education teacher, 1 preschool early childhood
specialist, and 1 mainstream early childhood teacher. The science
center is equipped with a greenhouse, a plant lab, an incubator, and a
brooder. |
Overall Value: As a result of their
involvement in the project, children have demonstrated an understanding
of basic life science concepts; simultaneously, their tolerance,
sensitivity, and understanding of less typical children has grown as
children took on shared goals and responsibilities, explain Ciampa and
Mintz. "Miguel, a bilingual developmentally delayed student, typifies
the bonds formed among the children. In his enthusiasm and anticipation
of the arrival of the other students, he exclaimed ÔYea!, I can't
wait!, When will my friends get here?'" |
Standards: |
Discovering Revision Through Technology |
Category: Instructional Inquiry |
Grades: 7 to 8 |
How It Works: This research explores
instructional strategies and technology that facilitate the writing
revision process and students' positive perceptions about themselves as
writers. Specifically, it will answer the following questions: -How
does the use of word processors affect student productivity given
students with prior experience in keyboarding and word processing? -How
does published writing affect students' self-esteem and self-efficacy as
writers as seen by parents and teachers? -How does published writing
affect students' pursuit of the revision process in subsequent new
writings? The research team hypothesizes that using word processors will
ease the motor skill problems of writing and that productivity will
increase. Self-esteem will increase as students see improvement in the
published product. Attention to content is prioritized with the
fine-motor impediments eased. Data evaluating writer self-esteem are
collected from three surveys that parents, teachers, and targeted
students complete at the beginning, middle, and end of the defined
period. Data indicating time of daily use of word processors are
collected to correlate with productivity. Student writing portfolios
document increases in productivity. The study targets fifth and sixth
grade students in the program for the learning disabled who demonstrate
discrepancy between ability and achievement in written expression.
These students are being instructed in keyboarding and word processing.
The 22 identified students meet four days per week, 45 minutes a day,
for specific instruction in written expression. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Two teachers of the learning disabled in grades five and six participate in the study. |
What You Need: The research requires
individual access to word processors during writing instruction. Laptop
word processors, such as the Alpha Smart, ensure access to a computer
at a reasonable cost. Support to acquire Alpha Smart word processors was
received through the school's PTA, Intelligent Peripheral Devices, Inc.
and the Area III grant program. Contacts at Digital Ink offer
technical assistance. |
Overall Value: Without the ease of word
processors, students with learning disabilities (particularly fine-motor
problems) find the recopying process for the final draft laborious.
These difficulties may diminish self-esteem and appear to reinforce
negative attitudes toward writing. The benefits of seeing a published
piece are therefore reduced. Use of word processors will ease the
mechanical impediments of the process, allowing optimal attention to
written content. |
Standards: |
Discovering the Silent World of the Deaf |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 2 to 8 |
How It Works: The program's purpose is to
help nondisabled students understand deafness and the unique cultural
contributions the deaf community has made to our hearing society.
Students are introduced to Sign Language and the fingerspelled letters
of the alphabet. They learn food, color, family and animal signs,
opposites, seasons, numbers, and they learn to sign some songs they
already know how to sing. In addition, students discover how they hear,
what causes hearing loss, why noise pollution is so critical to hearing
loss today, and what types of hearing aid devices are available to
hearing impaired people. They learn the correct terminology for deaf
individuals and will discover the ways in which the deaf make phone
calls and understand television. They operate hearing-impaired alarm
systems including alarm clocks, smoke detectors, and alarms that alert
them to baby cries; and they find out how hearing-ear dogs are trained
to help deaf individuals. They discover what it is really like to be
deaf in a world which depends on sound for communication. As a result,
students become aware of the deaf community in the United States and
improve their attitudes toward both disabled, individuals in general,
and deaf individuals in particular. As a culminating activity, students
have a "silent day" living as deaf individuals in their silent world,
wearing ear plugs all day and communicating in Sign Language. They
discover that lipreading is a very inefficient system, and experience at
their levels of understanding the real-life implications of living in a
silent world. DCPS Major System Priorities: Intergroup Relations.
The Students: This project is especially designed for grades K-6th, but
can easily be done with middle and high school students. It is also
easily adapted for small or large groups - one class or an entire school
- and can be done with any achievement level. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Carol Dunstall has taught for 27
years in grades preschool to six, teaching American Sign Language to
interested parents and other members of the community. Dr. Dunstall has
conducted numerous workshops at the gradate and undergraduate levels.
This project has been implemented for many years for individual classes
and whole schools; it requires no additional personnel to implement. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities: The
book Sign Language Fun and the videotape Sign Me A Story are useful to
this project, but not essential. Dr. Dunstall's packet of teaching
materials for teacher and child use is essential. Regular classroom
spaces are appropriate. Outside Resources: Flashing light alarms,
telephone devices, and other equipment for the deaf may be borrowed from
the Deaf Services Bureau of Miami. |
Overall Value: Discovering the Silent World
of the Deaf provides a way for hearing students to communicate with deaf
students while learning to appreciate the cultural contributions the
deaf community has made to our hearing world. Students become fascinated
with the special devices used by the deaf and with their uniquely
beautiful language - The Language of Sign. |
Standards: |
Discovering Trigonometry: A Graphing Approach |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: Discovering Trigonometry: A
Graphing Approach adds a playful dimension to learning trigonometry
concepts. This collaborative, hands-on project is a set of guided
worksheets that allows students to discover the shapes of the various
trig graphs as well as the basic concepts of amplitude, phase shift, and
period. Students work in teams. Each team uses a computer to work
through one guided worksheet per class period, mastering one concept
each day. The lesson is based on the Sunburst software package Green
Globs and Graphing Equations, although other graphing programs could be
adapted to this project as well. Motivation for mastering each lesson
comes from a challenge. In the graphing game Green Globs: Expert
Level, teams score points by finding equations to create graphs that
will "hit" the most green globs that are randomly scattered in a
coordinate plane on the computer screen. The more hits in a single
shot, the higher the score. Students work to improve graphing ability
to increase scores and to break records set by students in previous
years. The Students: Although the original program involved two
advanced math classes, the lessons could be adapted to any class
covering trigonometry. The idea of the guided worksheets could be used
with any graphing unit, and the approach was used in an Algebra I class
to introduce slope and intercept of a line. |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: Materials Needed: Besides
copier paper for worksheets and graph paper for exercises that check
understanding, this project requires one computer for each cooperative
team. The software graphing program is Green Globs and Graphing
Equations by Sunburst. |
Overall Value: This program fosters an
enthusiasm for math. Students view computers as learning tools, learn
to work cooperatively in groups, master trigonometry concepts, and
always want to know, "When can we do this again?" |
Standards: |
DISCOVERING YOU AND ME IN OUR FAMILY TREES |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 2 to 7 |
How It Works: "Discovering You and Me in Our
Family Trees" opens the hearts and minds of students to the richness of
family history through grandparent interviews, family photographs and
artifacts, and role playing a turn-of-the-century arrival to Ellis
Island. The purpose of the project is to gain an awareness of the value
of our ancestors, explore cultural differences and similarities within
our classroom community, and introduce the concept of immigration and
its role in creating our pluralistic nation. Through the exploration of
personal family trees and comparisons to those of classmates, students
begin to see the similarities among families and cultures, while
developing a respect and understanding of different cultural traditions.
Learning about the journeys ancestors made to come to America, and
studying about Ellis Island introduces the students to how immigration
created our multi-cultural society. The integration of language arts
through oral family histories, visual arts through quilting and doll
making, and drama through role playing allows students to connect their
learning in many different disciplines. While students learn about the
value of their ancestors they develop listening, writing, speaking, and
viewing skills. Teacher led discussions based on non-fiction and
realistic fiction literature provide the foundation for the project.
Students work independently to prepare family histories, and 'family
quilt squares' to present orally, and in small groups to create ancestor
dolls inspired by family heritage. Teachers assess student learning
through oral presentations of 'family quilt squares', participation in
mapping ancestors' native countries, sharing of written interviews of an
ancestor, participation in oral discussions, and a final written essay
assessed on a narrative writing rubric.
|
The Students: Two groups of 20-22 second
grade students of heterogeneous abilities have participated in this
project each year. The project is easily adapted for grades two through
six.
|
The Staff: Brenda P. Macri and Cynthia R. Sherwin Cos Cob School, Cos Cob |
What You Need: Appropriate non-fiction and realistic fiction books,family photos, clothespins, fabric remnants, stethoscope
|
Overall Value: This project provides a
delightful excuse to gather ' round the family photo album sharing
stories of the past. Through exploration of family trees and
presentations of family oral histories, students gain insight into the
wealth within one's family heritage, and begin to recognize their
ancestors' roles in passing on family values and traditions. Students
broaden their perspectives beyond their "personal universe", exploring
and gaining respect for cultural similarities and differences within our
"class family"and school community. The personalized hands-on
activities allow students to reach into the past and discover that
everyone can have fun climbing a family tree!
|
Standards: Sense of Community Speaking, Listening, and Viewing
|
Do You Measure Up? A Math Lab |
Category: Classroom Management/Intergroup |
Grades: 7 to 10 |
How It Works: Do You Measure Up? shows
students how to use computers for mathematical applications by asking
them to focus on their favorite topic: themselves! During a two week
period, students measure and record the physical dimensions of each
other and use a spreadsheet to analyze the data and find the patterns
that emerge. In cooperative learning groups, students collect data
onto a teacher-made form or template. Students measure the height, foot
length, span, and cubit of every group member using meter sticks.
Similar data is gathered from members of other groups until each paper
"spreadsheet" contains at least ten items. After a lesson on the nature
of ratios, students use a calculator to complete the two ratio columns
of their worksheets - one for values greater than one, another for
values less than one. Now they're ready to access the computers!
Spreadsheet vocabulary (cell, cell name, row, column, value, label,
etc.) become understandable in light of the worksheet template they have
completed. Using well-defined cooperative learning roles, each student
in turn enters a portion of the collected data. Next students create
formulas in the ratio columns. Students are allowed to help each other
with the formulas but each kid must actually push the keys (without
using the copy command). Finally, group members analyze hard copies
together. They are encouraged to find and highlight interesting
abnormalities or errors. For example, the usual ratio of height to foot
length is around six: "I am six times as tall as the length of my
foot." An occasional error suggests a disproportionate cartoon: "I am
twice as tall as the length of my foot." Groups can present their
analysis and findings to the rest of the class in an oral presentation
and the two-page printouts showing values and formulas are proudly
displayed throughout the classroom. Especially impressive are student
explanations to parents when they demonstrate their working knowledge of
electronic spreadsheets. The Students: This project has been used
successfully with mainstreamed math classes in grades six and seven. It
would also be suitable for eighth graders. |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: Materials Needed: Each team of
three or four students needs measuring instruments, a computer,
electronic spreadsheet software, a data disk and a data template
(homemade). This project used either an Apple and Appleworks software
or a Macintosh Classic and Microsoft Works. Overall Value: Middle
schoolers rarely use computers for mathematical applications. This
project combines classroom instruction, small group and individual
activities to expand students' views of computer applications. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Dollars and Sense |
Category: Classroom Management/Intergroup |
Grades: 10 to 11 |
How It Works: "Dollars and Sense" is a
program that allows the students to utilize real-life situations while
learning to work with percentages. Each student is given a household
with a spouse and two children. The student will use the newspaper to
choose a career. He/she will make notes of the qualifications
(education, experience, etc.) necessary for the position. The student
will determine how much tax (FICA, FWT) and insurance will be withheld
from his/her check and then determine the net income. The student is
given a circle graph that shows how much of his/her net income may be
used for different household items (food, clothing, utilities, savings,
entertainment, etc.), He/she will then choose an apartment or house from
the newspaper and determine whether he/she will be able to afford the
monthly rent/mortgage. The student will then furnish the house or
apartment choosing furniture from the sales paper testing for
affordability. They may choose to ride the bus or buy a car. The car
must be chosen from the newspaper or a magazine. The student will go
through the same procedures to determine if it is affordable for
them. They will buy food and clothing for the family. The Student:
This program was used by twenty eighth- and ninth-grade students during
the first semester. |
The Students: |
The Staff: This program can be taught by any mathematics or Career Orientation teacher. |
What You Need: Materials: Weekend and
Thursday's newspaper, auto magazines, apartment and house magazines, and
mail order catalogs are needed. Outside Resources: No outside
resources are needed. |
Overall Value: The student will be involved
in the learning process and will be enthusiastic about
learning,"something relevant." This program can also be used as a
"Cooperative Group" project. It will teach and give the students the
opportunity to, develop interpersonal skills, conflict resolution
skills, life skills, and percents. |
Standards: |
Dolls Around the World |
Category: Global Education |
Grades: 2 to 7 |
How It Works: Dolls Around the World is an
innovative approach to developing children's awareness of the traditions
and customs of peoples from many regions of the world. The use of
dolls to explore world cultures was initially linked with the third
grade social studies curriculum Regions of the World. A unit on the
Eastern Coastal Indians opens with a presentation by the teacher of
Native American cornhusk dolls. The children read the Seneca story,"The
Doll with No Face" and make their own dolls. The class makes Hopi
Kachinas from clothespins, pioneer wooden spool dolls, Japanese paper
dolls, beaded dolls to represent the Zulus, and soap sculptured Eskimo
dolls. The project reaches across all curriculum areas. For example,
children develop communication arts skills by reading folktales and
writing their own stories about the dolls they make. They develop the
math skills of patterning and measurement in lessons focusing on the
beadwork of the Plains Indians and African peoples. Not only do they
develop sensitivity toward the cultures of diverse peoples, but they
gain a sense of pride and accomplishment in creating and displaying
their work. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Loretta Nardone has been using
dolls in her classroom for 18 years. She has found that their visual
power and their familiarity to children make them appealing and
effective learning tools. She is currently working on a Dolls Around,
the World curriculum guide and work kit for District 31. Consultations
can be arranged with interested teachers. |
What You Need: Dolls can be made from almost
any materials on hand, including paper, clothespins, spools, craft
sticks, and beads. Sewing may be incorporated into dollmaking
activities if desired. For the wooden spool dolls and the cornhusk
dolls, a local crafts shop provided materials at a discount. |
Overall Value: The response to the project by
children, teachers, and parents has been extremely positive. The dolls
are on exhibit at the New Dorp Library and a full-page article about it
appeared in the Staten Island Advance. Making dolls was equally
exciting for the boys in the class as for the girls. "My best example
of the project's success came when one of my boys made a doll for me
dressed in native costume with an accompanying story,," she recalls. |
Standards: |
DOUBLE DIP CHALLENGE |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: Double Dip Challenge rewards
emotionally disabled students for behavioral and academic success
through group reinforcement activities at interim time and at the end of
the quarter. Students must commit to the challenge on the sign-up
sheet. This motivates them to demonstrate appropriate school behavior
as well as increase their academic efforts while meeting their
individualized education program goals and objectives.
The criteria for a specific quarter's Double Dip Challenge are
advertised on a large bulletin board in the ninth grade wing. The
students are then reminded several times daily of their challenge, and
they continue to work toward their goal. The bulletin board is changed
quarterly to give the "double dip" a new and creative twist. (e.g.,
double dip ice cream, double dip roller coaster, etc...)
Students learn responsibility and organizational skills that continue to
improve as expectations are raised in the Double Dip Challenge. For
instance, the first quarter challenge is a "C" or better in academic
areas; the second quarter is a "C" or better in all classes: the third
quarter is a "B" or better in academic areas; and so on. Each week, the
academic teachers involved post a list of students who have made the
grade for that week on the "double dip" bulletin board.
Students The Double Dip Challenge is presented to all 30 to 35 ninth
graders but can be adapted to any grade level. The challenges for each
quarter are presented during bimonthly class meetings. A student
monitors progress by looking for his or her name on the board each
week. The program provides ongoing motivation and increases students'
responsibility for attendance, class work, homework, and test
preparation, as well as organizational skills and appropriate school
behaviors. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The ninth grade team teachers and their instructional assistants implement the program. |
What You Need: The Double Dip Challenge is
displayed on a 12-foot bulletin board in the ninth grade wing.
Reinforcement activities take place in the cafeteria, on the school
grounds, or at area businesses (bowling alley or a restaurant).
Outside Resources Reinforcement activities include field trips
(Smithsonian museums, the National Zoo, Belle Haven Marina Park, area
restaurants). Some area restaurants have graciously given us discounts
for our group. Parents have contributed by funding part of the cost for
student field trips. With additional funding, students will be exposed
to theatrical and musical experiences. |
Overall Value: This program challenges
students with emotional and behavioral problems to be academically
successful. It encourages increased attendance and appropriate school
behaviors. The program then allows for reinforcement activities that
reward students for meeting the criteria of the "challenge." |
Standards: |
Down at the Bottom of the Sea |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 5 to 7 |
How It Works: The Coral Reef Experience began
as a method of involving the students in our land-locked part of the
world with the ocean and its inhabitants. We did hands-on experiments
involving objects sinking or floating, salt water freezing, charting
marine animal life spans, and setting-up and monitoring an aquarium
and its inhabitants. As we discussed the ocean's food chain, a new
development took place. The students, in researching their marine animal
reports and rehearsing their play about food chains, began to deal
with the subject of pollution and its effect on our world. They began
to realize the symbiotic nature of their world and the devastating
effects of pollution on everyone. They realized that if the coral
reefs were not preserved and cared for we would have nothing left of
them but recyclable materials. They decided to create a reef made
from all the recyclables to show this effect. We felt that this was a
real "bonus" in creative thinking and critical problem-solving which
grew out of the cooperative learning environment. |
The Students: Can be used for all
achievement levels in large and
small groups. |
The Staff: Classroom teachers |
What You Need: Any kind
of classroom. An
aquarium
would be helpful. The following
books, films, provide
helpful
information. Films: Shells BBC
Worldwide, Seashores BBC
Worldwide. Books: Ocean Life
by Lisa Rudy, Ultimate Ocean
Book -
Smithsonian, A Reef
Comes to Life - Sagaloff, Nat.
Life on a Coral
Reef - Bender,
Lionel. |
Overall Value: The students discovered a new
world. They have become concerned about recycling and what will
happen to our oceans, reefs, and their inhabitants. They have become
aware of the interrelationships in nature and have a much more global
view of symbiosis.
Students who have never experienced the vastness of the world's oceans
or pollution on a large scale became involved and concerned
individuals. They were quick to notice instances of oil spills and
other problems that could lead to animal extinction in the news media.
Their concern for recycling here at school gave them a new experience
at caring for our environment. |
Standards: |
Dr. D's DNA Dynasty |
Category: Science |
Grades: 8 to 10 |
How It Works: This learning experience
familiarizes students with biological concepts including structural
homology, evuolution and binomial classification. Students will: perform
academic research; model the naturalist's powers of observation in
field settings; analyze classical literature in light of scientific
debate; and create a puppet show based on the above. Research and
performance parameters may be adjusted to various ages, materials, and
time frames. Students begin researching animals of their choice in
response to reading, The Voyages of Dr. Doolittle. Students assume the
role of naturalist and devise hypotheses as to language capabilities in
the animal kingdoms. They record their observations and revise their
research while preparing for a puppet show. Students can create scripts,
scenery, posters, and papier-mâché puppets to act out various
perceptions. Exaggerated treatments such as melodrama or slapstick humor
result in entertaining application and synthesis of students'
knowledge. |
The Students: All levels |
The Staff: Classroom teacher |
What You Need: Materials for puppets; The
Voyages of Dr. Doolittle book. Field experiences might include museum
exhibits, zoos, and libraries. |
Overall Value: This experience motivates
participation in research and reflection. Characterization of animals
with puppets enhances critical and creative thought processes. Students'
understanding of scientific principles grow as puppet forms and scripts
are created. Scripting and production provide additional opportunities
for the practical application of knowledge. This experience offers
adaptability, sparks curiosity, and reinforces retention of scientific
principles. |
Standards: |
Early Intervention Through Puppetry Experiences |
Category: Health/Physical Education |
Grades: 5 to 6 |
How It Works: This project is based on the
peripheral problem associated with substance abuse: the need to keep
students actively involved in the process of educating their peers.
"The Early Intervention Through Puppetry Experiences" is unique because
elementary students participate by learning the harmful effects of
substance abuse through individual and group instruction (lesson, taught
by the classroom teacher), and through involvement with their puppets.
Once the students have learned its harmful effects, they will write
scripts about substance abuse based on their knowledge. These students
will present their skills to lower grade students within their school,
also teaching other students how to work with the puppets (i.e. being
role models), all the while enjoying themselves. Students role-play
their own written mini-scenarios, with their puppets, to younger
students. The content of the scenarios is substance abuse prevention.
The purpose of using puppets is not the mastery of puppetry, but the
enjoyment and fun of puppets in exploring attitudes and information on
substance abuse. DCPS Major System Priorities: Critical Thinking
Skills, Intergroup Relations. The Students: This project was
implemented in fourth and third grade classes of about 25 to 30
students. Both special education and regular students have successfully
participated. At least six lessons should be allowed before classroom
performances. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Kathy M. Salomon is a fifth-grade
teacher at South Hialeah Elementary and Community School. She is an
active member, and chairperson of school marketing, social and safety
committees. Ms. Salomon successfully coordinated the implementation
of,"The Early Intervention through Puppetry Experiences" within the
school to Pre-Kindergarten, Kindergarten, first, second and third grade
teachers. She is currently working toward an advanced degree at Florida
International University. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities:
Puppets and DCPS curriculum on substance abuse. Outside Resources: The
following organizations can supply information on substance abuse:
Teenage Drug Problem Hotline, Al-Anon/Al-Ateen, Alcoholics Anonymous,
New Horizons, MADD, Glenbeigh Hospital, Highland Park General Hospital
and Jackson Memorial Hospital. |
Overall Value: Students explore attitudes and
gain information on substance abuse while enjoying themselves with
puppets. As a result, students, enhance their values and self-esteem,
improving attendance, academic performance and behavior. |
Standards: |
Eat, Drink And Be Healthy |
Category: Science |
Grades: 2 to 5 |
How It Works: Children use the nutrition
pyramid and a range of classroom activities to: classify key
nutrients, learn to read food labels, gain skill in selecting foods and
appropriate serving sizes for a healthy diet, distinguish between
healthy and unhealthy foods, learn how food affects their minds, bodies
and teeth The project culminates with a Snack Bar Tasting Party
planned and prepared by the,"food smart" students or chefs.
Students: This project was developed for a second grade class. It
can, easily be adapted for other grades, ability levels and bilingual
classes. Many of the materials needed are available in Spanish. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Susan Diamond earned a BA in
Education and an MS in Nutrition from New York University. As an
educator and Registered Dietitian she has taught at the elementary and
adult level. She is directing a nutrition and dental health research
project for grades K-8 at Harold Washington Elementary School where she
teaches second grade. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
Children use customary school supplies, books and pamphlets, kitchen
utensils, computer programs, diaries, videos and dental health models.
Outside Resources: The National Dairy Council, the Dairy Nutrition
Council, the American Dietetic and the American Dental Associations
provide free materials, videos and guest speakers. Neighborhood
supermarkets offer tours and the Chicago Museum of Science and Industry
has a Nutrition Center for students. Parents help prepare food for the
class. |
Overall Value: Children learn what constitutes a healthy diet and gain valuable skills to achieve lifelong health and wellness. |
Standards: |
El Arte del Mundo Hispano |
Category: Foreign Language |
Grades: 6 to 6 |
How It Works: After studying art from the
Spanish speaking world, students research a Hispanic artist of their
choice and design a project to be presented in class and later exhibited
in an,"open-house" art exhibit organized by the students. This program
is designed to improve oral and written proficiency in Spanish while
exposing students to the cultures of the Spanish-speaking world through
art. A unit on Spanish art is presented by the teacher using videos,
slides, posters and art books to provide the students with the necessary
content related vocabulary and to familiarize the students with the
different styles and schools of art, i.e. realism, surrealism, cubism,
etc. When possible, a guest speaker is invited to speak to the classes
on a related topic in the target language. Students are also encouraged
to visit local museums and galleries to identify works by famous
Hispanic artists that are part of permanent collections here in Houston.
At the end of the unit of Spanish art, (2-6 weeks), students are asked
to choose a work of art by a Hispanic artist of their choice and to
prepare a project to be presented in class. Although more than one
student may choose to research the same artist, no two students are
allowed to present the same work of art. Selections are approved on a
"first come/first served" basis. The only guidelines provided by the
teacher for selection of a work of art are that the artist must be
Hispanic (including Hispanic born in the U.S.), and that the work of art
be in no way offensive. Once each student has chosen a work of art,
he/she is required to research the artist and the particular piece. The
student is assigned to write a short essay combining this information.
The essays are edited by the instructor, then returned to the students
for rewriting. The written and visual assignments are combined into a
project to be presented orally in class and later publicly displayed.
Students are evaluated on Spanish proficiency and quality of the
finished product. The projects are exhibited in an,"open-house" exhibit
during Hispanic Heritage Month, as part of the school's Columbus Day
Celebration. Projects are limited only by individual students'
creativity and imagination. Students: Currently about 150 students are
involved in this program. They are third year students of accelerated
and native Spanish speaking programs. This program could be adapted to
any level with minor modification and duplicated in any foreign language
class (French, German, Russian, etc.). |
The Students: |
The Staff: I developed this program as a
transitional device to move the students from the traditional
grammar-based, language learning method to a content and culture-related
language acquisition method. The classroom teacher is the primary
facilitator; however, guest speakers may enrich the program. |
What You Need: Materials: Videos, slides,
posters, art books and other related materials are, needed to
present the initial lesson. Students are encouraged to visit local
museums and galleries, as well as shops specializing in art-related
merchandise. Outside Resources:Guest speakers can include local
artists, museum docents, and teachers of other disciplines. Students
are also encouraged to use, the Houston Public Libraries and local
university libraries to research, their subjects. |
Overall Value: "El Arte del Mundo Hispano" is
designed to promote oral proficiency in a target language, while
exposing students to culture and history through the world of art.
The,"open-house" art exhibit allows the students to share their language
learning experience with their families and the community-at-large,
thus enhancing their self-image and overall confidence in the language. |
Standards: |
Electronic Investigators |
Category: Science |
Grades: 9 to 10 |
How It Works: The goal of Electronic
Investigators is to engage students in scientific investigation and to
introduce them to computer-based research. Many students who have never
shown a strong interest in academics have been reached through this
project. Working cooperatively in teams, students are given science
topics to research and present. The computer is the principal
investigative tool for these young scientists. Students use the NYCENET
electronic bulletin board to access relevant resources. Among the main
databases used by the students is Grolier's Encyclopedia. The work of
student electronic investigators combines several subject areas:
science, math, reading, and computer education. Students use search
operations, such as,"NOT," WITH,","AND," and,"OR" to search a database
for information. By using the computer to formulate research strategies
and gather information for their projects, students gain confidence in
their capacity to learn and to present information. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Richard De Marie created
Electronic Investigators to stimulate students' interest in scientific
investigation while teaching them the computing skills that they will
need in the workplace of the 21st century. |
What You Need: Science and computer teachers
are involved in this project; collaborative meetings are held weekly to
discuss specific science projects that will be assigned to teams of
three students. Basic materials are a computer, modem, communication
software, printer, and telephone line. Either the Apple or IBM platform
can be used. |
Overall Value: Many students do not actively
participate in school and simply sit passively in class. When children
are working together in group projects, they feel that they are part of
the educational process. "Children learn a great deal from each other.
Telecomputing allows groups of children to collect and share
information and to think critically. In the process, they learn
collaboration, teamwork, and social skills," explains De Marie. |
Standards: |
Electronic Journals |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 5 to 10 |
How It Works: The Program Electronic Journals
gives each student a chance to "talk" to the teacher. Students use a
word processor to demonstrate their knowledge and understanding of the
books they are reading; the teacher reads their electronic journals and
responds on the same disk. All students have data disks on which to
save entries and responses. Initially, the teacher takes each student's
disk, writes a letter explaining the procedure, and gives a writing
prompt. Students make entries weekly and follow the teacher's
directions. Students read at least two books each quarter. In addition
to the reading journal, students prepare book projects: formal
presentations which again take advantage of computer technology.
Students produce slide shows with animated scenes from their books, book
covers, etc. They combine computer graphics with drawing and telling
to create a "multimedia" project. The Students: Originally designed to
meet the needs of a gifted student who had difficulty with the physical
process of writing, the program has been expanded to include other
students. The project would work with students grades three and up. The
only limit is the availability of computer time. |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: Materials Needed: Any computer
with word processing and graphics software would work well. This
project used an Apple IIGS with color monitor, AppleWorks 3.0, and
Paintworks Plus software. Overall Value: This program allows direct
interaction between student and teacher through technology. While the
program results in increased fluency in reading and writing, and
increased use of technology, it can also generate contagious excitement
in the classroom. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Ellis Island: An Immigration Simulation |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 9 to 9 |
How It Works: In preparation for a team trip
to Ellis Island, students plan to simulate the immigration process on
the busiest day of Ellis Island - March 27 1907. Groups of two to four
students are asked to select a |
The Students: |
The Staff: Four seventh grade homeroom team
teachers, one special education team teacher, a study skills team
teacher and a high school foreign language teacher are more than enough
to supervise this activity. It could be expanded to include
library-media specialist, guidance counselor, nurse, health/physical
education, and anyone who wished to participate. |
What You Need: The necessary items for an
immigration simulation include a cafeteria or gymnasium, tables and
chairs, large poster board or newsprint roll, oak tag for,"inspection
cards," a public address system or microphone and amplifier, optional
video camera and tape. Standard classroom supplies and equipment are
also needed. |
Overall Value: Role playing, collaborating,
researching, and socializing fosters positive self esteem, creativity,
interdependence, and application of knowledge in a real-life learning
environment that promotes success for every student. It also reinforces
strategies for solving problems that have more than one solution.
Students are able to integrate subject, area skills in new and creative
ways and to interact with older students in a meaningful way toward a
common goal. All students were excited and enthusiastic about learning.
Students stayed on task to meet a standard of excellence. Everyone
enjoyed a learning experience. |
Standards: |
eMate Pilot Program |
Category: Technology |
Grades: 7 to 8 |
How It Works: This research is evaluating the
impact of one-to-one immersion in portable computing with Apple's
eMate laptop. The eMate Pilot Program provides every fifth-grader and
fifth/sixth multi-age classroom student at Mantua with an eMate laptop
computer for his or her use at school, at home, and on field trips.
Students use the eMates to gather and organize information, analyze
data, complete assignments, and to develop and perfect keyboarding
skills.
As we approach the third millenium, new technologies are influencing the
current paradigm of how teachers teach and students learn. We want
to know what changes, if any, will be observed in students' academic
achievements as well as in their attitudes toward learning as any
time, anywhere users of the eMate. Furthermore, we are examining
attitudes among teachers as they become daily users of technology as a
tool for instruction and assessment. We will document how use of the
eMates alters teaching styles, philosophy, and delivery of
instruction.
Baseline and one year data in the form of student, teacher, parent, and
administrative surveys will be collected. Student projects completed
with the eMate will be evaluated, as will student, parent, and teacher
anecdotal journals. "Type to Learn" pre and posttests will be
administered to all program students. Writing samples from randomly
selected students will be evaluated at six-month intervals.
Performance of our fifth grade students on the Virginia Standards of
Learning technology assessment will be compared with that of other FCPS
fifth- graders. Additionally, we will analyze teacher use of "Learner
Profile", a student performance assessment tool. |
The Students: One hundred seventy eight fifth
graders and fifth/sixth multi-age students are participating in this
pilot program. In addition to general education students, the project
includes learning disabled (LD) students, those for whom English is a
second language (ESL0, children in our Gifted and Talented Center (GTC)
and deaf students from our Total Communication Center (TCC). |
The Staff: Three general education
sixth-grade teachers, four general education fifth-grade teachers, one
TCC fifth-grade teacher, two fifth/sixth multi-age GTC teachers, our
ESL teacher, two LD resource teachers, and our technology resource
teacher form the eMate pilot program team. The team meets weekly to
discuss professional and instructional use of the eMates, to design
data collection instruments and analyze information, and to prepare
conference presentations and publishable reports. |
What You Need: The eMate 300 is small,
durable, portable computer that uses Apple Newton technology as a
means to deliver accessible computing. It features a student-size
keyboard, infrared capabilities for instant communication and
collaborative learning, and easy connections to desktop computers-both
Mac OS and Windows- based PCs. The eMte comes with integrated
software that includes word processing, draw3ing, spreadsheet and
graphing clculator functions, as well as calendar, appointment book,
and "to do" list applications.Funds to purchase the initial eMates were
provided by Texaco Refining and Marketing, Inc., following a settlement
with the Mantua Citizens' Association.
Personnel from the Department of Information Technology and the Office
of Program Evaluation serve as resources to the inquiry team as needed. |
Overall Value: The eMate Pilot program is
expected to extend students' educational experiences beyond the
classroom, creating a distributed learning environment that allows
students and teachers to take advantage of a full range of
technology-making learning more meaningful, effective, and engaging. It
is expected that eMate will be especially beneficial to those students
without computer access in the home, and to those students who may be
underachieving while utilizing a traditional binder, assignment book,
and pencil. The eMate will provide visual access to learning and
enhanced collaboration and communication for our deaf population,
expanding their educational and cultural opportunities.
Furthermore, the emate program will provide an excellent model, worthy
of replication, for the daily use and integration of technology into the
standard curriculum of "wall-less" classrooms within Fairfax County
Public School for the 21st Century! |
Standards: |
EMBARKING ON A LIFETIME VOYAGE |
Category: Special Education |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: Embarking on a Lifetime Voyage"
is an exciting, multifaceted program in which students develop a
variety of skills while gaining important insights into character traits
which can lead to a successful and fulfilled future. This program ties
together a variety of activities and projects in the four major
disciplines.
The overarching theme of "voyage" gives coherence and a sense of
adventure to students. While each of these areas has a different
approach to the issue of "voyage," the underlying themes of integrity
and personal responsibility resonate. In mathematics, students use
computer technology to create a logo for their own lifetime voyage into
creation. In science, the scientific methodology employed in a classroom
experiment. In history, the study of Greek culture and The Odyssey
demonstrate the timelessness of human struggles with imperfection. In
English, students combine literature with the excitement of interviewing
and intergenerational guest speakers. Students discuss what they have
learned about integrity, with an emphasis on making sound choices in
life's large and small decisions.
The next phase of the project involves group interviews and finally each
student conducts his or her own interviews. Students select an
individual whom they believe represents a model of integrity; these are
often senior citizens.
Interviews are recorded on paper, via audio or videotape. At the end of
the project, students present the results of their interview to the
class and submit a written assessment of their experience.
|
The Students: |
The Staff: John Benoit, Mary Jean Faulkner, Gary Fleming, and Joseph Viola Bristol Eastern High School, Bristol |
What You Need: Materials include the novel A
Night to Remember by Walter Lord and other short stories, The Odyssey by
Homer, access to computers with graphics, string and measuring
instruments.
|
Overall Value: "Embarking on a Lifetime
Voyage" is a lively, interactive, interdisciplinary and
intergenerational learning experience. The guest speaker interviews give
students an opportunity to test and sharpen their skills in writing and
asking questions, analyzing and presenting responses. Subsequently, in
selecting their own interviewee, they have a chance to utilize the
skills, which they have been rehearsing for a semester. Students learn
in a dramatic and interesting way that integrity and responsibility are
complex concepts and an ongoing choice in their own lives.
The project energizes and inspires students, involving them in actively
thinking about the patterns in their lives and their hopes for the
future.
|
Standards: |
Emerson Field Study Program |
Category: Science |
Grades: 8 to 11 |
How It Works: Guiding Principles: #2
Students communicate effectively in mathematics and science #5
Students understand their roles in the natural world #7 Students attain
and apply essential knowledge and skills of mathematics and science
Content Standards 2A: Students use clear and accurate communication in
sharing their knowledge. I1 Record results of experiences or activities
and summarize and communicate what they have learned. 5A: Students
apply mathematics and science concepts to demonstrate an understanding
that natural systems, including human systems, are cyclic and
interconnected. I1 Describe a food web and food pyramid. I2 Describe
roles in a community. M1 Describe the law of the conservation of
matter. M2 Describe some specific cycles of matter. M3 Describe
the influence of abiotic and biotic factors on biotic communities. 5B:
Students demonstrate an understanding of their role in the natural world
and how to take responsibility for the impact on it. I3 Identify and
explain some of the impacts that human beings, as a group and as
individuals, have on their environment. I4 Describe the concept of
waste. 5C: Students understand that human impact on the environment
can include more effective management of resources and reduction of
harmful effects. M3 Use measurement tools to quantify environmental
conditions. 7.1C: Students understand and apply concepts of data
analysis. M2 Use a variety of organizers to organize data that they
have generated. 7.2B: Students understand how living things depend on
one another and non-living aspects of the environment. I1 Describe a
food web and the relationships within a given ecosystem. I2 Explain
the difference between producers, consumers, decomposers, and identify
examples of each. I3 Compare and contrast physical and living
components of different biomes. I4 Investigate the connection between
major living and non-living components in a local ecosystem. M1
Describe, in general terms, the chemical processes of photosynthesis and
respiration. M3 Describe succession and other ways that ecosystems can
change over time. S1 Illustrate the cycles of matter in the
environment and explain their interrelationship.
The Approach In this FIELD STUDY, students plunge into the laboratory
at their doorstep. A local saltmarsh, forest and pond become prototypes
of ecosystems and how they work. Students gain first-hand knowledge of
how these ecosystems function and how our very existence depends on
maintaining a healthy environment. In the classroom, introductory
activities prepare students for meaningful field experiences. Out in the
field students compare and contrast the various physical and living
components of the three different ecosystems using a variety of tools
including thermometers, hydrometers, specimen collecting tools, ph
meters and field guides. They organize their findings on graphs and
charts. Each student keeps a scientist's journal. Through their
investigations students see the impact of humans on their environment.
Data gathered allows students to predict possible future dangers to the
environment and to develop environmental management plans. A pre-test
is used to assess students' prior knowledge. Journals are used to
measure growing student understanding as the unit progresses.
Non-traditional, multi-day group tests allow students to create posters
and diagrams to show what they have learned from their experiences. The
research paper is a work product which assesses communication skills and
demonstrated understanding of ecological principles. This and other
student-created products are also used for assessment (ongoing during
the project). During the project, students are observed and guided
when needed. The major formal assessment is a student created poster
describing the three ecosystems. Based on data from their observations
and research, the posters demonstrate that students have a knowledge of
cycles in nature (water, nitrogen and carbon dioxide) energy pyramids
and other relationships in the ecosystems. The posters also demonstrate
their understanding of basic ecological terms. |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: Activities in this unit can be
adapted to a variety of ecosystems. The saltmarsh activity can be
omitted (if one cannot get to the shore) and the unit will still be
effective. Terraria are built from 2-liter plastic bottles and utilize
local plants. Measurement tools are required, including hygrometers,
thermometers and ph paper. Internet and CD-ROM resources support student
research. This unit takes between five and six weeks to complete. |
Overall Value: This project starts with
contained classroom experiences and then gives students opportunities to
expand and practice their understandings beyond school. Seeing how the
same principles apply in very different settings helps students begin to
understand that "generalizable" principles can describe the world.
Students see field trips as class experiences rather than "add-ons" or
"fun time."
This approach connects to other disciplines and the world outside of
school in concrete ways. On field trips, math concepts are applied to
data analysis and ecological principles become visible in the students'
local environments. The student research paper is incorporated into the
English curriculum, including necessary research and writing skills.
Students develop confidence by jumping in to the "unknown waters" of
this unit's concepts and field methods in this unit, which must then be
applied to new situations. They practice recognizing ecological concepts
in different sites and analyze them to see how the different factors
interact with the others. Parent and community volunteers are also
involved to support the budding scientists. |
Standards: |
Encounter Space 2000 |
Category: |
Grades: to |
How It Works: |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
English (Advancing Literacy in Schools) |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 2 to 10 |
How It Works: Advancing Literacy in Schools
is an interactive program to advance the reading and writing skills of
students. This team project builds on A.L.I.S. activities at all grade
levels. It is based on the writing process approach to language
learning. Because 1994 is the International Year of the Family, the
project focuses on cultural diversity and home-school connections.
Every student is involved in a "buddy interview" and a short biography
is written with a photograph attached. Biographies are compiled into
family albums. Students create lyrics to describe the A.L.I.S. Family
and sing the songs at the Beaubien School Open House. Teachers
videotape and photograph activities all year. Students: Students
in 1st, 3rd, 5th and 7th grade classes are involved in this program.
There are approximately 30 students per class, ranging in age from 6 to
14, with achievement at all grade levels. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Mary Clancy, 3rd grade teacher,
holds a BS from DePaul University. Sherry Kasten, 5th grade teacher,
holds a BA from Northeastern Illinois University. Mary Nestler holds a
BA from Northeastern Illinois University. Debbie Solka, 7th grade
teacher, holds a BA from Northeastern. Judy Trammell holds a BS and an
MS in Teaching Reading from Chicago State University. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
Materials and equipment needed include a camera, film, a video camera
and tapes, paper and bookbinding materials. Teachers and students meet
with their assigned cross-age classrooms once a week to get to know each
other in their classroom settings. Outside Resources: Parents,
community members, senior citizens, business people, elected officials
and others are invited to share traditions, songs and dances, to
demonstrate artifacts and cultural backgrounds. |
Overall Value: This program strengthens home,
school, cultural and neighborhood connections. Reading and writing
skills develop as students work and share with one another. |
Standards: |
Enriching the Advanced Placement Calculus Program |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 14 to 14 |
How It Works: Enriching the Advanced
Placement Calculus Program, enables students to use the graphing
calculator as a tool for mathematical exploration and discovery.
Starting in 1994 students will be allowed to use calculators on SAT
exams. In 1995 all Advanced Placement candidates in calculus will be
required to demonstrate proficiency in the use of a graphing calculator.
The infusion of the graphing calculator into the secondary school
mathematics curriculum provides students with a new means of
investigating and verifying mathematical concepts. The purpose of this
project is to familiarize students with the graphing calculator,
specifically the TI-81 or TI-82 from Texas Instruments; to teach them to
apply their computing skills in solving mathematical problems; to
enable them to develop skills in computer programming; and to further
develop their higher order thinking skills through creative work. After
the students are shown how to use the calculator, they work in small
groups to solve a variety of problems. As they develop proficiency,
they apply their knowledge by writing a project using the graphing
calculator. Finally, students demonstrate their proficiency by
presenting a mini-lesson on a topic in the mathematics curriculum. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Steven J. Balasiano implemented
this project in 1992 as a means of integrating technology and computer
programming into advanced mathematics classes. He received an IMPACT II
grant in 1986 for his project Mathematics: An Investigation into
Research. Lesson plans and consultations are available to teachers
interested in implementing the project. |
What You Need: Materials consist of Texas
Instrument TI-81 graphing calculators and a viewscreen, an overhead
projector, and the manual Calculus Activities for the TI-81 Graphic
Calculator, by Dennis Pence. |
Overall Value: The use of the graphing
calculator and audiovisual equipment in advanced calculus has been truly
motivating for students. The graphing calculator is,"a challenging
piece of equipment that inspires interest in mathematics," comments
Balasiano. "The use of the graphing calculator in the Advanced
Placement calculus syllabus created a feeling of unity among the
students as they worked together to discover higher level concepts in
mathematics," he notes. |
Standards: |
ENTERING THE LOOP: INCREASING CLIENT/SERVER COMMUNICATION |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 7 to 14 |
How It Works: "Out of the loop." This is the
phrase many students use to describe their position in the decision
making process in education. Although clients of the system, they have
very little input into decisions which impact them directly. One reason
these clients have little input is because they have very little contact
with the servers, the people responsible for educational decisions. To
respond to this need for more communication between clients and servers,
this project directs students to research a topic which currently
impacts their education. After collecting data, students discuss topics
with educational decision-makers.
The use of standardized tests (CAPT, SAT) to improve curriculum is the
topic for discussion. Working collaboratively, students collect,
analyze, and evaluate test data. They examine articles on assessment and
materials provided by both the school system and the State Department
of Education. After formulating questions and pinpointing issues of
concern, they interview and confer with the school system's director of
curriculum and instruction and an official from the State Department of
Education - Division of Teaching and Learning. In addition, students
write formal letters outlining their positions on the topic to each
decision-maker, and each decision-maker responds with a letter. Another
topic for discussion is block scheduling which is currently under
consideration for implementation in the high school in September, 1997.
After the conferences, the teams examine the information gathered and
discuss the advantages and disadvantages of block scheduling and its
impact on education at the high school. As the final step in the
project, each student composes a formal letter of support or opposition
and directs it to the decision-makers.
|
The Students: |
The Staff: Marie Scully Gray |
What You Need: Internet access and research articles. |
Overall Value: This project, adaptable to
many grades and topics, features large group instruction, small group
instruction and interaction, collaboration of individuals at all levels
of the educational structure, teacher assessment, and student
assessment. Students work collaboratively to obtain information through
various media, to think critically and formulate probing questions, to
develop and support informed opinions on a topic relevant to them, and
to engage in dialogue with those directly responsible for making
decisions concerning it. Students learn valuable life skills - how to
effectively express and support their opinions so as to have input into
the decision making process. Most importantly, students experience
success. They learn that they don't have to be "out of the loop;" they
can be part of the decisions which affect their education.
|
Standards: Learning Skills Positive Self-Concept
|
ENVIRONMENTAL ALPHABETS: CONNECTING SCHOOL AND HOME |
Category: Science |
Grades: 1 to 6 |
How It Works: Each year, as part of a larger
study in which students research a natural environment and then with
varied art materials construct the studied environment in the classroom,
the teacher provides a homework assignment for families to do together.
The goals of the assignment are to give families a concrete way to
connect with the student's current study; to involve families in reading
about and researching the environment together; to give an opportunity
for student and family to "show off" their artistic or research talents;
and most of all to promote positive interactions between families,
students, and the school learning environment. With their family, each
student is given the task of creating a poster for a specific letter of
the alphabet based on the current environment being studied. The
description encourages flexibility in thinking, using a variety of media
to create the poster. Families are encouraged to pursue their own ideas
within the framework of the assigned letter and environmental topic.
The posters, labeled with the families' names, are displayed in
alphabetical order with a title in the school hallway.
The family alphabet is an integral part of an evening presentation of
the environmental study by the students. Over the past five years,
families have produced alphabets for these environments : the rain
forest, the ocean, the desert, the northern forests, and the African
Savannah. Every year families and teachers marvel at the creativity and
variety of ways this assignment is completed. Families get involved,
spend time and work together on a school project. Children have an
opportunity to see adults involved in the learning process as good
models of life- long learning.
|
The Students: |
The Staff: Anne Cuyler |
What You Need: Research materials and poster board. |
Overall Value: It is the goal of this project
to bring parents, students, and school personnel together to celebrate
the incredible diversity of earth's natural environments. Creating the
alphabet posters allows children, families, and teacher opportunities to
learn more, to share together and marvel at the wonders of this earth.
Opportunities for learning cover a broad range of skills like reading
for information, summarizing and presenting research in an interesting
compact format. Collected information and interest expands with so many
people involved. The effects are long lasting. Children take pride in
what their families accomplish together. They remember the environmental
study and their part in the family alphabet.
|
Standards: Intellectual Curiosity Learning Skills
|
ESL THROUGH RHYTHM AND SONG |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 3 to 5 |
How It Works: By listening carefully and
using percussive instruments they've made themselves, children repeat
rhythmic patterns given in English. Next come "call and response"
exercises which become gradually more challenging. Children learn
favorite songs, read books based on songs, and improvise and dramatize
familiar short stories.
Finally children write and recite their own songs/poems, which are copied into a class book that is shared with parents. |
The Students: The project was developed with a
first grade Spanish bilingual class. It is easily adaptable for other
ages and for a range of ability levels. |
The Staff: Clare Billingham holds a master's
degree and has taught in the Chicago Public School's Bilingual Program
for 24 years. She received a Golden Apple Award in May 1997. |
What You Need: The following items are
needed: coffee cans and rhythm sticks or other percussive instruments;
music CD's or tapes; paper; crayons; paint; markers. |
Overall Value: Children develop
self-confidence and become less fearful about communicating in their
second language. Under the guise of having fun, they forget themselves
and speak more English. |
Standards: |
ESL Through Whole Language |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 2 to 5 |
How It Works: Students learn English in a
bilingual classroom while having fun in stress free environment. They
integrate all subjects through direct experiences with materials, trips
and celebrations. Diverse activities involve - reading high-interest
books which provide focused practice, writing their own stories which
serve as texts, listening to good literature read in both English and
Spanish, reading good trade books in both languages every day
Students begin to read sooner through this program. Related math and
science activities expand learning. Students also share a cooking and
baking unit with an English speaking classroom group in their school.
Students: Planned for a first grade bilingual group, this program
is extended to include a class in the mainstream program. It can be
adapted for other elementary grades. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Fluent in Spanish, Ms. Billingham
holds a Masters Degree from National Louis University and a Bachelors
Degree from Northeastern Illinois University. She has taught at Otis in
the Bilingual Program for 19 years and has received numerous grants and
awards. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
Implemented in the classroom, this program requires an easel for big
books, ample paper supplies, numerous trade books and sequential story
books. It is useful to have a tape recorder, overhead projector, VCR
and television available. |
Overall Value: Students' speaking abilities
improve through interaction with others in natural learning situations.
Vocabulary builds quickly and easily as children talk and read
together. Self esteem increases as children interact with mainstream
program students on an equal basis. |
Standards: |
ESL Voices Project |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: to |
How It Works: An adaptation of the Golden
Eagles: A Historical Project (see IMPACT II catalog, 1993), the ESL
Voices Project uses a monthly newsletter format to showcase the, writing
of elementary school English as a second language (ESL) students. The,
two-page newsletter is produced on a computer and distributed to all
students at, the school. Students gain a knowledge of the writing
process and understanding, of writing for a specific audience: their
peers. A student editorial board, participates in the selection,
editing, and proofreading of student work. The, newsletter is designed
to involve as many students as possible, with a celebration, of the
strengths and diversity of ESL writers as the focus of each issue. |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
ESP-EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS PORTFOLIO |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: ESP--The Employability Skills
Portfolio involves students who are emotionally disturbed and learning
disabled in the process of creating and maintaining their own
career-related portfolios. Students collect evidence of employability
skills in academics, personal management, and teamwork, as well as
records of learning styles, interests, and vocational assessments. They
learn more about their strengths and abilities, what accommodations are
and what types of accommodations can help them succeed in the classroom
and on the job, and the skills necessary for self-determination,
independent decision making, and self-advocacy. The program focuses on
specific skills at different levels. At the initial level, students
complete learning styles inventories, increase their levels of
participation in the individualized education programs (IEP), visit the
Career Center, and make initial contact with community resources. Later
levels use the Armed Services Vocational Aptitude Battery (ASVAB) and
provide instruction in resume writing and interviewing techniques. The
portfolio provides storage for resumes, letters of recommendation,
copies of all records, including scores on Scholastic Aptitude Tests and
IEPs. In addition, the portfolio contains a personal computer disk and
hard copy evidence of progress toward employability skills. Students
All students participate in the ESP process through one or several
classes. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The program continues from 9th
through 12th grade and involves teachers in basic skills resources, all
core subject areas, and computer applications. |
What You Need: Students use many computer
resources, including resume writing programs, interest inventories, and
aptitude tests. Students also use supplemental resources designed to
provide understanding of the IEP. All activities take place within the
classrooms, the Career Center, and the lecture hall of the high school.
Field trips to vocational centers and to Northern Virginia Community
College (NOVA) take place by grade level. Outside Resources Outside
resources include the high school Career Center, NOVA, ASVAB, the
Transition Counselor, Department of Rehabilitative Services, and people
in the community. |
Overall Value: This program increases
students' awareness of the need for planning for the transition from
high school to college or a career. As students practice within the
controlled environment of the classroom, they increase self-confidence
and proficiency in the skills needed to succeed. If their career plans
are unformed, they have opportunities to consider various possibilities
that relate to their interests and abilities. |
Standards: |
ESTABLISHING A STUDENT LEARNING TEAM ENVIRONMENT |
Category: Instructional Inquiry |
Grades: 2 to 8 |
How It Works: This study seeks to identify
"What happens when students work collaboratively in student learning
teams to identify topics for research and develop multimedia projects
that present their research?" The team looks at students' interaction
and performance in a student learning team (SLT) environment that
emphasizes working collaboratively and learning through inquiry and
reflection and encourages students to demonstrate their strengths.
Students Students in one fourth grade class and one third grade class
work in four-student SLTs to complete multimedia research projects.
They research a specific topic to gather information that is
incorporated into HyperStudio multimedia stack presentations. The
presentations are shared with other classes, and selected stacks are
incorporated into the school's web page to be shared globally. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Two classroom teachers and the
technology resource teacher compose the inquiry team. An instructional
assistant, the librarian, and special education teachers help the SLTs
when needed. The team meets to plan the units of study related to
Program of Studies topics and the available research resources, such as
library and Internet. The inquiry team meets one half day per month with
the school's teacher-researcher team to design the data collecting
instruments, analyze and discuss the data, draft a findings report to be
shared at conferences, and prepare a final report for publication. |
What You Need: The project requires Internet
access and library materials, multimedia computer stations and
HyperStudio software, and a web page program, Claris Homepage 2.0. The
software Data Collector is used to analyze qualitative data. SLTs meet
twice a week for 45-minute blocks in the computer lab or the library and
during free time at classroom computer stations.
Outside Resources The Office of Educational Planning personnel serve as
resources to the inquiry team as needed. PTA staff development funds
support the teachers who disseminate the project information at
workshops and conferences. |
Overall Value: By conducting this research,
the team examines theories of learning related to collaborative
learning. The team hopes that as students take active leadership roles
such as teaching others new skills and offering creative ideas for the
project, they will demonstrate their abilities to work collaboratively
to research information and complete a project, reflect on their
learning, and feel successful about their accomplishments. In addition,
the team hopes to assess the SLT model to determine the value of
implementing it schoolwide. |
Standards: |
Etching, Sketching, Writing, Reciting,
Framing, & Proclaiming |
Category: Mathematics |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: My comprehensive portfolio
program provides for authentic assessment via the media of writing,
art, drama, and research. Objective tests have serious limitations in
probing higher levels of the cognitive domain and in tapping multiple
intelligences. Since the forum for authentic problem solving is the
real world, my students must learn to apply mathematical concepts in
diverse ways, employing a variety of media and focusing on a specific
audience. Through the use of exemplary models, self-evaluation
guides, and editing rubrics, the students critique their favorite
projects in the quest to transform "good" into "great." As the
students transform their working portfolios into showcase portfolios,
they document their progress in applying and communicating
mathematical concepts. A comprehensive project on the life and times
of a great mathematician represents the culmination of the students'
efforts and encourages them to make multicultural connections. |
The Students: Designed for Algebra
I and
Honors Geometry
students, the activities can be
modified for any
group size or
ability level. |
The Staff: Classroom teacher |
What You Need: The
pre-writing and editing
activities, the presentations, and
the display of student work
occurs within the classroom.
The students provide their own
materials; although to have
markers, tape, scissors, and
colored
paper available is
desirable as the students work
on short writes in
class. Packets
of writing-to-learn activities for
Algebra I and
Honors Geometry
are available upon request. |
Overall Value: ETCHING AND SKETCHING: In
order to communicate mathematical concepts cogently, students must
learn how to delineate problems precisely, to model abstract
principles, and to select media judiciously. The student-artists produce
several drafts of a project and experiment with nontraditional
formats. WRITING AND RECITING: This portfolio program includes
elements of the Writers' Workshop model in order to demonstrate that
problem solving is a creative process that evolves in dialogue with a
community of researchers. FRAMING AND PROCLAIMING: Artists who have
framed their messages effectively have engaged in critical thinking
and have attended to the audience's needs. The process of researching
and refining culminates in the excitement of proclaiming--of sharing
insights and displaying masterpieces! |
Standards: |
Ethnobotany: Cultural Uses of Plants |
Category: Global Education |
Grades: 9 to 14 |
How It Works: Students learn about a plant
which is used in their culture for medicine, food, fiber, or other
purposes and then employ scientific techniques to test the properties of
their plant. In this way they are able to learn more about their own
culture in the context of a scientific study about plants.
Students interview older relatives or friends about an important plant
used in their culture. They collect as much information about this plant
as they can via oral history as well as utilizing library and Internet
resources. They write a paper about the plant.
The second phase of the project entails designing and carrying out a
safe control experiment about the plant. The student collects fresh or
dried plant material and makes an extract or tea from it. The experiment
must test the plant for one of its alleged properties to see if the
plant really works for its intended use. Here are some examples of
appropriate titles for experiments: "Does Aloe vera really help speed
the healing of burns and cuts? Does Eucalyptus make good insecticide?
Does Mint tea help freshen the breath? Does Garlic have antibiotic
properties which help to cure a cold? Can banana stalks be used to make
paper?" It is important that the experiment follow good safety
precautions. Plants which are illegal, poisonous or uncommon food
substances should never be ingested or experimented with.
Once the experiment is completed, students make a poster about the
project and present their findings to the class and/or at the school
science fair. |
The Students: |
The Staff: High School students in biology,
ecology, nutrition, or environmental issues classes participate. It can
be adapted to middle school students taking life science classes or
integrated into a course on world cultures. It works well in ESL
classes.
The program is implemented by a science teacher. |
What You Need: Library and Internet resources
are needed for the research phase. For the experimental part, students
will need samples of their plant materials and access to generic
scientific equipment such as microscopes, petri dishes, scales, rulers,
etc. They need poster boards and art supplies to complete the poster
presentations.
Older relatives of students, friends, and guest speakers with a
knowledge of plants and culture are consulted. Books about medicinal and
food plants are helpful. |
Overall Value: By learning about a plant that
the student uses in his or her own culture, the theme of multicultural
awareness and appreciation can be integrated into the science
curriculum. Students learn that traditional knowledge and the experience
of elders is important. They learn that the scientific method can be
implemented to discover what is valid and invalid.
The program encourages students who may be underrepresented in the
sciences to develop an interest in science by starting from a vantage
point that is relevant to them. This approach helps lead to a deeper
interest in science such as the study of nutrition, health and anatomy,
physiology and biochemistry of plants. It offers limitless possibilities
for science fair topics and gives students confidence in their ability
to conduct research. |
Standards: |
Everyone Needs a Home |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 5 to 8 |
How It Works: Everyone Needs a Home is a unit
where students learn about a contemporary social problem, and offer
community service. Students read The Stone Fox by John Gardiner, a book
about a boy and his grandfather living in Wyoming in the 1920's who are
about to lose their home and farm. Although I use The Stone Fox as the
basis for my unit, there are a number of other quality books dealing
with a similar theme that could be used equally well. After reading the
book and completing the study guide, students write about and draw
pictures of their own homes, and compile information about houses/homes
from ancient times to the present. Students then are introduced to the
problem of our homeless population through the video "Shelter Boy" and
current newspaper articles. They also view a video about Good Samaritan
Shelter in Santa Maria. The class puts together a school-wide drive to
gather used toys and books for the local shelter. They make posters to
display throughout the school, visit classrooms to tell about the
project and ask for donations, give reminders over the school's morning
report broadcast, collect and store donations received. Various small
groups of students deliver donations to the shelter with the teacher on
three different occasions. The initial unit takes about four to five
weeks plus an hour or two per week for two months to keep the drive
going. Students read quality literature, gain an understanding of a
contemporary social problem and a sense of self-worth by helping others,
practice varied communication and organizational skills. Although the
pupils realize they cannot solve the problems of the homeless, students
do discover that they can make life more enjoyable for children who are
living in the shelter. These children usually have very few books and
toys of their own and the shelter lacks these items as well. Some of my
students even spent their own money to buy new toys (contrary to our
stated aim). This is a real life community service lesson that leaves
students with a genuine sense of pride and accomplishment. State
Frameworks: The English/Language Arts Framework emphasizes the need to
use high quality literature selections in which the student encounters
values such as truth, justice, and compassion through interesting
stories and memorable characters. The History/Social Science Framework
encourages students' participation in school and community service
activities. The Students: This project was done in 1991-92 and 1992-93
in a regular class of 30 fourth graders. The project is suitable for use
with 3rd through 6th grade classes with an appropriate level book used
as the basis for the unit. |
The Students: |
The Staff: I have been an elementary teacher
for 29 years. I also have a librarianship credential. I am the
Operations and Training CWO for the 7th Training Command, California
State Military Reserve. I am President of the Santa Maria Public Library
Board of Trustees and serve occasionally as a volunteer at the Good
Samaritan Shelter. |
What You Need: Facilities and Materials:
Copies of The Stone Fox or other suitable book, a copy of the videotape
"Shelter Boy" (available through the Santa Barbara County Education
Office), and basic art and writing materials are needed. The reader's
guide, bibliography, student samples and suggested sequence of
activities are available in the teacher packet. Outside Resources:
Current articles from newspapers and magazines may be used. The teacher
may wish to visit a local shelter before presenting the unit. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Experiencing Microscopes In Science |
Category: Science |
Grades: 6 to 10 |
How It Works: By learning to use a
microscope, students become acquainted with a variety of plants and
animals, observing their characteristics at the cellular level.
Students: learn to prepare slides, record and diagram their
observations, gain new insights into the world of science The
Students: This program is readily adaptable for regular, special
needs, or gifted students in grades four through eight. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Judith Mims has taught
intermediate grades and Learning Disabilities for fourteen years. She
holds a BS from National College of Education and an MA from Chicago
State University. She was Teacher of the Year at John L. Marsh School
and has received an Oppenheimer Family Foundation grant. |
What You Need: Materials And Facilities:
This project requires enough microscopes for students to be able to work
in pairs or individually, slides, slide covers, droppers and other
laboratory equipment. Space in the classroom is also needed to set up a
"microscope center." Outside Resources: The program is enhanced
by a visit to the Museum of Science and Industry. Scientists and
medical professionals can be invited to speak to the class. |
Overall Value: Students develop microscope
skills and an overall interest in science and gain effective verbal
presentation skills as they record and share their observations. |
Standards: |
EXPLORASTORIES |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 2 to 7 |
How It Works: "Explorastories" is a
cross-curricular project providing students with opportunities to
explore a story while identifying and comprehending the main idea,
details, facts written in work, and briefly summarizing their story.
The classroom teacher engages the students in an introductory lesson
focusing on the appropriate elements needed to summarize a story. The
teacher continues these techniques through an Explorastory outline
completed by each student. Next, the student prepares a final
copy/script on chart paper to be read in the final presentation.
The art teacher meets with each student to provide guidance with
artistic enhancement of a favorite part of their story. The music
teacher provides each student with an opportunity to musically express
their own ideas and emotions. This experience enables each student's
presentation to begin and end with a musical piece which will enrich
specific story elements. Lastly, volunteer parents video tape each
student reading their Explorastory accompanied by musical interludes, as
well as displayed story props, book jackets, and background
enhancements. A final video program takes place at an Explorastory
evening school event.
The purpose of this program is to provide students an exciting and
skillful way to retell a favorite story. This project allows each
student to communicate their story summary in a coherent sequence of
thoughts. The presentation is appropriate for story content and the
audience. The students experience the pride and accomplishment from hard
work and persistence while exploring their creative potentials.
To accommodate diverse learning styles, Explorastories exposes the
students to the visual, kinesthetic, verbal and auditory modes of
processing, thereby enhancing the quality and equality of all young
learners. Each student works with three different teachers, representing
three curricular areas. Individual assessment is based on personally
chosen objectives and achievements.
An Explorastory evening program is the highlight of the project. The
children and parents unite to celebrate their Explorastory segments in
the form of a show displayed on a large screen television. The audience
gathers to encourage the students with certificates and an Explorastory
party with friends and families.
|
The Students: This program has been
successfully implemented with 21 second graders ranging from gifted to
remedial students. Due to the program's diverse teaching styles,
"Explorastories" can be adapted to other elementary groups with
appropriate objectives.
|
The Staff: Kim Waltmire, Roslyn Etra and Chris Rose Jack Jackter Elementary School, Colchester |
What You Need: Music excerpts, art supplies,
books, Explorastory outline (handout), chart paper, markers, pencils,
video camera and VCR are needed.
|
Overall Value: The Explorastory program
assures effective learning in the area of students' intellectual
curiosity, reading skills and competencies. These teachings have
intrinsic value and an Explorastory program attends to appropriate
skills, knowledge and attitudes expected, regardless of the students'
diverse learning styles. Through the use of literacy this program
nurtures an awareness and appreciation of creative and performing arts
in our society.
|
Standards: |
EXPLORER CONVENTION |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 2 to 7 |
How It Works: From the earliest existence of
our species, man has set forth in quest for knowledge of the world
beyond his own. This innate motivation fueled all exploration to the
present day. The study of exploration, the lives of those great
explorers to whom we owe our legacy, as well as the civilizations that
came before us, provides us a window not only to our past, but to our
future as well. The purpose of this study is to immerse the student in
an active engagement with exploration that will allow the student to
personalize the effects of exploration on individuals and the world. The
student's acquisition of knowledge and development of skills begin with
an examination why people explore. The culmination of the study is the
Explorer Convention, which actively engages students in an authentic
learning experience. The study begins with an examination of the meaning
of exploration utilizing Cooperative Learning and Talents Unlimited
strategies. Graphic organizers are generated by the students to discover
the many, varied reasons why people explore. Methods of instruction
focus on whole class, small group, and individual activities that are
geared to varied student learning styles.
The reading of historical fiction and nonfiction is used as a
springboard for development of an understanding of both the positive and
negative aspects of exploration. Decision making skills are used by the
students to determine which explorer they will research in order to
personalize the trials, tribulations, and major contributions of their
chosen persona. Students employ cartography skills to make a map of
their journey and create representative artifacts in the medium of their
choice. Individual student explorers present their work, visually and
orally, in a convention format, which is open to the community.
Assessment is ongoing throughout the project and includes the use of a
rubric, individual conferences, and authentic assessment during student
simulations. |
The Students: Fourth grade students of varied
learning styles and ability levels have participated in this project
for the last three years. |
The Staff: Sharon P. Lehr Academy Elementary School, Madison |
What You Need: Fiction and nonfiction books, art supplies, computer access, media access
|
Overall Value: The project provides and
active, authentic, and creative vehicle to engage students in the study
of exploration. This unique approach brings history to life in the
classroom. Students are encouraged to couple their academic experience
with their individual talents in order to represent a page in history.
Community is built within the classroom environment as students
collaborate to produce a unified celebration of exploration at the
Explorer Convention. It affords young students the opportunity to
develop intellectual curiosity as they progress through a sequential
series of learning skills within the framework of the project.
|
Standards: Intellectual Curiosity Sense of Community Learning Skills Reading and Writing
|
Exploring 20th Century Loop Sculpture |
Category: Arts |
Grades: 6 to 8 |
How It Works: How many students can name or
identify a great piece of sculpture in the Loop?, Students in this
project become familiar with some of the finest examples of Chicago's
sculpture. They complete a process which includes: reading The Loop
Sculpture Guide (Chicago Department of Cultural Affairs), forming
mini-groups to select pieces for study, researching library resources
for information on sculptors, entering information on personal discs in
the computer lab, photographing specific pieces of sculpture chosen for
study, completing bound portfolios of photos and information |
The Students: |
The Staff: |
What You Need: |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Exploring Literacy Through The Visual Arts |
Category: Instructional Inquiry |
Grades: 3 to 6 |
How It Works: Instructional Inquiry Process:
This study seeks to determine if the integration of visual arts with
language arts will lead to growth in communication skills, artistic
expression, and critical thinking. Teachers will use the visual arts as
an instructional tool to develop descriptive language, specific verbs
and nouns, story ideas, and planning methods. The fourth grade
students will also focus on developing figurative language, being aware
of sentence patterns, and planning and organizing their writing. The
students will study a variety of artworks and artists and explore a
variety of art techniques including still life, collage, portraiture,
and landscape drawings. First grade students will write narratives
and create collage illustrations using textured paper. All students
will be encouraged to make comparisons and interpretive comments, to
explain their processes, and to evaluate the products. Teachers and
students will keep art journals in which they will respond to art and
literature and plan for a writing or art activity. The Student
Writing Profile will be used to compare writing samples from the
beginning to the end of the program. Anecdotal records and checklists
will be used to measure growth in oral language and critical thinking.
Art samples, art journals, and pre- and post-interviews will be used to
assess artistic expression. The Students: Three first grade and
three fourth grade classes, including learning disabled self-contained
students, will participate. The target populations will consist of 18
at-risk students. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Four first grade teachers, four
fourth grade teachers, and the reading resource teacher will implement
the research. The art teacher will teach art techniques. |
What You Need: Materials and Facilities:
Children's books about art and artists, professional resource books, art
prints and slides, and a variety of art supplies including tempera,
acrylic and watercolor paints; chalk; colored pencils; and crayons are
needed. In addition, each child and teacher will need an art journal.
The research will take place in the classroom. Outside Resources:
Parent volunteers will help with art projects and will type students'
stories. |
Overall Value: Exploring Literacy Through the
Visual Arts will use art as a means to stimulate the development of
language arts skills. Immersing students in a rich visual environment
will enrich the curriculum, provide another medium of expression for
children at risk, and encourage critical thinking. |
Standards: |
Exploring Our Own Backyard |
Category: Science |
Grades: 2 to 14 |
How It Works: The purpose of the project, is
to have students appreciate their, environment by becoming more aware of
it. Students went, to our nearby beach. While there, students
identified plants and animals, illustrated, a big book, sculpted in the
sand, felt a flounder and a skate, broke up plastic rings and disposed
of them, viewed storm lines and iron in the sand, categorized polluting
and non-polluting materials and created new verses to a pollution song.
Students created their own pictures with natural objects found on the
beach, related their experience (touched a crab, walked like a crab,
built a crab) to a story, The Hermit Crab analyzed and categorized
specimens found in the seine net. Additionally, pre/post, classroom
activities were done that related to Beach Day and the various learning
activities done on the beach. All 204 kindergarten students in the
district, high school students in the Graphic Arts class, Marine Biology
class, and the, Video, Production, class as well as parents and
community volunteers were involved in this project. Kindergarten
students went to learning stations staffed by, either two high school
students or a high school student and a community member. There were 15
stations including a touch tank station with local marine animals; a
seine net station for collecting, identifying and sorting specimens; a
beachscape station for drawing; a storytelling station; a sand station,
to investigate storm lines; and a shell jewelry station to name a few. A
student's performance at, the various learning stations, was the
assessment tool. While the kindergarteners were at the various
learning stations, high school students were videotaping the event for
their video production class. A picnic lunch, creative movement
activities, and a songfest provided the opportunity for, large group
interaction. All students wore T-shirts designed for Beach Day by one,
of the kindergarten teachers, silk screened, by the students in Graphic
Arts, and painted by t he, kindergarten students. The, T-shirt, colors
which helped to identify students from each elementary school were
periwinkle, sky and bay blue. Students that completed the pre and
post activities as well as going through various learning stations now,
know, that the beach is more than a place to swim. They realize that,
the beach is, a place to find live animals and plants and to observe
them. They learned, that they can function successfully as part of a
large, diverse group. High school students, found out that they can
share what, they have learned in high school classrooms and can
function, cooperatively with each other, and their teachers to
orchestrate a complex, environmental project. Everyone, discovered that
we are never to old or too young, to learn and that what we learn in
the classroom is valuable in the real world. THE STUDENTS: Two
hundred and, four kindergarten students, (every kindergarten, child in
the, district), and sixty, high school, students participated in this
project. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The kindergarten teachers,
Integrated Arts teacher, and the Biology teacher from the high school
are the primary participants in this project. However, using a
different habitat, one might include other adults and/or high school
classes. |
What You Need: All materials are from the
local habitat. Dowels and cardboard are used for station signs.
Specific for the beach habitat are the seine net, shovels, sand sifters,
algae press, and touch tank. T-shirts optional. Transportation if
needed. |
Overall Value: Learning is connected, to the
real worild and the real world is connected to classroom learning.
Cooperation among, students is emphasized as well as collaboration among
teachers at various levels and in different schools. Community members
and parents and high school students provide a unique and exiting
learning project developmentally appropriate for primary children. It
is one in which everyone is actively involved in learning. |
Standards: |
Exploring Our World Through Library Activities |
Category: Special Education |
Grades: 8 to 10 |
How It Works: Exploring Our World Through
Library Activities is a program that enlarges the learning environment
of moderately and severely disabled students. Its objective is to
extend and integrate the subjects studied by the students in their
classrooms. Activities such as art projects, story reiteration,
individual library book production, and book care skills extend the
customary literature presentations. Additional activities include
preparing individual photo collections for visual clues, participating
in the school weekly news show, producing a video of activities, and
reading with book buddies. These activities lead to increased
self-esteem, strengthened language skills, improved social interaction,
and a deeper appreciation for activities enjoyed by other students in
the school. Through literature appreciation and extended activities,
the students enhance their receptive and expressive language skills,
strengthen listening skills, and practice social skills. Two classes
of 18 moderately and severely handicapped students aged 12 to 15
participate in the program biweekly. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The librarian, teachers, and instructional assistants plan and implement the program. |
What You Need: Art materials, notebooks,
video programs, library books, books with cassettes, Polaroid camera and
film, QuickTake camera, and the Children's Writing and Publishing
Center computer program are needed for the projects. Classes are held
in the library. Writing projects are completed in the classroom and in
the library. Space is also needed to accommodate making the art
projects. No outside resources are needed. |
Overall Value: Including moderately to
severely disabled students in a library program builds their self-esteem
and extends their learning environment into an area used by the other
students in the school. They improve their social, language, and
speaking skills and develop an appreciation for books and libraries.
Other participating students help integrate these special students into
the school environment. |
Standards: |
Exploring The Animal Kingdom |
Category: Science |
Grades: 5 to 6 |
How It Works: Exploring the Animal Kingdom
uses an integrated approach to engage students in a study of the
diversity of the animal kingdom. Students learn that scientists
classify animals according to physical attributes, and that these
attributes, as well as habitat, influence the animals' behavior.
Students use books and computers to gather data about the animal of
their choice and use this information to create a Book of Knowledge
that consists of facts about the animals they researched. The students
are divided into small cooperative groups to conduct hands-on science
experiments that investigate animal behavior and environment. Students
make observations and predictions and classify their animals-all
important science research skills. Research subjects have included land
snails, ants, chameleons, garden snakes, newts, frogs, tadpoles, and
goldfish. Observations are recorded and later used as data for books,
charts, graphs, and maps. Next, students create an animal atlas showing
the many different parts of the world that these animals inhabit. All
of the students construct shoe box dioramas depicting their animal's
habitat. The final classroom project is to open a Wildlife Conservation
Center at the school. For those animals that cannot be represented
live, students' dioramas are displayed. The rest of the school is
invited to visit the center and participate in the learning process.
Through their displays, dioramas, charts, graphs, writings, and oral
presentations, the students are able to convey their conceptual
understanding. |
The Students: Using an integrated approach
affords the class the opportunity to work daily in a self-contained
class of 30 for eight weeks. The group of third graders that is
involved in the program has limited, if any, technical background.
Students are guided through their search for information and final
production of their reports on the computer. This program can be
adapted to other ages and achievement levels. The amount of work,
material to be covered, and level of sophistication can be altered to
meet specific needs. Because the students are expected to report their
findings in many ways, the needs of different learners are addressed. |
The Staff: Deric Borrero has completed one
year of teaching. During his year of student teaching, he took
advantage of the support offered by his professors and the essential
feedback from the participating children to develop this program.
Having his own classroom this year provided the opportunity to
implement and develop it further. He is a member of the school-based
management team and was instrumental in beginning a drama group to
enhance literacy in the school. |
What You Need: Materials for this project may
include snakes and snake cages, terrarium set up, frogs, newts, fish,
tadpoles, crickets, snails, chameleons, an ant farm, and butterflies.
Students should have books, both nonfiction and fiction, along with
resource guides, available to them for research. Teachers need a
computer along with appropriate software, such as Encarta, Animal
Planet from Discovery, Amazon Trail from the Learning Company, and
access to the Internet. The Student Writing Center, ClarisWorks, and
Print Shop are used in publishing work. Digital cameras and flatbed
scanners are used to transfer graphics and texts to published works.
Both Scholastic http://scholastic.com and Discovery
http://discovery.com provide invaluable information on their web
sites. A visit to the local wildlife conservation center is also
helpful. |
Overall Value: This program successfully
integrates a core of knowledge that is presented in a cooperative
learning environment. Students share their findings as they work
together editing and publishing their works. In presenting and sharing
their products, self-esteem is enhanced and a sense of pride and
excitement are developed. |
Standards: |
EXPRESSING OURSELVES: COMMUNICATING WITH THE AUGMENTED SPEAKER |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 8 to 10 |
How It Works: Expressing Ourselves is an
activity-based program that provides frequent opportunities for
functionally nonverbal students to communicate through the use of
augmented speakers. Because many tasks that students are asked to
perform require the ability to communicate, giving them the means to
communicate is important. One way to do this is with an adapted voice
output device. Each student's device is programmed with pictures and
symbols based on the lesson or activity. By selecting a picture or
symbol, the student can participate in a lesson, interact with verbal
peers, order lunch, purchase items, or ask for assistance. As a result,
nonverbal students become effective communicators. Students Seven
students with moderate to severe disabilities, ranging in age from 12 to
16 years, participate in the program. These students are functionally
nonverbal and represent various levels of learning. |
The Students: |
The Staff: The classroom teacher and the
speech language technician developed the program and then introduced it
to the classroom staff, the school staff, and their middle school peers.
|
What You Need: Materials needed are easily
programmable voice output devices for one to four messages and a set of
Mayer Johnson Picture Symbols (three-book set or the computer picture
program called "Boardmaker"). The program uses the classroom, specific
areas within the school, and local community sites. Outside Resources
Parents receive daily progress reports and are asked for help.
Community trips to local stores, restaurants, and parks provide
opportunities that promote communicative interaction. |
Overall Value: Expressing Ourselves gives
nonverbal students opportunities to become effective, successful
communicators. Their success builds self-esteem, which then leads to a
greater desire to communicate. |
Standards: |
Expressionism to Fascism |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 9 to 14 |
How It Works: Expressionism to Fascism: Germany Between the Wars is
a week-long integrated mini-unit focused on the social, economic,
political, and artistic climate of Germany during the period between the
world wars. Students examine and better understand how people coped
with the devastation of war and the chaos of its aftermath, which gave
rise to fascism. "Art reflects the times" is a mantra we both learned
to appreciate when taking art and history courses that inspired us to
present artworks that reflect the times and encourage students to
engage in the creative process. This unit follows a
reenactment of the Versailles Peace Conference that ended World War I.
Students journal in the first person about their feelings after the
war. After a read-around, students compare their imagined reactions with
those imbedded in literature, art, and music of the time. With
these sensory images in mind, students turn to an even more practical
and personal experience: budgeting the family income during
hyper-inflation. Each student is assigned a job (factory worker, sales
clerk or entrepreneur) and must decide how best to balance a monthly
paycheck with the rising cost of goods. During class, the teacher
reveals each of five month's prices only after students have completed
the previous month's budget. In addition to groceries, students must
budget for winter coats, school supplies and unexpected costs as the
months progress. Students then write in character about the experience
and who they hold accountable. To discourage students
from relying on historical hindsight, we give them a fictitious campaign
scenario, in which they are to choose a leader: one candidate
resembles Paul von Hindenberg, the other Adolf Hitler. After a class
vote, we discuss the historical parallels with Germany's 1932
election. As a culminating project, each student produces a work of art,
literature or music and writes a historical connections paper that
shows his/her understanding of the rise of fascism in Germany. An
evaluation rubric is included in the project description so students
know in advance how their work will be assessed. Students also turn in
their journals and budget for teacher comment and evaluation. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Melanie and Helen have taught
grades 9-12 history/social science for nine and three years,
respectively. Both are California History-Social Science Project
fellows. |
What You Need: Slides of German Expressionist artworks; post-WWI literature; CDs of The Threepenny Opera
by Kurt Weill and Bertoldt Brecht, and songs of Marlene Dietrich;
budget worksheets; overhead transparency of goods and prices; art
supplies. Teacher packet includes simulation masters and bibliography.
Students may visit the Santa Barbara Museum of Art to investigate
artistic styles, including German Expressionism and Cubism. |
Overall Value: Students' active participation
in these lessons helps history come alive. Supporting a family under
these conditions proves to be difficult, and students better
understand the hardship of sacrifice and economic depression. The
interactive approach facilitates greater retention and empathic
responses to history and humanity. |
Standards: |
Extra, Extra, Read All About It! |
Category: Social Studies |
Grades: 14 to 14 |
How It Works: The purpose of this project is
to help teachers and students gain access to information that can be
found by using a full-text CD ROM database of newspapers and other
publications. The rewards of using the CD ROM database are numerous. The
multicultural content of the CD ROM database allows students to form
opinions based on a wide variety of information from diverse
populations. Recent events in some city high schools, reflecting
violence and racial tension, have caused a lack of self-esteem in many
minorities. By using the CD ROM database, students can tap into
publications of the minority presses and be awakened to the triumphs
within their own culture. Another wonderful example of the usefulness
of the CD ROM database is in a social studies class. The CD ROM database
gives students the opportunities to check view points on significant
news event in different publications. Students can explore the events in
the Middle-East from the Jewish point of view or witness how the
ArabAmerican communities view the peace talks. Another use of the CD
ROM database allows Hispanic students to read in their native language.
Additionally, students studying Spanish are provided with several
Spanish language publications to increase their understanding of the
language as well as of the cultural nuances presented across Hispanic
publications. Using the CD ROM database can make any subject more
challenging, but learning to use the CD ROM database doesn't have to be
with EXTRA, EXTRA, READ ALL ABOUT IT. DCPS MAJOR SYSTEM PRIORITIES,
Graduation Rate, Achievement, Bilingualism, Critical Thinking, and
Professionalization of Education, BLUEPRINT 2000 GOALS, Readiness for
Employment, Student Performance, Learning Environment, Teachers and
Staff, THE STUDENTS, This project is best implemented with senior high
school students. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Consuelo Pino was the Teacher of
the Year for Miami Central High School and was the High School Teacher
of the Year for the Florida Association of Computers in Education. Ms.
Pino is social studies department chairperson at Miami Central High
School where she has taught for 22 years. Ivy Montoya has 17 years
of experience in second language learning. She was the 1990 Florida
Association of Computers in Education Teacher of the Year, a finalist
for two years for Florida State, Instructional Technology Teacher of the
Year, and this year was named Florida State Instructional Technology
Teacher of the Year. |
What You Need: MATERIALS AND FACILITIES,
Media centers, in all Dade County public high schools, have the needed
CD ROM player and compatible computer. OUTSIDE RESOURCES,
Representatives from Ethnic News Watch may be available for hardware
training. |
Overall Value: Never before have students had
such a fine opportunity to compare and contrast different points of
view from major news sources of diverse cultures. Teachers benefit,
too, by learning how to use a technology-based learning tool to increase
motivation and achievement in their students!, |
Standards: |
Fabric of Our Lives |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 6 to 10 |
How It Works: Fabric of Our Lives is a six to
eight week project in which, students translate their,"life stories"
into a nine square, patchwork quilt. Having read many pieces of
literature based on, the role of quilts in history and family
traditions, students, collect memories of people, events, and issues
that are or have, been important through the years by looking in family
scrapbooks interviewing people important in their lives, and writing,
memoirs. Each square of the quilt has a theme, such as family,
traditions, school, accomplishments, future life goals, and, social
issues of our times. Symbols represent these themes. Students select
fabrics for their quilts and the finished squares, are sewn together
parent volunteers. In the meantime, students, also write
autobiographical poems and engage in storytelling, activities to develop
a real sense of the uniqueness of each, others' life experiences. the
unit culminates with a community, Quilting Bee to which 95% of the
parents come to help their, children tie the quilts. Through the
medium of art, students learn that stories can be, told in new ways.
Research provides insight into the role of the, art of quilt-making in
our country's history, as well as its role, today, e.g. the AIDS Quilt
Project's goal of heightening, knowledge and encouraging support to
fight this deadly disease. The value of this project is quite evident
the night of the, Quilting Bee, as the students share their quilts and
stories not, only with their families, but also with the families of
other, students. the students gain a real sense of belonging to a,
community and their places within it. This project not only, promotes a
sense of pride in one's heritage, but also a, connection to the future
as evidenced by a student comment,,"I'm, going to keep this so that I
can pass it down to my children." this project enhances self-esteem
through an appreciation for the, uniqueness of each student's life
story. Personal connection is, evident as students say, 'Mine is going
to be something cozy to, cuddle in and read.","Mine is going to be hung
in my bedroom." It, is a treasured memory of the past and the present to
be shared, with future generations. The Students: Twenty-eight 6th
graders, including gifted and talented students, and resource students,
participated in this project. |
The Students: |
The Staff: Though I have taught Grades 1-6,
the last 12 years I have focused, on 4th - 6th graders. I have been a
Mentor Teacher for six years, and a fellow of the Tri-County Math and
South Coast Writing, Projects. |
What You Need: Materials: muslin and print
material, batting, thread and, needles, and fabric paints. Individual
quilt fabric kits are, organized and finished squares kept in students'
boxes. The, entire project is done in my classroom except the Quilting
Bee which is held in our multi-purpose room. Parents take students in
groups of 5 to 7 to a fabric store to, purchase material with class
funds plus student/parent donations. A parent who makes quilts and
discusses the process of, quilt-making. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
Faces and Places: From Africa to Us |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 2 to 14 |
How It Works: Faces and Places: From Africa
to Us, is a year long integrated, project that teaches about the people,
culture, geography, and, wildlife of Africa through classroom
activities and, correspondence with a Peace Corps volunteer. Students
begin their study of Africa by seeing photos of our, Peace Corps
volunteer and the village where she is serving in, Cote D'Ivoire. They
locate Africa on maps and share what they, already know about that
continent. Correspondence between the, class and the volunteer includes
letters, drawings, and, photographs. Our volunteer has also sent us a
handmade, wallhanging, African stamps and money, and pictures drawn by,
local children. Since paper and art supplies are not readily, available,
we send related materias to the children in the, village. Using
information about Africa, students are introduced to the, alphabet by
illustrating their class book, Africa: From A to Z. We read nonfiction
and fiction books before the students, determine and chart the
differences between real and make-believe, animals. Since the oral
tradition is an important part of African, literary culture, the
children also listen to African folk tales. We learn about the
desert, grasslands, and tropical rainforest, regions in Africa and what
we can do to help protect the animals, living there. In science we study
a particular animal then the, students draw or paint a picture of the
animal in its natural, habitat and dictate what they have learned about
that animal for, our class book. This is used as a tool to assess what
scientific, information the students have retained and also to evaluate
their, language skills. We look at the daily life of a child living
in Africa and compare, it with a child living in the U.S. In the spring,
the class has, an African revue and food fair. We include
our,"fourth grade buddies" in the reading and writing, activities of the
kindergarten students and the spring field trip, to the zoo. The
children frequently bring in materials about Africa to share, with the
class. They are very enthusiastic about the project and, ask,,"What are
we going to learn about Africa this week?" The English/Language Arts and
the History/Social Science, Frameworks recommend integrating curriculum
areas. The Social, Science Framework also emphasizes geography
awareness and, learning to respect and understand different cultures. I
began this project while teaching third grade and adapted it to, the
needs of 31 ethnically diverse kindergarten students in, 1993-94.
Approximately one-fifth are African American and several, are LEP
students. The class has a wide range of ability levels, but all
participate successfully. |
The Students: |
The Staff: I have taught grades K-6 for 24
years and am now teaching, kindergarten. I have been a process Mentor
and am currently a, Mentor working with substitutes and tutors plus
facilitating, Mentor activities. |
What You Need: Pictures and books about
Africa are needed. Postage costs are, about $100. My packet includes a
bibliography of literature and, reference books about Africa, ideas for
art projects, and, information about the Peace Corps' World Wise School
Program. The World Wise School Program will match third-twelth grade,
classes with a Peace Corps Volunteer. Guest speakers from the, community
are used, as well as a field trip to the zoo. |
Overall Value: |
Standards: |
FALLing for the Five Senses |
Category: English/Language Arts |
Grades: 1 to 2 |
How It Works: "FALLing for the Five Senses'
was a unique way to combine two areas of the kindergarten curriculum in a
hands-on approach that sparked student interest. Children used the
materials gathered on a fall scavenger hunt to meet objectives from the
science, language arts, and math curriculums. Utilizing learning
stations, students chose to use either computer software, participate in
games, do art activities, or write in journals to demonstrate what they
learned. The program concluded with a Fall Festival consisting of
learning station activities directed by parents. |
The Students: Sixteen kindergarten students
participated in the program, which lasted for one week. Since the
program was integrated with other subjects, it was the basis for most of
the language arts and math lessons for that week. Smaller or larger
groups of primary aged children with a wide range of achievement levels
could successfully participate.
|
The Staff: Nora Flanagan has taught for 22
years, the past nine being at the kindergarten level. She was selected
as Pfeiffer School's Teacher of the Year in 1994 and Pfeiffer PTA's
Educator of the Year in 1997. Past grants include those from The Martha
Holden Jennings Foundation, Buckeye Book Fair, Summit Educational
Partnership Foundation, Bank One and IMPACT grants. |
What You Need: Students went on two walking
field trips. Suggested literature can be obtained from the public
library. The software, Sammy's Science House, was used to enhance the
lesson, but it was not necessary.Neither special setup nor equipment was
needed. Materials could be obtained during a fall walk, from the
kitchen, and from the library. A packet was prepared which described an
introductory lesson, materials and ideas showing how to link the fall
season to each of the five senses. |
Overall Value: "FALLing for the Five Senses"
is appealing to young students because it gets them out of the classroom
for a fall scavenger hunt and for a listening walk. Students enjoy
using the hands-on approach for most of the activities and the food is
always a hit! Students may not even realize that they are learning.
Teachers can easily integrate science and math. Materials are
inexpensive and readily available. |
Standards: |
Falls Church High School: A Community of Readers |
Category: Relations |
Grades: 11 to 14 |
How It Works: A Community of Readers
encourages students and faculty members to share their mutual enjoyment
of reading through voluntary book discussion clubs. Each month one or
more faculty members voluntarily sponsor a book discussion group.
Students and interested faculty members can take part in any or all book
groups. Students come to the library, check out a book they are
interested in reading and discussing, and then join a discussion group
to exchange ideas about the book.
This creative approach to teaching reading is based on the assumption
that all students and adults have a desire to read about what interests
them. It extends classroom projects that designate books to be read and
discussed.
Long term and lasting skills are acquired from the program: students
learn to assume responsibility for the selection of a positive outside
activity, for selecting a book, and for participating in a voluntary
book discussion group. They also learn to communicate thoughts and
ideas effectively with adults and other teenagers more as peers than as
teachers and students. |
The Students: Approximately 50 students in grades 9 through 12 participate in the program, meeting once monthly. |
The Staff: Members of the school staff volunteer to facilitate the book club groups. |
What You Need: Sets of books identified by
the book groups are needed. Discussion groups meet in classrooms, in
the library, or other areas of the school when classes are not in
session. Staff members facilitating the groups provide refreshments. |
Overall Value: It is anticipated that
students and teachers would have pleasurable experiences reading and
sharing a book across cultural and age differences, that students
develop a lifelong love of pleasure reading, and that students
experience a love for reading wh | |